Document/ExhibitDescriptionPagesSize 1: 10-K Annual Report HTML 2.40M
2: EX-10.71 Material Contract HTML 24K
3: EX-10.72 Material Contract HTML 18K
4: EX-10.73 Material Contract HTML 15K
5: EX-10.74 Material Contract HTML 58K
6: EX-10.75 Material Contract HTML 60K
7: EX-10.76 Material Contract HTML 26K
8: EX-10.77 Material Contract HTML 40K
9: EX-10.78 Material Contract HTML 96K
10: EX-10.79 Material Contract HTML 11K
11: EX-10.80 Material Contract HTML 18K
12: EX-10.81 Material Contract HTML 76K
13: EX-12 Statement re: Computation of Ratios HTML 25K
14: EX-21 Subsidiaries of the Registrant HTML 31K
15: EX-23.1 Consent of Experts or Counsel HTML 23K
16: EX-23.2 Consent of Experts or Counsel HTML 24K
17: EX-24 Power of Attorney HTML 15K
18: EX-31.1 Certification per Sarbanes-Oxley Act (Section 302) HTML 15K
19: EX-31.2 Certification per Sarbanes-Oxley Act (Section 302) HTML 15K
20: EX-32 Certification per Sarbanes-Oxley Act (Section 906) HTML 10K
(Exact name of registrant as
specified in its charter)
Canada
98-0535482
(State or other jurisdiction
of
incorporation or organization)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
195 The West Mall,
M9C 5K1
Toronto, Ontario, Canada (Address of principal
executive offices)
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number including area code:
(905) 863-7000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the
Act:
Title of Each
Class
Name of Each Exchange on
Which Registered
Common Shares without nominal or par value
4.25% Convertible Senior Notes Due 2008
New York Stock Exchange
New York Stock Exchange
The common shares are also listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange
in Canada
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the
Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well known
seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act.
Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file
reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
Act.
Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed
all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant
was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
pursuant to Item 405 of
Regulation S-K
is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best
of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or
information statements incorporated by reference in
Part III of this
Form 10-K
or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer
or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
“large accelerated filer”, “accelerated
filer” and “smaller reporting company” in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act. (Check one)
Large
accelerated filer
þ
Accelerated filer
o
Non-Accelerated filer
o
Smaller
reporting company
o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company
(as defined in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act).
Yes o No þ
On February 19, 2008, 437,168,369 common shares of
Nortel Networks Corporation were issued and outstanding.
Non-affiliates of the registrant held 436,652,317 common shares
having an aggregate market value of $10,501,488,224 based upon
the last sale price on the New York Stock Exchange on
June 30, 2007, of $24.05 per share; for purposes of
this calculation, shares held by directors and executive
officers have been excluded.
Nortel supplies
end-to-end
networking products and solutions that help organizations
enhance and simplify communications. These organizations range
from small businesses to multi-national corporations involved in
all aspects of commercial and industrial activity to federal,
state and local government agencies and the military. They
include cable operators, wireline and wireless
telecommunications service providers, and Internet service
providers.
Today’s organizations face significant challenges from new
technologies, higher operational expectations and increased
competitiveness, creating new levels of complexity. At the same
time, these customers find it increasingly challenging to
design, operate and maintain their communications networks.
Our networking solutions include hardware and software products
and services designed to reduce complexity, improve efficiency,
increase productivity and drive customer value. We design,
develop, engineer, market, sell, supply, license, install,
service and support these networking solutions worldwide. We
have technology expertise across carrier and enterprise,
wireless and wireline, applications and infrastructure. Our
strengths are bolstered by continued strategic investment in
technology research and development, or R&D, and strong
customer loyalty earned over more than 100 years of
providing reliable technology and services.
The Company has its principal executive offices at 195 The West
Mall, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M9C 5K1,
(905) 863-7000.
The Company was incorporated in Canada on March 7, 2000.
The common shares of Nortel Networks Corporation are publicly
traded on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, and the Toronto
Stock Exchange, or TSX, under the symbol “NT”. Nortel
Networks Limited, or NNL, a Canadian company incorporated in
1914, is the Company’s principal operating subsidiary. The
Company holds all of NNL’s outstanding common shares but
none of its outstanding preferred shares. NNL’s Cumulative
Redeemable Class A Preferred Shares Series 5 and
Non-cumulative Redeemable Class A Preferred
Shares Series 7 are traded on the TSX under the
symbols “NTL.PR.F” and “NTL.PR.G”,
respectively. The Company’s 4.25% Convertible Senior Notes
due 2008, or the 4.25% Notes due 2008, are listed on the New
York Stock Exchange. The Company’s Annual Reports on
Form 10-K,
Quarterly Reports on
Form 10-Q,
Current Reports on
Form 8-K,
and all amendments to those reports are available free of charge
under “Investor Relations” on our website at
www.nortel.com, or our website, as soon as reasonably
practicable after providing them to the United States Securities
and Exchange Commission, or SEC. Our Code of Business Conduct is
also available on our website. Any future amendments to our Code
of Business Conduct will be posted on our website. Any waiver of
a requirement of our Code of Business Conduct, if granted by the
boards of directors of the Company and NNL, or the audit
committees, will be posted on our website as required by law.
Information contained on our website is not incorporated by
reference into this or any such reports. The public may read and
copy these reports at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at
100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549
(1-800-SEC-0330).
Also, the SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports,
proxy and information statements, and other information
regarding certain issuers including the Company and NNL, at
www.sec.gov. The Company is not a foreign private issuer, as
defined in
Rule 3b-4
under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
or the Exchange Act. All dollar amounts in this report are in
millions of United States, or U.S., Dollars, unless otherwise
stated.
Where we say “we”, “us”, “our”,
“Nortel” or “the Company”, we mean Nortel
Networks Corporation or Nortel Networks Corporation and its
subsidiaries, as applicable. Where we refer to the
“industry”, we mean the telecommunications industry.
Many of the technical terms used in this report are defined in
the Glossary of Certain Technical Terms beginning at
page 16.
We operate in a highly competitive business environment.
Consolidation of communications vendors and customers continued
throughout 2007. The formation of larger vendors and customers
continues to drive pricing and margin pressure in the service
provider market. Large companies in the information technology,
or IT, sector are also focusing more on addressing the
communications market with software and services offerings, both
on their own and in partnership with telecommunications
equipment vendors. There is also intense competition from the
Asia region, driven by local, low-cost
vendors who have expanded their market beyond Asia. Current
general economic uncertainties, in particular threats of a
recession in the U.S., are raising concerns about projected
spending growth rates of both carrier and enterprise customers.
Industry growth in 2007 was driven primarily by enterprise
spending on IP telephony, mobility and collaboration
applications (such as audio, video and Web conferencing
systems), as well as the data network upgrades and network
security solutions required to support these capabilities.
Enterprises are also looking to align IT investments with
business processes, resulting in software and service
opportunities in both service-oriented architecture, or SOA, and
unified communications solutions. Service provider spending was
focused on third-generation, or 3G, wireless network deployment,
VoIP and products and services that will allow delivery of
voice, data and video over IP networks (such as carrier
switches/routers, broadband access and next-generation optical
networks). The industry is increasingly focused on software,
services and solutions. Convergence of multi-vendor networks and
the advent of new types of communications applications are
expected to drive demand for services that help enterprises and
service providers design, deploy, support and evolve their
networks. This includes, in some cases, the outsourcing by
enterprises and service providers of all or part of their
communications networks.
We operate on a global basis, and market conditions vary
geographically. In emerging markets, growth continues to be
driven primarily by connectivity solutions, especially for
wireless. In established markets, such as North America and
Western Europe, service providers are upgrading their networks
to enable new types of services, such as IPTV and mobile video.
Regulatory issues in certain countries and regions impact market
growth, such as the delay in granting next-generation wireless
licenses in China, which are now expected to be granted in 2008
and beyond.
The telecommunications industry has evolved over the past two
decades by developing the technology and networks that enable
worldwide connectivity and making those networks smarter and
faster. We believe the industry is at a significant inflection
point at which the level of connectivity grows exponentially.
This market trend is called Hyperconnectivity and we believe
that it is fast becoming a reality, offering several
opportunities, including richer, more connected and more
productive communications experiences for consumers, businesses
and society as a whole. We anticipate that it can also create
significant new revenue opportunities for network operators,
equipment vendors and applications developers.
Hyperconnectivity brings new challenges for the industry, both
in creating new business models and service strategies to
capitalize on its opportunities and in preparing networks and
applications for the coming era. We believe that
Hyperconnectivity will require the industry to rethink how we
put networks together and to completely reinvent our
applications models. We believe that the industry needs to focus
on two critical transformations that are the pillars of
Hyperconnectivity: achieving “true” broadband and
communications-enabling today’s IT applications.
We define true broadband as being a communications experience so
seamless that users will no longer have to consider which
technology, wireline or wireless, is being used to make a
connection. They will simply communicate anywhere, anytime from
whatever device is most convenient; essential in a
hyperconnected world. Moreover, in our vision the broadband
experience will become so economical that the range of uses
exceeds any experience of the past. Although the industry has
highlighted the concept of true broadband for many years, it is
a promise that has yet to become reality. To deliver it, we need
to solve a number of technology challenges in today’s
networks. These include scaling the access network, scaling the
metro and long-haul networks, and providing unified
communications across all networks, wireline and wireless,
public and private.
To deliver on Hyperconnectivity, however, it will not be enough
simply to provide a seamless broadband experience at the
infrastructure level. We believe that we must also transform the
communications experience at the applications level so that it
is seamless across devices, networks, applications and
enterprise boundaries.
A key to doing this will be marrying the capabilities and
intelligence that exist today only in the telecom network with
IT software to create a new type of application, a
communications-enabled application. This includes
“environmentally aware applications” that incorporate
real-world information received from network —
attached sensors and act on them appropriately. A
communications-enabled application will bring together all
communications services including voice; instant messaging, or
IM; video or network services such as conferencing; location;
presence; proximity; and identity. These applications will
essentially leverage the capacity, sophistication and
intelligence inherent in a true broadband network and make that
power available to the range of new and existing business
applications and processes. For example, consider the
application we have built to improve the efficiency and
effectiveness of healthcare organizations. This new solution
tracks the whereabouts of medical staff and sorts them by skill
and specialty. When an emergency occurs, the network can
dynamically and automatically find, contact, and connect
qualified staff near the patient by audio or video conference.
We believe that no one vendor has all of the technology and
know-how required to make this transition to Hyperconnectivity.
That is why we are also complementing our strengths by
partnering with others, in a commitment to create a broad
ecosystem that includes such industry leaders as Microsoft and
IBM; joint ventures such as the LG-Nortel Co. Ltd., or
LG-Nortel, joint venture with LG Electronics Inc., or LGE; and
relationships with other application providers and many of the
largest carriers in the world.
For additional information regarding our Business Environment,
see the Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations, or MD&A, section of
this report, and the Risk Factors section of this report.
Strategy
We believe that our capability and experience in enterprise and
service provider networking positions us well to deliver in the
new era of Hyperconnectivity. We plan to capitalize on the
opportunities of a hyperconnected world by providing a true
broadband experience and communications-enabling today’s IT
applications. As part of our strategy to address these
mega — trends, we are focused on three primary areas
of growth: transforming the enterprise with unified
communications, delivering next — generation mobility
and convergence capabilities, and adding value to customer
networks through solutions, services and applications.
We are strongly committed to recreating a great company, to
delivering on our model of Business Made Simple to our
customers, to identifying and seizing the opportunities that
exist for us in the market, and to driving innovation as a
cornerstone of everything we do.
We are addressing this commitment with a six-point plan for
transformation, announced in 2006, that establishes a framework
for recreating a world-class business. We are committed to:
1.
Building a world-class management team, culture and processes,
2.
Focusing aggressively on our balance sheet, corporate
governance, and business and financial controls,
3.
Driving to world-class cost structures and quality levels,
4.
Targeting market share,
5.
Investing for profitable growth, and
6.
Increasing our emphasis on service and software solutions.
We are seeking to generate profitable growth by using this focus
to identify markets and technologies where we can attain a
market leadership position. Key areas of investment include
unified communications, 4G broadband wireless technologies,
Carrier Ethernet, next — generation optical, advanced
applications and services, secure networking, professional
services for unified communications and multimedia services.
We are also leveraging our technology and expertise to address
global market demand for network integration and support
services, network managed services and network application
services.
We continue to focus on the execution of the six-point plan and
on operational excellence through transformation of our
businesses and processes, or our Business Transformation plan.
On June 27, 2006, we announced the implementation of
changes to our pension plans to control costs and align with
industry — benchmarked companies, initiatives to
improve our Operations organization to speed customer
responsiveness, improve processes and reduce costs, and
organizational simplification through the elimination of
approximately 700 positions. In February 2007, we outlined plans
for a further net reduction of approximately 2,900 positions,
with approximately 1,000 additional positions affected by
movement to lower cost locations, and reductions in our real
estate portfolio. During 2007, approximately 150 additional
positions were identified and incorporated into the plan, and
300 removed from the plan due to a change in strategy increasing
the total number of workforce reductions to approximately 2,750.
On February 27, 2008, we announced a further net reduction
of our global workforce of approximately 2,100 positions, with
an additional 1,000 positions to be moved from higher cost to
lower cost locations, and a further reduction of our global real
estate portfolio. For further information, see “Executive
Overview — Significant Business
Developments — Business Transformation
Initiatives” and “Results of Operations —
Special Charges” in the MD&A section of this report.
We remain committed to integrity through effective corporate
governance practices, maintaining effective internal control
over financial reporting and enhanced compliance. We continue to
focus on increasing employee awareness of ethical
issues through various means such as on-line training, quarterly
updates from the Chief Compliance Officer to all employees, and
our code of business conduct.
Cooperation of multiple vendors and effective partnering are
critical to the continued success of our solutions for both
enterprises and service providers. Timely development and
delivery of new products and services to replace a significant
base of mature legacy offerings will also be critical in driving
profitable growth. To help support this, we expect to continue
to play an active role in influencing emerging broadband and
wireless standards.
We are positioned to respond to evolving technology and industry
trends by providing our customers with
end-to-end
solutions that are developed internally and enhanced through
strategic alliances, acquisitions and minority investments. We
have partnered with industry leaders, like Microsoft, LGE and
IBM, whose technology and vision are complementary to ours, and
we continue to seek and develop similar relationships with other
companies.
For additional information regarding our Strategy, see the
MD&A and Risk Factors sections of this report.
Significant
Developments
Executive
Appointments
•
Enhanced the senior executive leadership team under Chief
Executive Officer, or CEO, Mike Zafirovski with the appointments
of Paviter Binning as Executive Vice-President and Chief
Financial Officer, William Nelson as Executive Vice President,
Global Sales, Steven J. Bandrowczak as Chief Information
Officer, Alvio Barrios as President, Caribbean and Latin America
Region, or CALA, Joel Hackney as President, Enterprise Solutions
and Joseph Flanagan as Senior Vice President, Global Operations.
Strategic
Alliances
•
Enhanced our Innovative Communications Alliance, or ICA, with
the announcement of Microsoft’s Office Communications
Server, combining our communications technology and services
expertise with Microsoft’s desktop leadership to deliver a
shared vision for unified communications. Our ICA with Microsoft
has delivered more than 300 joint wins.
•
Improved our
go-to-market
strategy through an alliance with Dell, making Dell a key sales
channel for us in the U.S.
•
Expanded our alliance with IBM in working to provide simple,
rapid and efficient delivery of communications-enabled
applications and business processes through the use of SOA.
Operations
•
Undertook over 250 Lean Six Sigma projects focused on driving
growth, efficiency and customer satisfaction.
•
Opened our Center of Excellence in Istanbul, Turkey, providing
technical and operational support to our customers deploying
next-generation mobile, converged, metro Ethernet and optical
networks. Similar to our Center of Excellence in Mexico, this
Center of Excellence is an essential part of our business
transformation, supporting increased customer focus and growth
initiatives aimed at improving our global competitiveness.
•
Successfully deployed SAP (a software package for integrating
finance systems) system functionality for the general ledger,
inter-company accounts, financial consolidation, accounts
payable, accounts receivable, direct and indirect tax, fixed
assets and treasury activities as part of the continued
transformation of the finance organization.
•
Continued aligning our business processes toward a common
corporate platform through a multi-year reduction of our current
base of more than 600 IT applications.
Channels
to Market
•
Enhanced our channels to market through alliances with
Microsoft, IBM and Dell for enterprise and carrier solutions.
•
Expanded our North American distribution network by signing up
over 400 new channel partners in 2007, an increase of
approximately 70%.
•
Launched a two-year transition of our Partner Advantage Program
from a volume-centric model to a value-based model, to align
with an industry shift.
•
Announced specializations as a new requirement for our Partner
Advantage designation status. Specializations available to date
include unified communications, small- to medium-sized
businesses, or SMBs, and advanced services.
Completed an offering of $1,150 of convertible senior notes, or
the Convertible Notes, in March 2007, and used the net proceeds
to redeem at par $1,125 principal amount of the 4.25% Notes
due 2008, plus accrued and unpaid interest.
•
Appointment of KPMG LLP as our principal independent public
accountants was approved by our shareholders at our Annual and
Special Meeting of Shareholders on May 2, 2007.
•
Elimination, as of December 31, 2007, of our previously
reported revenue related material weakness in internal control
over financial reporting. See the “Controls and
Procedures” section of this report.
Other
•
Announced an agreement to settle two significant class action
lawsuits pending in the U.S. District Court for the
Southern District of New York, or the Global Class Action
Settlement, in February 2006. Subsequently, we entered into
agreements to settle all related Canadian actions. In December
of 2006 and January of 2007, the Global Class Action
Settlement was approved by the courts in New York, Ontario,
Quebec and British Columbia. The Global Class Action
Settlement became effective on March 20, 2007.
•
The Ontario Securities Commission, or OSC, approved a settlement
agreement on May 22, 2007, which fully resolved all issues
between us and the OSC. The decision recognized the extensive
efforts made by our senior management and Board of Directors to
be forthcoming and transparent in reporting significant
accounting and internal control issues, and then solving them.
The OSC order did not impose any administrative penalty or fine.
However, we made a payment to the OSC in the amount of
$1 million Canadian Dollars as a contribution towards the
costs of its investigation.
•
We and NNL reached a settlement on all issues with the SEC on
October 15, 2007 in connection with its investigation of
our previous restatements of our financial results. The SEC
recognized our full cooperation in the investigation as well as
the proactive measures we took to address the issues that were
investigated. As part of the settlement, we agreed to pay a
civil penalty of $35 and a disgorgement in the amount of one
U.S. Dollar, and we and NNL consented to be restrained and
enjoined from future violations of certain provisions of
U.S. federal securities laws.
Our reportable segments are Carrier Networks, Enterprise
Solutions, Metro Ethernet Networks, or MEN, and Global Services.
We changed the name of our Mobility and Converged Core Networks
segment to Carrier Networks in the first quarter of 2007.
Sales of approximately $1,149 to Verizon Communications Inc.
constituted approximately 11% of our 2007 consolidated revenue,
of which approximately $730 was in the Carrier Networks segment.
Carrier
Networks
We offer wireline and wireless networks that help service
providers and cable operators supply mobile voice, data and
multimedia communications services to individuals and
enterprises using cellular telephones, personal digital
assistants, laptops, soft-clients, and other wireless computing
and communications devices. We also offer circuit- and
packet-based voice switching products that provide local, toll,
long distance and international gateway capabilities for local
and long distance telephone companies, wireless service
providers, cable operators and other service providers.
These service providers are driving increased demand for
products and solutions that offer the latest broadband
technology and services and support converged data, voice and
multimedia communications over a single network for greater cost
efficiency, capacity, speed, quality, performance, resiliency,
security and reliability.
Our strategy focuses on supporting customers as they transition
from circuit voice to converged IP networks and from 2G and 3G
to 4G wireless networks. It also centers on developing a more
tightly-defined migration strategy for dominant CDMA service
providers as they evolve their own networks to next-generation
technologies.
Our plan is to establish a competitive advantage with products
and expertise spanning the gap between these legacy and
future-focused network environments. We have identified
strategic alliances as a key element of a successful offer and
we are taking steps to create these alliances.
Our Carrier Networks portfolio includes 3G and 2.5G mobility
networking solutions based on CDMA, GSM, GSM-R, GPRS and EDGE
technologies. These include an array of indoor and outdoor base
transceiver stations designed for capacity, performance,
flexibility, scalability and investment protection.
We also offer 4G mobile broadband solutions for service
providers based on WiMAX and underlying OFDM and MIMO
technologies, and are developing solutions based on LTE. We own
significant OFDM and MIMO patents and are a leader in the
development of these standards, which provide a common
foundation for WiMAX, LTE and WLAN (802.11n). Our WiMAX solution
delivers high performance and low cost per megabit.
In addition, we offer a variety of voice over packet products
(softswitches, media gateways, international gateways),
multimedia communication servers, SIP-based application servers,
IMS products, optical products, WAN switches and digital,
circuit-based telephone switches.
Our product development for Carrier Networks is focused on
next-generation mobile broadband, enhanced residential and
business services, cable solutions, and converged voice and data
solutions for wireline and wireless service providers. We
continue to build on our leadership in VoIP to drive broad-based
deployment of SIP, pre-IMS
IP-based
applications and IMS. We have already installed more than 1,000
SIP-enabled networks around the world. Over the last nine years,
we have also made progressive investments in 4G technologies. To
date, our WiMAX product program has resulted in over 40 contract
wins and trials with customers on five continents. We continue
to focus on developing a viable, self-sustaining chipset, device
and application ecosystem for both WiMAX and LTE to drive early
service adoption.
Carrier Networks competitors include Ericsson, Alcatel-Lucent,
Motorola, Samsung, Nokia Siemens Networks, Huawei, ZTE, NEC and
Cisco Systems. The most important competitive factor is
best-in-class
technology and features. Additional factors include, in order of
priority, product quality and reliability, customer and supplier
relationships, warranty and customer support, network
management, availability, interoperability, price and cost of
ownership, regulatory certification and customer financing.
Capital costs are becoming less important as operating costs and
device subsidies (often given by service providers to their
customers for purchase of handheld devices) become a bigger part
of the service provider business case.
We are ranked second globally in CDMA revenues and, according to
the November 2007 Dell’Oro Group report for the second and
third quarters of 2007, we have benefited from continued
customer network upgrades to 3G technology, like CDMA2000 1x and
EV-DO Rev A, for faster broadband wireless access. GSM, though
declining, is expected to remain the largest telecommunications
equipment market for several years and is dominated by Ericsson
and Nokia Siemens Networks. We have GSM customers across North
America, CALA, EMEA, or Europe, Middle East and Africa, and
Asia, with economies of scale to support ongoing development for
those seeking to delay the move to UMTS or seeking to move
directly to 4G. We also expect to benefit from economic
conditions that we believe are more favorable for WiMAX today
than was the case for UMTS historically. UMTS experienced a lack
of innovation and investment caused by very high spectrum
license fees for service providers, and the downturn, early in
this decade, of available capital for dot-com companies
including those working with UMTS. In turn, we believe that 4G
delivers significantly improved capacity and performance at a
lower overall cost. 4G is arriving in parallel with established
application and device ecosystems.
Two customers make up approximately 28% of Carrier Networks 2007
revenue. The loss of either of these customers could have a
material adverse effect on the Carrier Networks segment.
Significant
Carrier Networks Developments
•
Selected by Verizon Wireless as an early LTE trial partner to
support the next-generation evolution path chosen by Verizon and
Vodafone.
•
Conducted industry-first live
over-the-air
demonstrations of next generation wireless technologies LTE and
WiMAX, featuring unified communications over WiMAX and real time
applications leveraging our collaborative MIMO solution.
•
Selected by Videotron, a Quebec communications services
operator, to provide new videocalling service, the ability for
their customers to communicate anywhere, over any device, with
one of the first deployments of a new service that provides
videocalling and customizable VoIP call routing functions with a
new cable solution.
•
Partnered with Microsoft to offer hosted solutions that will
enable service providers to deliver comprehensive unified
communications services to SMBs, as well as enterprises. The
alliance will allow carriers to host unified business
communication and collaboration services for their customers.
•
Introduced Communication Server 1500, enabling regional service
providers in North America to simplify the transition from
traditional voice technology to VoIP.
Provided AT&T with key elements of a recently announced
all-IP product line for GSM and UMTS wireless core networks
designed to help service providers easily evolve to an all-IP
network, helping to streamline business operations and decrease
operating costs.
•
Selected by PEOPLEnet, Ukraine’s first nationwide 3G mobile
operator, to expand its network to meet widespread demand for
high-bandwidth, real-time wireless services with Nortel CDMA2000
1x and EV-DO Rev A technology.
•
Chosen by Far Eastone, one of Taiwan’s largest
telecommunications operators, to launch WiMAX-based mobile
broadband services such as streaming video, music, IPTV, VoIP,
videoconferencing and corporate applications across Taipei
county.
•
Completed testing with Qualcomm of our IMS-based Voice Call
Continuity, or VCC, network solution and Qualcomm’s
chipset. This is a major step towards the availability of
out-of-the
box VCC-enabled mobile phones.
Enterprise
Solutions
We provide enterprise communications solutions addressing the
headquarters, branch and home office needs of large and small
businesses globally across a variety of industries, including
healthcare and financial service providers, retailers,
manufacturers, utilities, educational institutions and
government agencies.
We offer unified communications solutions that help remove the
barriers between voice, email, conferencing, video and instant
messaging. For the hyperconnected enterprise, this means faster
decisions, increased productivity and the ability to provide a
simple and consistent user experience across all types of
communication. The market is preparing for the integration of
communications-enabled applications into business processes,
using presence-based unified communications technologies and SOA.
Our extensive Enterprise Solutions portfolio addresses
businesses of all sizes with reliable, secure and scalable
products spanning unified communications, IP and digital
telephony (including phones), wireless LANs, IP and SIP contact
centers, self-service solutions, messaging, conferencing, and
SIP-based multimedia solutions.
Through our strategic alliances with companies such as
Microsoft, IBM and LGE, as well as the addition of companies
such as Dell, we strive to create unique differentiation within
our targeted markets. The ICA with Microsoft is providing
seamless technology integration for customers looking to
coordinate desktop software suites with business communications
solutions. The Nortel-IBM alliance provides delivery of
communication-enabled applications and business processes
through the use of SOA. In addition to the product development
and integration partnerships, we have partnered with Dell to
further enhance our
go-to-market
strategy. The Nortel-Dell agreement allows Dell to offer its
customers in the U.S. all of our Enterprise solutions, including
those developed under our ICA with Microsoft, as well as a suite
of our services related to unified communications. We are
seeking to improve our competitive position in the enterprise
market through such alliances, and by expanding partnerships to
improve the coverage and efficiency of our channels to market.
The global enterprise equipment market segments in which we
compete can generally be categorized as unified communications
and converged data. The competitive landscape has changed as IBM
and Microsoft increase their participation in unified
communications. Cisco, Avaya, Alcatel-Lucent, Siemens Enterprise
and NEC are our primary competitors in the unified
communications market. Cisco is our primary competitor in the
converged data market.
Competitive factors include product quality, product
reliability, product availability,
best-in-class
technology and features, price and total cost of ownership,
warranty and customer support, installed base, customer and
supplier relationships, ability to comply with regulatory and
industry standards on a timely basis,
end-to-end
portfolio coverage, distribution channels and alternative
solutions from service providers. We believe that our competency
in unified communications, multi-media applications and data
networking, with our key strategic partnerships and established
customer base, provides us a competitive position in the
converging enterprise environment.
We collaborate with an extensive array of channel partners,
including major global service providers, to generate breadth
and depth for our global market reach. We continue to strengthen
our two-tier value-added distribution system to better serve
mid-market and SMBs. Agreements have been established with key
resellers to jointly market, manage, recruit and grow a base of
smaller resellers specializing in various SMB
‘sub-segments’. We have also created simplified
accreditation and ‘fast-track’ training programs to
lower partner cost of entry for selling our SMB portfolio and
increasing sales.
Significant
Enterprise Solutions Developments
•
Selected by the Vancouver Organizing Committee as the Official
Converged Network Equipment Suppler for the 2010 Olympic and
Paralympic Winter Games providing the LAN.
Chosen by Bell Canada to supply the WAN equipment to enable
secure and reliable communications to all 2010 Olympic and
Paralympic Winter Games event venues, the first all-IP converged
Olympic Games network.
•
Expanded our relationship with IBM into unified communications
and SOA with our joint announcement around
communications-enabled applications that allow enterprises to
leverage SOA frameworks to integrate communications into their
business processes.
•
Enhanced our
go-to-market
strategy through a partnership with Dell. Due to Dell’s
significant relationship with Microsoft, this becomes a key
unified communications sales channel for us in the U.S.
•
Selected to provide a state of the art unified communications
and data communication network in support of both Mumbai
International Airport Private Limited and Bangalore
International Airport Limited.
•
Provided, with Microsoft, a converged unified communications and
data network to Indiana University, one of the largest
universities in the U.S. with approximately 110,000
students and 18,000 employees.
•
Teamed with Northwestern University to demonstrate an
international network based on next-generation optical network
technology, which is designed and optimized to deliver digital
media and video in real time.
•
Selected by Baylor University Medical Center in Dallas, ranked
among the top 50 U.S. hospitals, to implement a unique
integrated communication system. The system is believed to be
the first to use IM and presence awareness on mobile devices to
improve efficiency and productivity in a healthcare environment.
•
Implemented a network business solution for Jobing.com Arena,
home of the National Hockey League’s Phoenix Coyotes, which
provides unified communications, data, wireless and multimedia
communications infrastructure and services to help transform the
venue into a cutting-edge entertainment facility.
•
Provided VoIP networks for a number of enterprises around the
world including Jyske Bank of Denmark, Children’s’
Medical Center in Dallas, Purdue University, Kerzner
International Limited’s The Cove Atlantis in the Bahamas,
Canadian Specialist hospital in Dubai, Bank of Bern, and the
Australia Taxation Office.
Global
Services
We provide services and solutions supporting the entire
lifecycle of multi-vendor, multi-technology networks for
enterprises and carriers worldwide seeking to reduce costs,
improve efficiency and performance, and capitalize on new
revenue opportunities. This includes services to help design,
deploy, support and evolve networks for SMBs and large global
enterprises; municipal, regional and federal government
agencies; wireline and wireless carriers; cable operators; and
MVNOs. To keep up with the changing needs of businesses and
consumers, carriers must be able to provide new and enhanced
services quickly and globally. We believe that we are well
suited for this challenge because of our extensive experience in
designing, installing and operating both enterprise and carrier
networks around the world.
The value of and demand for services is increasing in the
industry, with managed services and applications services
continuing to grow at above market rates. There are significant
opportunities to deliver customer value through services,
including opportunities to transform networks to IP, implement
next-generation wireless technologies, deliver unified
communications and multimedia solutions, and help customers
manage their networks from a performance and cost efficiency
perspective.
Our Global Services portfolio is organized into four service
product groups:
•
Network implementation services including network planning,
installation, integration, optimization and security services
that help ensure our solutions, including multi-vendor products
and services, are engineered and deployed to high industry
standards and meet the specific requirements of our customers.
•
Network support services including technical support, hardware
maintenance, equipment spares logistics, and
on-site
engineers that help deliver higher network performance and
reduced total cost of ownership.
•
Network managed services, ranging from support of individual
solutions to entire networks that provide access to advanced
network capabilities while reducing customer investment in
assets and operational management. We monitor and manage
customer networks from network management centers in Europe,
Asia and North America.
•
Network application services including application development,
integration and communications-enabled application solutions, as
well as hosted multimedia services. These services are employed
by our customers to enhance business processes, maximize new
revenue opportunities and reduce costs. High-definition
telepresence, desktop video conferencing, and applications
performance engineering are examples of the services offered.
We combine these services with products, consulting and
multi-vendor integration to create network business solutions
addressing specific customer business needs. We also develop
network partner solutions that leverage relationships with our
major industry partners such as Dell, Microsoft and IBM.
We sell services on a direct basis in the carrier market, and
employ both direct and indirect sales models for the enterprise
market. We have a flexible model that allows channel partners to
partner with us in the delivery of a service, or invest to
become fully capable in the delivery of that service. This
flexibility invites participation that will continue to drive
the presence of our services in the market.
Our key competitors in Global Services include Ericsson, Nokia
Siemens Networks, Alcatel-Lucent and Motorola in the carrier
market, and Cisco, Avaya and Siemens Enterprise in the
enterprise market. As well, we both partner and compete with
global system integrators such as IBM and HP. Principal
competitive factors include, in order of priority: size and
scale, global delivery capability and brand recognition. Other
important competitive factors include reputation, commitment,
investment, pricing, installed base, solutions focus and
multi-vendor expertise.
As the impact of convergence continues, we expect that our
experience in serving enterprises and carriers (wireline,
wireless and cable) will become an increasingly important
differentiator for our Global Services offerings. We have
significant market presence and incumbent service relationships
in both of these markets. Market consolidation and mergers of
major competitors have increased the competition for services,
as has the continued consolidation of IT and communications. Our
top competitors are focused on the large market opportunity for
services and have launched competitive service-led strategies.
We are addressing this challenge by expanding our service
capabilities through strategic partnerships and through the
acquisition of resources with critical skills.
We will continue our commitment to services and solutions as a
strategic growth segment. With a large installed base,
multi-vendor expertise and brand recognition, we believe that we
have a significant opportunity to expand services sales.
Two customers make up approximately 16% of Global Services 2007
revenue. The loss of either of these customers could have a
material adverse effect on the Global Services segment.
Significant
Global Services Developments
•
Partnered with market leaders to create a global ecosystem for
delivering and managing unified communications solutions:
•
Named as a Microsoft ‘Preferred Partner’ for
integrating unified communications solutions and achieved
Microsoft’s elite Gold Certified Partner status.
Established Microsoft / Nortel collaboration centers
in EMEA and North America.
•
Unveiled a comprehensive communications enablement strategy that
leverages SOA and Web services for the simple, rapid and
efficient delivery of communications-enabled applications and
business processes.
•
Continued momentum in managed and hosted services; for example,
we:
•
Launched a hosted solutions portfolio for enterprises and
carriers.
•
Selected by TELMEX, the leading telecommunications company in
Mexico, to provide hosted IP telephony and multimedia services
for delivery to enterprises.
•
Selected by THUS to improve the U.K. network operator’s
service quality with our managed services.
•
Announced new applications and multimedia services portfolio;
for example, we:
•
Launched a complete applications services portfolio including
audio conferencing services, video conferencing services,
Webcasting services and Web collaboration.
•
Announced an agreement with Polycom to jointly deliver immersive
telepresence and high definition, or HD, video conferencing
solutions to enterprises worldwide.
•
Named by the State of Georgia as systems integrator for a
complete customer service solution including a hosted
IP-based
multimedia contact center.
•
Implemented network business solutions with innovative,
media-rich applications and services for some of North
America’s best known sports facilities, including arenas in
New Orleans, Montreal, Ottawa, Denver and San Francisco.
Jobing.com Arena, home of the National Hockey League’s
Phoenix Coyotes, was transformed into a cutting-edge
entertainment facility with unified communications, data,
wireless and multimedia solutions.
•
Increased momentum in vertical market solutions including:
•
Healthcare: delivered an integrated communication solution for
Baylor University Medical, focused on improving business
processes and efficiency in patient care.
•
Government: deployed a municipal wireless network in Greenville,
N.C. with WindChannel Communications, a leading provider of
wireless solutions for government and private enterprise.
•
Hospitality: delivered an advanced hospitality communications
solution to MotorCity•Casino Hotel, providing unified
communications throughout its facilities.
As applications converge over IP, Ethernet is evolving from a
technology for
business-to-business
communications to an infrastructure capable of delivering
next-generation,
IP-based
voice, video and data applications.
IP-based
video traffic, in particular, is accelerating this shift to an
Ethernet infrastructure. Internet video, residential broadcast
TV, video on demand, and new wireless broadband multimedia
applications are driving significantly increased bandwidth
requirements. Many service providers are now looking to Ethernet
as the transport technology for these new video services, in
addition to other voice and data services for residential and
business customers. We believe that Ethernet technology has the
potential to become the infrastructure of choice for the growing
metropolitan transport market.
Our MEN solutions are designed to deliver carrier-grade Ethernet
transport capabilities focused on meeting customer needs for
higher performance and lower cost for emerging video-intensive
applications. The MEN portfolio includes Carrier Ethernet
switching, optical networking, and multiservice switching
products. With our extensive experience in the optical and
Ethernet arenas, MEN solutions use technology innovation to
drive scale, simplicity, and cost savings for our customers.
Providing network intelligence, fast failover capability,
service scalability and carrier-class operations, our Carrier
Ethernet portfolio provides Ethernet switching devices optimized
for aggregating and transporting next-generation multimedia
services within a service provider’s metropolitan network.
Our Carrier Ethernet products feature innovative Provider
Backbone Transport, or PBT, technology developed by us that can
enable service providers and large enterprises to simplify
network management, redefine QoS and deliver substantial cost
savings. We now have over 30 Carrier Ethernet customers
following our significant PBT win with BT in January 2007 and we
are working to build market momentum and drive additional sales
in 2008.
We are a leading contributor in the drive to establish PBB-TE,
an IEEE standard based on PBT, for extending the simplicity and
ease-of-use
of Ethernet beyond connectivity services to include network
transport.
In 2007, we also formed the Carrier Ethernet Ecosystem,
currently consisting of over 20 members, which serves as a
partnering framework for the industry’s best solution
providers to adopt Ethernet as the preferred means of
information transport in carrier networks.
Key to delivering the capacity and service agility to the
network are our Adaptive Intelligent All Optical solutions. Our
40Gig Dual Polarization QPSK solution will deliver bandwidth to
support video and advanced business applications as well as
provide the foundation for a hyperconnected network. This will
be accomplished with a solution based on a more efficient data
pipeline that has much greater capacity. Moreover, the solution
is designed to be simple to deploy, and because it can leverage
the existing network infrastructure, it delivers an attractive
cost model.
Built with innovative eDCO and eROADM technologies, our
solutions not only deliver the required bandwidth, but
incorporate network planning and engineering functions,
improving network provisioning and restoration times.
With their ability to switch new
IP-based
applications, deliver Ethernet connectivity services and
maintain efficient transport of data traffic on legacy
equipment, our multiservice SONET/SDH solutions give our
customers flexibility and agility. This enables them to react
quickly to changing customer and service requirements to
capitalize on the trends driving the industry.
Our multiservice switch portfolio offers reduced networking
costs for service providers and enterprises through network
consolidation, supporting multiple networking technologies such
as ATM, frame relay, IP and voice on a single platform.
Throughout the transition to next generation packet-based
networks, MEN solutions provide a comprehensive and consistent
operations solution for all parts and layers of optical and
Ethernet networks. We provide one network and domain management
system for optical and Ethernet services, retaining key elements
of circuit-based operation for Ethernet services.
Cisco and Alcatel-Lucent have leading market shares in the
existing Carrier Ethernet market. Other competitors include
Huawei, Hitachi Cable, Nokia Siemens Networks and Foundry. We
believe the Carrier Ethernet market will divide into two camps:
one that supports Ethernet over MPLS solutions and the other
that favors native Carrier Ethernet switching solutions such as
ours. We have chosen a direction that is different from that of
our primary competition, and we look to obtain a leadership
share in the new and evolving Carrier Ethernet switching market.
The global optical market is segmented and market position can
fluctuate significantly on a
quarter-by-quarter
basis, but we remain a leading global provider of optical
networking, especially in optical WDM equipment. Our principal
competitors in this market are large communications companies
such as Alcatel-Lucent, Huawei, Nokia Siemens Networks, Fujitsu
and Cisco, as well as others that address specific niches within
this market, such as Ciena, ADVA, Tellabs and Infinera.
Our MEN solutions can reduce the total cost of deployment and
ongoing operation through advanced features that enable network
flexibility, adaptability and faster
turn-up. Key
differentiators also include ease of migration to Ethernet-based
networks, our ability to maximize QoS and the implementation of
standards-based products for inter-vendor operability.
Three customers make up approximately 24% of MEN 2007 revenue.
The loss of any one or more of these customers could have a
material adverse effect on the MEN segment.
Significant
MEN Developments
•
Selected by BT to supply carrier-grade Ethernet solutions, based
on PBT technology pioneered by us, for high-bandwidth services
transport over BT’s 21st Century Network.
•
Verizon Business selected our adaptive all optical intelligent
equipment for its pan-European long haul network, and our OME
6500 to deliver converged optical transport across 17 European
countries and 13 countries in Asia.
•
Provided an optical wireless backhaul infrastructure to SK
Telecom, Korea’s largest wireless communications operator,
for delivering new wireless services such as wireless Internet,
3D gaming, digital home services and telematics.
•
Chosen by Cyberindo Aditama, Indonesia’s largest Internet
service provider, to deliver high-bandwidth services using a
Carrier Ethernet solution with PBB technology.
•
Selected by TDC, Denmark’s leading provider of
communications solutions, to provide an adaptive all optical
intelligent solution to help meet the growing demand in Denmark
and the Nordic region for high bandwidth multimedia services
such as IPTV, VoIP and enterprise Virtual Private Networks.
•
Selected by service providers groupe-e in Switzerland, Promigas
Telecomunicaciones in Colombia, and Highland Telecom and
Southern Light in the US, to deliver high bandwidth services
using Carrier Ethernet equipment with PBT.
•
Upgraded the backbone network infrastructure of Hong Kong
Exchanges and Clearing Ltd, one of Asia’s largest
international stock exchanges, with high-bandwidth metro WDM
equipment.
•
Selected by Mumbai International Airport Private Limited to
provide optical and Carrier Ethernet equipment with PBB and PBT
for a new communications infrastructure.
•
Chosen by Taiwan Post, the largest postal, banking and insurance
services provider in Taiwan, to deliver a single converged metro
WDM infrastructure.
•
Enabled collaborative research globally by supplying optical
networks to research and educational institutions such as the
Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Internet2, and
Northwestern University in the United States, SurfNet in the
Netherlands, and VERNet in Australia.
All of our reportable segments use our direct sales force to
market and sell to customers around the world. This sales force
operates on a regional basis and markets and sells Nortel
products and services to customers located in Canada, the U.S.,
CALA, EMEA and the Asia region. Our sales offices are aligned
with customers on a country and regional basis. For instance, we
have dedicated sales account teams for certain major service
provider customers located near the customers’ main
purchasing locations. In addition, teams within the regional
sales groups work directly with top regional enterprises, and
are also responsible for managing regional distribution
channels. We also have centralized marketing, product management
and technical support teams dedicated to providing individual
product line support to the global sales and support teams.
In some regions, we also use sales agents who assist us when we
interface with our customers. In addition, we have some
non-exclusive distribution agreements with distributors in all
of our regions, primarily for enterprise products. Certain
service providers, system integrators, value-added resellers and
stocking distributors act as our non-exclusive distribution
channels under those agreements.
Our order backlog was approximately $5,100 and $5,200 as of each
of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The backlog
consists of confirmed orders as well as $3,109 of deferred
revenues in 2007 as reported in our consolidated balance sheet.
A portion of our deferred revenues and advanced billings are
non-current and we do not expect to fill them in 2008. Most
orders are typically scheduled for delivery within twelve
months, although in some cases there could be significant
amounts of backlog relating to revenue deferred for longer
periods. These orders are subject to future events that could
cause the amount or timing of the related revenue to change,
such as rescheduling or cancellation of orders by customers (in
some cases without penalty where management believes it is in
our best interest to do so), or customers’ inability to pay
for or finance their purchases. Backlog should not be viewed as
an indicator of our future performance. A backlogged order may
not result in revenue in a particular period, and actual revenue
may not be equal to our backlog estimates. Our presentation of
backlog may not be comparable with that of other companies.
Our products are heavily regulated in most jurisdictions,
primarily to address issues concerning inter-operability of
products of multiple vendors. Such regulations include
protocols, equipment standards, product registration and
certification requirements of agencies such as Industry Canada,
the U.S. Federal Communications Commission, requirements
cited in the Official Journal of the European Communities under
the New Approach Directives, and regulations of many other
countries. For example, our products must be designed and
manufactured to avoid interference among users of radio
frequencies, permit interconnection of equipment, limit
emissions and electrical noise, and comply with safety and
communications standards. In most jurisdictions, regulatory
approval is required before our products can be used. Delays
inherent in the regulatory process may force us to postpone or
cancel introduction of products or features in certain
jurisdictions, and may result in reductions in sales. Failure to
comply with these regulations could result in a suspension or
cessation of local sales, substantial costs to modify our
products, or payment of fines to regulators. For additional
information, see “Environmental Matters” in each of
the MD&A and Legal Proceedings sections, and the Risk
Factors section of this report. The operations of our service
provider customers are also subject to extensive
country-specific regulations.
Our manufacturing and supply chain strategy has evolved since
1999 from a traditional in-house model to an outsourced model
where we rely primarily on electronic manufacturing services, or
EMS, suppliers. We believe this model allows us to benefit from
leading manufacturing technologies, leverage existing global
resources, lower cost of sales, more quickly adjust to
fluctuations in market demand, and decrease our investment in
plant, equipment and inventories. By 2007, we had divested
substantially all of our manufacturing and related activities.
We continue to retain all supply chain strategic management and
overall control responsibilities, including customer interfaces,
customer service, order management, quality assurance, product
cost management, new product introduction, and network solutions
integration, testing and fulfillment. We are generally able to
obtain sufficient materials and components to meet the needs of
our reportable segments to be able to deliver products within
customary delivery periods. In each segment, we:
•
Make significant purchases, directly or indirectly through our
EMS suppliers, of electronic components and assemblies, optical
components, original equipment manufacturer products, software
products, outsourced assemblies, outsourced products and other
materials and components from many domestic and foreign sources.
•
Maintain alternative sources for certain essential materials and
components.
•
Occasionally maintain or request our suppliers to maintain
inventories of components or assemblies to satisfy customer
demand or minimize effects of possible market shortages.
For more information on our supply arrangements, see
note 9, “Acquisitions, divestitures and
closures — Manufacturing operations”, and
note 13, “Commitments”, to the accompanying
audited consolidated financial statements and “Liquidity
and Capital Resources — Future Uses and Sources of
Liquidity — Future Uses of Liquidity” in the
MD&A section, and the Risk Factors section of this report.
For more information on inventory, see “Application of
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates —
Provisions for Inventories” in the MD&A section of
this report.
We experienced a seasonal decline in revenues in the first
quarter of 2007 compared to the fourth quarter of 2006, followed
by sequential growth in each quarter thereafter. Results through
each reportable segment fluctuated but overall we showed growth
quarter over quarter in 2007. The quarterly profile of our
business results in 2008 is not expected to be consistent across
all reportable segments. We typically expect a seasonal decline
in revenue in the first quarter but there is no assurance that
results of operations for any quarter will necessarily be
consistent with our historical quarterly profile, or that our
historical results are indicative of our expected results in
future quarters. See “Results of Operations” in the
MD&A section, and the Risk Factors section, of this report.
In an effort to improve our competitive position and accelerate
innovation, we, like many of our competitors, continue to
actively evaluate potential inorganic opportunities such as
strategic acquisitions and divestitures, alliances and minority
investments.
Through internal R&D initiatives and external R&D
partnerships, we continue to invest in the development of
technologies that we believe address customer needs to reduce
operating and capital expenses, transition seamlessly to
next-generation converged networks and deploy new, profitable
services that we believe will change the way people live, work
and play.
We are focused on key technologies that we believe will make
communications simpler in an emerging era of Hyperconnectivity,
and enable businesses and consumers to enjoy a true broadband
experience in accessing personalized content and services from
any location at any time.
Indeed, the challenges that must be overcome today (such as
fixed-mobile convergence, real-time communications handoff, true
presence, extension of enterprise applications to mobile devices
and carrier-grade enterprise mobility) are multi-dimensional,
spanning the domains of wireless and wireline, carrier and
enterprise, and infrastructure and applications.
To drive transformation of today’s networks, we are
investing in a variety of innovative technologies, primarily
focused in the areas of 4G broadband wireless (WiMAX, LTE, Mesh,
OFDM, MIMO), Carrier Ethernet (PBT, PBB), next-generation
optical (eDCO, eROADM, DOC, 40Gig Dual Polarization QPSK),
unified communications, Web-based applications and services
(IMS, SOA), secure networking, professional services for unified
communications and telepresence.
As at December 31, 2007, we employed approximately 11,778
regular full-time R&D employees (excluding employees on
notice of termination and including employees of our joint
ventures). We conduct R&D through ten key R&D Centers
of Excellence across the globe. We also invest in approximately
50 technology innovation initiatives with more than 20 major
universities around the world. We complement our in-house
R&D through strategic alliances, partners, and joint
ventures with other
best-in-class
companies. As an example, we have established a joint venture
with LGE and formed strategic relationships with a number of
companies, including Microsoft and IBM.
We also work with and contribute to leading research
organizations, research networks and international consortia,
including the Canadian National Research Network or CANARIE, the
Global Lambda Integrated Facility, or GLIF, Internet2, and
SURFnet.
Standards are a key component of product development, providing
an essential framework for adoption of new technologies and
services. We participate in approximately 100 global, regional
and national standards organizations, forums and consortia,
spanning IT and telecom, and hold leadership positions in many
of them.
Over the last year, we have taken some significant steps to
enhance our R&D function, known for its innovation. In
particular, we are increasing our focus on speed and velocity
(in terms of time to market with products and solutions and
achieving
year-over-year
improvement in development cycle time), quality and
productivity. Specifically, we:
•
Accelerated the shift of our R&D dollars towards new and
emerging markets and technologies,
•
Established a common engineering function to centralize those
key engineering functions, technologies, and platforms that have
the greatest potential to be leveraged across the entire company,
Created an R&D site governance council to help ensure that
we always have the right skills for the future, in the right
jobs and the right locations,
•
Made the decision to pursue the Capability Maturity Model
Integration, or CMMI, framework, an industry-recognized set of
best practices, as a way to develop, refine and benchmark our
R&D processes at the product, business and site
levels, and
•
Executed on our strategy to more effectively recognize the
significance of the contributions of our R&D community,
through such new programs as the Technical Fellowship of Nortel
Program and the Distinguished Member of Technical Staff Program.
We also held the first Nortel Technical Conference, which will
annually bring together several hundred of our leading engineers
to network, share their key innovations and help solve some of
the biggest challenges facing the industry today.
We expect to continue our R&D investment at an
industry-competitive rate of 15% of revenue in 2008.
The following table shows our consolidated expenses for R&D
in each of the past three fiscal years ended December 31:
2007
2006
2005
R&D expense
$
1,723
$
1,939
$
1,874
R&D costs incurred on behalf of others*
7
16
28
Total
$
1,730
$
1,955
$
1,902
*
These costs include research and development charged to
customers pursuant to contracts that provided for full recovery
of the estimated cost of development, material, engineering,
installation and other applicable costs, which were accounted
for as contract costs.
Intellectual property is fundamental to us and the business of
each of our reportable segments. We generate, maintain, use and
enforce a substantial portfolio of intellectual property rights,
including trademarks, and an extensive portfolio of patents
covering significant innovations arising from R&D
activities. We have entered into mutual patent cross-license
agreements with several major companies to enable each party to
operate with reduced risk of patent infringement claims. In
addition, we license certain of our patents
and/or
technology to third parties, and license certain intellectual
property rights from third parties. Our trademarks and trade
names, Nortel and Nortel Networks, are two of our most valuable
assets. We sell products primarily under these brand names. We
have registered the Nortel and Nortel Networks trademarks, and
many of our other trademarks, in countries around the world.
We use intellectual property rights to protect investments in
R&D activities, strengthen leadership positions, protect
our good name, promote our brand name recognition, enhance
competitiveness and otherwise support business goals. See the
Risk Factors section of this report.
At December 31, 2007, we employed approximately 32,550
regular full-time employees (excluding employees on notice of
termination and including employees of our joint ventures),
including approximately:
•
11,975 regular full-time employees in the U.S.;
•
6,800 regular full-time employees in Canada;
•
5,625 regular full-time employees in EMEA; and
•
8,150 regular full-time employees in other countries.
We also employ individuals on a regular part-time basis and on a
temporary full- or part-time time basis, and engages the
services of contractors as required.
In January 2007, we reduced our workforce by approximately
1,700 employees, primarily in France, Ottawa, Canada and
Beijing, China, in connection with the sale of our UMTS Access
business to Alcatel-Lucent. Additionally, in February 2007, we
outlined plans for a net reduction to our global workforce of
approximately 2,900 positions as part of our Business
Transformation plan. Approximately 70% of these reductions took
place in 2007. At that time we also announced plans to shift
1,000 additional positions to lower cost locations, and
approximately 35% of this activity took place in 2007. During
2007, approximately 150 additional positions were identified and
incorporated into the plan. Also, due to delay in implementation
of a shared services initiative, 300 positions were removed,
reducing the total number of workforce reductions to
approximately 2,750. These remaining actions are expected to be
completed over 2008 and 2009.
On February 27, 2008, we announced a further net reduction
of our global workforce of approximately 2,100 positions, with
an additional 1,000 positions to be moved from higher cost to
lower cost locations.
For additional information, see “Special charges” in
note 6 of the accompanying audited consolidated financial
statements and “Executive Overview — Significant
Business Developments — Business Transformation
Initiatives” and “Results of Operations —
Special Charges” in the MD&A section of this report.
At December 31, 2007, labor contracts covered approximately
2% of our employees, including four contracts covering
approximately 2.5% of Canadian employees, three contracts
covering approximately 5% of EMEA employees, one contract
covering all employees in Brazil, and one contract covering less
than 1% of employees in the U.S. (employed by Nortel
Government Solutions Incorporated, or NGS).
While overall employee satisfaction increased slightly in 2007,
this continues to be an important area of focus for us.
During 2007, approximately 2,750 regular full-time employees
were hired, approximately 40% of which were new graduates. We
believe it will become increasingly important to our future
success to attract, integrate and retain an appropriate mixture
of new graduate talent along with experienced recruits with high
levels of technical, management and financial expertise, and
other skill sets critical to the industry. See the “Risk
Factors” section of this report.
Our business is subject to a wide range of continuously evolving
environmental laws in various jurisdictions. We seek to operate
our business in compliance with these changing laws and
regularly evaluate their impact on operations, products and
facilities. Existing and new laws may cause us to incur
additional costs. In some cases, environmental laws affect our
ability to import or export certain products to or from, or
produce or sell certain products in, some jurisdictions, or have
caused us to redesign products to avoid use of regulated
substances. Although costs relating to environmental compliance
have not had a material adverse effect on our capital
expenditures, earnings or competitive position to date, there
can be no assurance that such costs will not have a material
adverse effect going forward. For additional information on
environmental matters, see “Environmental matters” in
each of the MD&A and Legal Proceedings sections of this
report.
For financial information about segments and product categories,
see note 5, “Segment information”, to the
accompanying audited consolidated financial statements, and
“Segment Information” in the MD&A section of this
report.
For financial information by geographic area, see note 5,
“Segment information”, to the accompanying audited
consolidated financial statements and “Results of
Operations — Revenues” in the MD&A section
of this report.
3GPP
(3rd
Generation Partnership Project) is a collaboration between
groups of telecommunications associations, to make a globally
applicable third generation, or 3G, mobile phone system
specification.
40Gig Dual Polarization QPSK (Quadrature Phase Shift
Keying) is an innovative modulation scheme that enables 40Gbps
transmission with 10Gig-equivalent reach and dispersion
tolerances, reducing the amount of equipment/capital expenses
required in the network.
ATM (Asynchronous Transfer Mode) is a high-performance,
cell-oriented switching and multiplexing technology that uses
fixed-length packets to carry different types of traffic.
CDMA2000 1x (Code Division Multiple Access) is a 3G
digital mobile technology.
CDMA2000 EV-DO (Evolution — Data Optimized) is
a 3G digital mobile technology enabling high performance
wireless data transmission.
CMMI (Capability Maturity Model Integration) is an
industry-recognized set of best practices that we have adopted
as a way to develop, refine, and benchmark our processes at the
product, business, and site levels.
DOC (Domain Optical Controller) is an intelligent
software engine responsible for continuously monitoring and
optimizing an entire optical network.
eDCO (electronic Dispersion Compensating Optics) extends
wavelengths over 2,000 kilometers without regeneration,
amplification or dispersion compensation.
EDGE (Enhanced Data GSM Environment) is a faster version
of GSM’s data protocols.
eROADM (enhanced Reconfigurable Optical Add/Drop
Multiplexer) is a component of Nortel’s Common Photonic
Layer, or CPL, an agile, self-optimizing DWDM platform for
cost-effective metro, regional and long haul networks. eROADM
enables dynamic optical branching of up to five different
optical paths in addition to basic add/drop of individual
wavelengths.
Ethernet is the world’s most widely used standard
(IEEE 802.3) for creating a local area network connecting
computers and allowing them to share data.
Failover is the capability to switch automatically to a
redundant or standby network device without human intervention
when a failure occurs.
GPRS (General Packet Radio Service) is a 2.5G standard
for wireless data communications based on GSM.
GSM (Global System for Mobile communications) is a 2G
digital mobile technology.
GSM-R (Global System for Mobile Railway communications)
is a secure wireless standard based on GSM for voice and data
communication between railway drivers, dispatchers, shunting
team members, train engineers, station controllers and other
operational staff.
IEEE means the Institute of Electrical and Electronics
Engineers.
IMS (IP Multimedia Subsystem) is an open industry
standard for voice and multimedia communications using the IP
protocol as its foundation.
IP (Internet Protocol) is a standard that defines how
data is communicated across the Internet.
IT means information technology.
LAN (Local Area Network) is a computer network that spans
a relatively small area — usually a single building or
group of buildings — to connect workstations, personal
computers, printers and other devices.
LTE (Long Term Evolution) is an evolving networking
standard expected to enable wireless networks to support data
transfer rates up to 100 megabits per second.
Mesh is a network solution that extends the reach of
wireless LANs securely and effectively and is often used in
municipal wireless networks.
MIMO (Multiple Input Multiple Output) uses multiple
antennas on wireless devices to send data over multiple pathways
and recombine it at the receiving end, improving transmission
efficiency, distance, speed and quality.
MPLS (MultiProtocol Label Switching) is a data-carrying
mechanism that emulates some properties of a circuit-switched
network over a packet-switched network.
MVNO (Mobile Virtual Network Operator) is a wireless
service provider without radio spectrum or network
infrastructure that buys minutes of use for sales to its
customers under its brand from another wireless service provider.
OFDM (Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiplexing) is
a technique used with wireless LANS to transmit large amounts of
digital data over a large number of carriers spaced at precise
radio frequencies.
PBB (Provider Backbone Bridging) extends the
ease-of-use,
high capacity and lower cost of Ethernet technology beyond
corporate networks to service provider networks by providing
sufficient additional addressing space for orders of magnitude
greater scalability.
PBB-TE (Provider Backbone Bridging — Transport
Engineering) is the IEEE standard being developed that is based
on PBT.
PBT (Provider Backbone Transport) is an innovative
technology that delivers the TDM-like connection management
characteristics service providers are familiar with to
traditionally connectionless Ethernet.
QoS (Quality of Service) refers to control mechanisms
that prioritize network traffic to ensure sufficient bandwidth
for real-time, delay-sensitive applications like VoIP and IPTV.
SIP (Session Initiation Protocol) is an IP telephony
signaling protocol developed by the IETF, or Internet
Engineering Task Force, primarily for VoIP but flexible enough
to support video and other media types as well as integrated
voice-data applications.
Six Sigma is a popular business improvement methodology
employed by many companies to eliminate defects and improve
customer satisfaction.
SOA (Service Oriented Architecture) uses a range of
technologies that define use of loosely coupled software
services to support requirements of business processes and
software users. SOA allows independent services with defined
interfaces to perform tasks in a standard way without having
foreknowledge of the calling application.
SONET/SDH (Synchronous Optical NETwork/Synchronous
Digital Hierarchy) is a method for distributing digital
information over optical fiber and allowing communication
between interfacing equipment from different vendors. SONET is
the protocol for North America and Japan while SDH is the
definition for Europe.
UMTS means Universal Mobile Telecommunications System.
VCC (Voice Call Continuity) is a 3GPP specification that
describes how a voice call can be persisted as a mobile phone
moves between circuit switched and packet switched radio domains.
VoIP (Voice over IP) refers to routing voice over the
Internet or any
IP-based
network.
WAN (Wide Area Network) is a wireline and wireless
long-distance communications network that covers a wide
geographic area, a state or country, for example, to connect
LANs.
WDM (Wave Division Multiplexing) is used with
optical fiber to modulate several data streams onto a different
part of the light spectrum.
WiMAX (Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access)
is a long-range wireless networking standard for broadband
wireless access networks.
Certain statements in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
contain words such as “could”, “expects”,
“may”, “anticipates”, “believes”,
“intends”, “estimates”, “plans”,
“envisions”, “seeks” and other similar
language and are considered forward-looking statements. These
statements are based on our current expectations, estimates,
forecasts and projections about the operating environment,
economies and markets in which we operate. In addition, other
written or oral statements which are considered forward-looking
may be made by us or others on our behalf. These statements are
subject to important risks, uncertainties and assumptions, which
are difficult to predict and actual outcomes may be materially
different. In particular, the risks described below could cause
actual events to differ materially from those contemplated in
forward-looking statements. Unless required by applicable
securities laws, we do not have any intention or obligation to
publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements,
whether as a result of new information, future events or
otherwise.
You should carefully consider the risks described below
before investing in our securities. The risks described below
are not the only ones facing us. Additional risks not currently
known to us or that we currently believe are immaterial may also
impair our business, results of operations, financial condition
and liquidity.
We have organized our risks into the following categories:
•
Risks Relating to Our Business;
•
Risks Relating to Our Liquidity, Financing Arrangements and
Capital; and
•
Risks Relating to Our Prior Restatements and Related
Matters.
Risks
Relating to Our Business
We
face significant emerging and existing competition, may not be
able to maintain our market share and may suffer from
competitive pricing practices.
We operate in a highly volatile industry that is characterized
by industry rationalization and consolidation (both in our
competitors and our larger customers), vigorous competition for
market share and rapid technological development. Competition is
heightened in periods of slow overall market growth. These
factors could result in aggressive pricing practices and growing
competition from smaller niche companies and established
competitors, as well as well-capitalized computer systems and
communications companies which, in turn, could separately or
together with consolidation in the industry have a material
adverse effect on our gross margins. Increased competition could
result in price reductions, negatively affecting our operating
results and reducing profit margins, and could potentially lead
to a loss of market share.
The more traditional distinctions between communications
equipment providers, computer hardware and software providers
and service and solutions companies are blurring with increasing
competition between these entities and yet we believe that to be
successful going forward it will be increasingly necessary for
companies to partner with others in this group in order to offer
an integrated and broader based solution. As such distinctions
blur, there are new opportunities but increasing uncertainty and
risk, including the potential that regulatory decisions or other
factors may affect customer spending decisions.
Since some of the markets in which we compete are characterized
by the potential for rapid growth and, in certain cases, low
barriers to entry and rapid technological changes, smaller,
specialized companies and
start-up
ventures are now, or may in the future become, our principal
competitors. In particular, we currently, and may in the future,
face increased competition from low cost competitors and other
aggressive entrants in the market seeking to grow market share.
Some of our current and potential competitors may have
substantially greater marketing, technical and financial
resources, including greater access to the capital markets, than
we do. These competitors may have a greater ability to provide
customer financing in connection with the sale of products and
may be able to accelerate product development or engage in
aggressive price reductions or other competitive practices, all
of which could give them a competitive advantage over us. Our
competitors may enter into business combinations or other
relationships to create even more powerful, diversified or
aggressive competitors.
We may also face competition from the resale of used
telecommunications equipment, including our own, by failed,
downsized or consolidated high technology enterprises and
telecommunications service providers.
We may
be materially and adversely affected by cautious capital
spending, including as a result of current economic
uncertainties, or a change in technology focus by our customers,
particularly certain key customers.
Continued cautiousness in capital spending by service providers
and other customers (including certain recent announcements) may
affect our revenues and operating results more than we currently
expect and may require us to adjust our current business model.
We have focused on larger customers in certain markets, which
provide a substantial portion of our revenues and margin.
Reduced spending, or a loss, reduction or delay in business from
one or more of these customers, a significant change in
technology focus or a failure to achieve a significant market
share with these customers, could have a material adverse effect
on our business, results of operations, financial condition and
liquidity, and we could be required to reduce our capital
expenditures and investments or take other measures in order to
meet our cash requirements. Further, the trend towards the sale
of converged networking solutions could also lead to reduced
capital spending on multiple networks by our customers as well
as other significant technology shifts, including for our legacy
products, which could materially and adversely affect our
business, results of operations and financial condition.
Rationalization
and consolidation among our customers may lead to increased
competition and harm our business.
Continued rationalization and consolidation among our customers
could result in our dependence on a smaller number of customers,
purchasing decision delays by the merged companies and our
playing a lesser role, or no longer playing a role, in the
supply of communications products to the merged companies and
downward pressure on pricing of our products. This
rationalization and consolidation could also cause increased
competition among our customers and pressure on the pricing of
their products and services, which could cause further financial
difficulties for our customers and result in reduced spending.
Some of our customers have experienced financial difficulty and
have filed, or may file, for bankruptcy protection or may be
acquired by other industry participants. A rationalization of
customers could also increase the supply of used communications
products for resale, resulting in increased competition and
pressure on the pricing for our new products.
We
operate in highly dynamic and volatile industries. If we are
unable to develop new products rapidly and accurately predict,
or effectively react to, market opportunities, our ability to
compete effectively in our industry, and our sales, market share
and customer relationships, could be materially and adversely
affected.
We operate in highly dynamic and volatile industries. The
markets for our products are characterized by rapidly changing
technologies, evolving industry standards and customer demand,
frequent new product introductions and potential for short
product life cycles. Our success depends, in substantial part,
on the timely and successful introduction of timely, cost
competitive, innovative and high quality new products and
upgrades to replace our legacy products with declining market
demand, as well as cost reductions on current products to
address the operational speed, bandwidth, efficiency and cost
requirements of our customers. Our success will also depend on
our ability to comply with emerging industry standards, to sell
products that operate with products of other suppliers, to
integrate, simplify and reduce the number of software programs
used in our portfolio of products, to anticipate and address
emerging market trends, to provide our customers with new
revenue-generating opportunities and to compete with
technological and product developments carried out by others.
The development of new, technologically advanced products,
including
IP-optimized
networking solutions, software products and 4G wireless
networks, such as LTE and WiMax to either evolve customers from
a CDMA network to a 4G network or implement a new wireless
network, is a complex and uncertain process. It requires
maintaining financial flexibility to react to changing market
conditions and significant R&D commitments, as well as the
accurate anticipation of technological and market trends along
with the timely delivery of new technology. Investments in this
environment may result in our R&D and other expenses
growing at a faster rate than our revenues, particularly since
the initial investment to bring a product to market may be high
or market trends could change unexpectedly. We may not be
successful in targeting new market opportunities, in developing
and commercializing new products in a timely manner or in
achieving market acceptance for our new products.
If we fail to respond in a timely and effective manner to
unanticipated changes in one or more of the technologies
affecting telecommunications and data networking or our new
products or product enhancements fail to achieve market
acceptance, our ability to compete effectively in our industry,
and our sales, market share and customer relationships could be
materially and adversely affected.
Our
performance may be materially and adversely affected if our
expectations regarding market demand for particular products
prove to be wrong.
We expect that data communications traffic will grow at a faster
rate than the growth expected for voice traffic and that the use
of the Internet will continue to increase, and that this in turn
will lead to the convergence of data and voice through either
upgrades of traditional voice networks to transport large
volumes of data traffic or the construction of new networks
designed to transport both voice and data traffic. Either
approach would require significant capital expenditures by
service providers. We also believe that these developments will
increase the demand for
IP-optimized
networking solutions and 4G wireless networks.
The demand for
IP-optimized
networking solutions or 4G wireless networks may be lower than
we currently expect or may increase at a slower pace than we
currently anticipate. On a regional basis, growth of our
revenues from sales of our networking solutions in developing
countries, such as China and India, may be less than we
anticipate if current customer demand does not translate into
future sales, we are unable to establish strategic alliances in
key markets or developing countries experience slower growth or
fewer deployments of VoIP and wireless data networks than we
anticipate.
The market may also develop in an unforeseen direction. Certain
events, including the commercial availability and actual
implementation of new technologies, including 4G wireless
networks, or the evolution of other technologies, may occur,
which would affect the extent or timing of anticipated market
demand, or increase demand for products based on other
technologies, or reduce the demand for
IP-optimized
networking solutions or 4G wireless networks. For example we are
seeing an increased demand for LTE as the path to evolve older
technologies such as CDMA to 4G wireless networks. Any such
change in demand may reduce purchases of our networking
solutions by our customers, require increased or more rapid
expenditures to develop and market different technologies, or
provide market opportunities for our competitors.
Certain key and new product evolutions are based on different or
competing standards and technologies. There is a risk that the
proposals we endorse and pursue may not evolve into an accepted
market standard or sufficient active market demand.
If our expectations regarding market demand and direction are
incorrect, or the rate of development or acceptance of our
next-generation solutions such as LTE does not meet market
demand and customer expectation, or, if sales of our traditional
circuit switching solutions decline more rapidly than we
anticipate, or if the rate of decline continues to exceed the
rate of growth of our next-generation solutions, it could
materially and adversely affect our business, results of
operations and financial condition.
We
continue to restructure and transform our business. The
assumptions underlying these efforts may prove to be inaccurate,
or we may fail to achieve the expected benefits from these
efforts, we may not successfully manage our costs and we may
have to restructure or transform our business again in the
future.
In order to be successful, we must have a competitive business
model which brings innovative products and services to market in
a timely way. We continue to restructure and transform our
business in response to changes in industry and market
conditions and to focus on business simplification, quality
improvement, reduce direct and indirect costs, and new revenue
growth. We must manage the potentially higher growth areas of
our business, which entail higher operational and financial
risks, as well as the non-core areas, in order for us to achieve
improved results. Our assumptions underlying these actions may
not be correct, we may be unable to successfully execute these
plans, and even if successfully executed, our actions may not be
effective or may not lead to the anticipated benefits, or we may
not on an ongoing basis successfully manage our costs. As a
result, we may determine that further restructuring or business
transformation will be needed, which could result in the need to
record further special charges such as costs associated with
workforce reductions, and we may be unable to maintain or
improve our market competitiveness or profitability.
In connection with the transformation of our business, we have
made, and will continue to make, judgments as to whether we
should further reduce, relocate or otherwise change our
workforce. Costs incurred in connection with workforce reduction
efforts may be higher than estimated. Furthermore, our workforce
efforts may impair our ability to achieve our current or future
business objectives. Any further workforce efforts including
reductions may not occur on the expected timetable and may
result in the recording of additional charges.
Further, we have made, and will continue to make, judgments as
to whether we should limit investment in, exit, or dispose of
certain businesses. Any decision by management to further limit
investment in, or exit or dispose of, businesses may result in
the recording of additional charges. Any such decisions may not
occur on the expected timetable, or at all, which may have a
material adverse effect on our business, results of operations
and financial condition.
As part of our review of our restructured business, we look at
the recoverability of tangible and intangible assets. Future
market conditions may indicate these assets are not recoverable
based on changes in forecasts of future business performance and
the estimated useful life of these assets, and therefore trigger
further write-downs of these assets.
Further write-downs may have a material adverse effect on our
business, results of operations and financial condition.
Negative
developments associated with our suppliers and contract
manufacturers, including our reliance on certain suppliers for
key optical networking solutions components, and on a sole
supplier for the majority of our manufacturing and design
functions and consolidation in the industries in which our
suppliers operate may materially and adversely affect our
business, results of operations, financial condition and
customer relationships.
Our equipment and component suppliers have experienced, and may
continue to experience, consolidation in their industry, and at
times financial difficulties, which may result in fewer sources
of components or products, increased prices and greater exposure
relating to the financial stability of our suppliers. A
reduction or interruption in component supply or external
manufacturing capacity, a significant increase in the price of
one or more components, or excessive inventory levels could
materially and negatively affect our gross margins and our
operating results and could materially damage customer
relationships.
In particular, we currently rely on certain suppliers for key
optical networking solutions components, and our supply of such
components could be materially adversely affected by adverse
developments in that supply arrangement with these suppliers. If
these suppliers are unable to meet their contractual obligations
under our supply arrangements and if we are then unable to make
alternative arrangements, it could have a material adverse
effect on our revenues, cash flows and relationships with our
customers.
As part of the transformation of our supply chain from a
vertically integrated manufacturing model to a virtually
integrated model, we have outsourced substantially all of our
manufacturing capacity, and divested associated assets, to
contract manufacturers, including an agreement with Flextronics
Telecom Systems, Ltd., or Flextronics. As a result, a
significant portion of our supply chain is concentrated with
Flextronics. In addition, further consolidation in the contract
manufacturing industry has had the effect of increasing that
concentration. Outsourcing our manufacturing capability to
contract manufacturers involves potential challenges in
designing and maintaining controls relating to the outsourced
operations in an effective and timely manner. We work closely
with our suppliers and contract manufacturers to address issues
such as cost, quality and timely delivery and to meet increases
in customer demand, when needed, and we also manage our internal
inventory levels as required. However, we may encounter
difficulties, including shortages or interruptions in the supply
of quality components
and/or
products in the future, and we may also encounter difficulties
with our concentrated supply chain relationships, which could be
compounded by potential consolidation by our key suppliers.
Further, certain key elements of our efforts to transform our
business require and are reliant on our suppliers meeting their
commitments and working cooperatively and effectively on these
transformation aspects.
A reduction or interruption in component supply or external
manufacturing capacity, untimely delivery of products, a
significant increase in the price of one or more components, or
excessive inventory levels or issues that could arise in our
concentrated supply chain relationships or in transitioning
between suppliers could materially and negatively affect our
gross margins and our operating results and could materially
damage customer relationships.
We may
be required to pay significant penalties or liquidated damages,
or our customers may be able to cancel contracts, in the event
that we fail to meet contractual obligations including delivery
and installation deadlines, which could have a material adverse
effect on our revenues, operating results, cash flows and
relationships with our customers.
Some of our contracts with customers contain delivery and
installation timetables, performance criteria and other
contractual obligations which, if not met, could result in our
having to pay significant penalties or liquidated damages and
the termination of the contract. Our ability to meet these
contractual obligations is, in part, dependent on us obtaining
timely and adequate component parts and products from suppliers
and contract manufacturers. Because we do not always have
parallel rights against our suppliers, in the event of delays or
failures to timely provide component parts and products, such
delays or failures could have a material adverse effect on our
revenues, operating results, cash flows and relationships with
our customers.
Defects,
errors or failures in our products could result in higher costs
than we expect and could harm our reputation and adversely
affect our business, results of operations and financial
condition.
Our products are highly complex, and some of them can be fully
tested only when deployed in telecommunications networks or with
other equipment. From time to time, our products have contained
undetected defects, errors or failures. The occurrence of
defects, errors or failures in our products could result in
cancellation of orders and product returns, and the loss of or
delay in market acceptance of our products, loss of sales and
increased operating or support costs. Further, our customers or
our customers’ end users could bring legal actions against
us, resulting in the diversion of our resources, legal expenses
and judgments, fines or other penalties or losses. Any of these
occurrences could adversely affect our business, results of
operations and financial condition.
We record provisions for estimated costs related to product
warranties given to customers to cover defects. These provisions
are based in part on historical product failure rates and costs.
See “Application of Critical Accounting Policies and
Estimates — Provisions for Product Warranties” in
the MD&A section of this report. If actual product failure
rates or materials replacement, labor or servicing costs are
greater than our estimates, our gross margin could be negatively
affected.
Fluctuations
in foreign currency exchange rates could negatively impact our
business, results of operations and financial
condition.
As an increasing proportion of our business may be denominated
in currencies other than U.S. Dollars, fluctuations in
foreign currency exchange rates may have an adverse impact on
our business, results of operations and financial condition. Our
primary currency exposures are to Canadian Dollars, British
Pounds and the Euro. These exposures may change over time as we
change the geographic mix of our global business and as our
business practices evolve. For instance, if we increase our
presence in emerging markets, we may see an increase in our
exposure to emerging market currencies, such as the Indian
Rupee, Brazilian Real and the Chinese Yuan. These currencies may
be affected by internal factors and external developments in
other countries. Also, our ability to enter into normal course
derivative or hedging transactions to mitigate such exposures in
the future may be impacted by our credit condition. Significant
foreign exchange rate fluctuations could have a material adverse
effect on our business, results of operations and financial
condition.
We also engage in economic foreign exchange and interest rate
hedging programs. If these programs do not meet the hedge
effectiveness designation criteria prescribed by certain
accounting rules, or if we choose not to pursue such
designation, changes in the fair value of the hedge could result
in volatility to our income statement or have a negative effect
on our results of operations.
If we
fail to manage the higher operational and financial risks
associated with our international expansion efforts, it could
have a material adverse effect on our business, results of
operations and financial condition.
We intend to continue to pursue international and emerging
market growth opportunities. In many international markets,
long-standing relationships between potential customers and
their local suppliers and protective regulations, including
local content requirements and approvals, create barriers to
entry. In addition, pursuing international opportunities may
require significant investments for an extended period before
returns on those investments, if any, are realized, which may
result in expenses growing at a faster rate than revenues.
Furthermore, those projects and investments could be adversely
affected by, among other factors: reversals or delays in the
opening of foreign markets to new competitors or the
introduction of new technologies into those markets; a
challenging pricing environment in highly competitive new
markets; exchange controls; restrictions on repatriation of
cash; nationalization or regulation of local industry; economic,
social and political risks; taxation; challenges in staffing and
managing international opportunities; and acts of war or
terrorism.
Difficulties in foreign financial markets and economies and of
foreign financial institutions, particularly in emerging
markets, could adversely affect demand from customers in the
affected countries. An inability to maintain or expand our
business in international and emerging markets while balancing
the higher operational and financial risks associated with these
markets could have a material adverse effect on our business,
results of operations and financial condition.
If
market conditions deteriorate or future results of operations
are less than expected, an additional valuation allowance may be
required for all or a portion of our deferred tax
assets.
We currently have significant deferred tax assets, which may be
used to reduce taxable income in the future. We assess the
realization of these deferred tax assets quarterly, and if we
determine that it is more likely than not that some portion
of these assets will not be realized, an income tax valuation
allowance is recorded. If market conditions deteriorate or
future results of operations are less than expected, or there is
a change to applicable tax rules, future assessments may result
in a determination that it is more likely than not that some or
all of our net deferred tax assets are not realizable. As a
result, we may need to establish an additional valuation
allowance for all or a portion of our net deferred tax assets,
which may have a material adverse effect on our business,
results of operations and financial condition.
If we
fail to protect our intellectual property rights, or if we are
subject to adverse judgments or settlements arising out of
disputes regarding intellectual property rights, our business,
results of operations and financial condition could be
materially and adversely affected.
Our proprietary technology is very important to our business. We
rely on patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws to
protect that technology. Our business is global, and the extent
of that protection varies by jurisdiction. The protection of our
proprietary technology may be challenged, invalidated or
circumvented, and our intellectual property rights may not be
sufficient to provide us with competitive advantages.
In particular, we may not be successful in obtaining any
particular patent. Even if issued, future patents or other
intellectual property rights may not be sufficiently broad to
protect our proprietary technology. Competitors may
misappropriate our intellectual property, disputes as to
ownership may arise, and our intellectual property may otherwise
fall into the public domain or similar intellectual property may
be independently developed by competitors reducing the
competitive benefits of our intellectual property.
In addition, as part of our business transformation program in
2007, we substantially reduced and began focusing our total
overall expenditure on protecting our intellectual property
rights with an intention to focus on the key elements of such
rights but there is a risk we may not adequately protect key
elements. Expenditures on protecting intellectual property in
2008 are expected to be essentially flat from 2007.
Additionally, efforts at refocusing the total expenditure on
protecting intellectual property rights will continue in 2008.
Claims of intellectual property infringement or trade secret
misappropriation may also be asserted against us, or against our
customers in connection with their use of our products or our
intellectual property rights may be challenged, invalidated or
circumvented, or fail to provide significant competitive
advantages. We believe that intellectual property licensed from
third parties will remain available on commercially reasonable
terms in such cases, however there can be no assurance such
rights will be available on such terms and an inability to
license such rights could have a material adverse effect on our
business. An unfavorable outcome in such a claim could require
us to cease offering for sale the products that are the subject
of such a claim, pay substantial monetary damages to a third
party, make ongoing royalty payments to a third party and
indemnify our customers.
Defense or assertion of claims of intellectual property
infringement or trade secret misappropriation may require
extensive participation by senior management and other key
employees and may reduce their time and ability to focus on
other aspects of our business. Successful claims of intellectual
property infringement or other intellectual property claims
against us or our customers, or a failure by us to protect our
proprietary technology, could have a material adverse effect on
our business, results of operations and financial condition.
If we
are unable to maintain the integrity of our information systems,
our business and future prospects may be harmed.
We rely on the security of our information systems, among other
things, to protect our proprietary information and information
of our customers. If we do not maintain adequate security
procedures over our information systems, we may be susceptible
to computer viruses, break-ins and similar disruptions from
unauthorized tampering with our computer systems to access our
proprietary information or that of our customers. Even if we are
able to maintain procedures that are adequate to address current
security risks, hackers or other unauthorized users may develop
new techniques that will enable them to successfully circumvent
our current security procedures. The failure to protect our
proprietary information could seriously harm our business and
future prospects or expose us to claims by our customers,
employees or others that we did not adequately protect their
proprietary information.
Changes
in regulation of the Internet or other regulatory changes may
affect the manner in which we conduct our business and may
materially and adversely affect our business, operating results
and financial condition.
The telecommunications industry is highly regulated by
governments around the globe, although market-based reforms are
taking place in many countries. Changes in telecommunications
regulations, product standards and spectrum availability,
or other industry regulation in any country in which we or our
customers operate could significantly affect demand for and the
costs of our products. For example, regulatory changes could
affect our customers’ capital spending decisions, increase
competition among equipment suppliers or increase the costs of
selling our products, any of which could have a material adverse
effect on our business, results of operation and financial
condition.
We are subject to various product content laws and product
takeback and recycling requirements that will require full
compliance in the coming years. As a result of these laws and
requirements, we will incur additional compliance costs. See
“Environmental Matters” in the Legal Proceedings
section of this report. Although compliance costs relating to
environmental matters have not resulted in a material adverse
effect on our business, results of operations and financial
condition in the past, they may result in a material adverse
effect in the future. If we cannot operate within the scope of
those laws and requirements, we could be prohibited from selling
certain products in the jurisdictions covered by such laws and
requirements, which could have a material adverse effect on our
business, results of operations and financial condition.
We may
make strategic acquisitions. If we are not successful in
operating or integrating these acquisitions, our business,
results of operations and financial condition may be materially
and adversely affected.
From time to time, we consider acquisitions of businesses that
we believe will enhance the expansion of our business and
products. Acquisitions involve significant risks and
uncertainties, including:
•
the industry may develop in a different direction than
anticipated and the technologies we acquire may not prove to be
those we need or the business model of acquired companies may
become obsolete;
•
the future valuations of acquired businesses may decrease from
the market price we paid for these acquisitions;
•
the revenues of acquired businesses may not offset increased
operating expenses associated with these acquisitions;
•
potential difficulties in completing in-process research and
development projects and delivering high quality products to our
customers;
•
potential difficulties in integrating new products, software,
internal controls, businesses and operations in an effective and
timely manner or at all;
•
our customers or customers of the acquired businesses may defer
purchase decisions as they evaluate the impact of the
acquisitions on our future product strategy;
•
potential loss of key employees of the acquired businesses;
•
diversion of the attention of our senior management from the
operation of our daily business;
•
entering new markets in which we have limited experience and
where competitors may have a stronger market presence;
•
the potential adverse effect on our cash position as a result of
all or a portion of an acquisition purchase price being paid in
cash;
•
potential issuance of equity or equity related securities as a
result of all or a portion of an acquisition purchase price
being paid with such equity or equity related securities, which
could result in the significant dilution of existing equity
positions; and
•
potential assumption of liabilities.
If we do not successfully operate and integrate newly acquired
businesses appropriately, effectively and in a timely manner, it
could have a material adverse effect on our ability to take
advantage of further growth in demand for
IP-optimized
network solutions and other advances in technology, as well as
on our revenues, gross margins and expenses.
Our
business may suffer if our strategic alliances are not
consummated or are not successful.
We have announced a number of strategic alliances with
suppliers, developers and members of our industry to facilitate
product compatibility, encourage adoption of industry standards
or to offer complementary product or service offerings to meet
customer needs, including our joint venture with LGE and our
alliances with Microsoft and IBM. We believe that cooperation
between multiple vendors is critical to the success of our
communications solutions for both service providers and
enterprises. In some cases, the companies with which we have
strategic alliances also compete against us in some of our
business areas. If a member of a strategic alliance fails to
perform its obligations, if the relationship fails to develop as
expected or if the relationship is terminated, we could
experience delays in product availability or impairment of our
relationships with our customers. Our business may also be
adversely affected if our choice of strategic alliance
collaborators does not enable us to leverage our existing and
future product and service offerings in order to capitalize on
expected future market trends (such as convergence in the
enterprise market).
We may
not be able to attract or retain the personnel necessary to
achieve our business objectives.
Competition for certain key positions and specialized technical
and sales personnel in the high-technology industry remains
strong. Our future success depends in part on our continued
ability to hire, assimilate in a timely manner and retain
qualified personnel, particularly in key senior management
positions and in our key areas of potential growth. The loss of
key managers could have a material adverse effect on our
business, results of operations and financial condition. If we
are not successful in attracting, recruiting or retaining
qualified employees, including members of senior management, we
may not have the personnel necessary to achieve our business
objectives, including our business transformation initiatives
and the implementation of our remedial measures.
Our
risk management strategy may not be effective or commensurate to
the risks we are facing.
We maintain global blanket policies of insurance of the types
and in the amounts of companies of the same size and in the same
industry. We have retained certain self-insurance risks with
respect to certain employee benefit programs such as
worker’s compensation, group health insurance, life
insurance and other types of insurance. Our risk management
programs and claims handling and litigation processes utilize
internal professionals and external technical expertise. If this
risk management strategy is not effective or is not commensurate
to the risks we are facing, these risks could have a material
adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial
condition and liquidity.
Risks
Relating to Our Liquidity, Financing Arrangements and
Capital
Cash
flow fluctuations may affect our ability to fund our working
capital requirements and achieve our business objectives in a
timely manner. Additional sources of funds may not be available
on acceptable terms or at all.
Our working capital requirements and cash flows historically
have been, and are expected to continue to be, subject to
quarterly and yearly fluctuations, depending on such factors as
timing and size of capital expenditures, level of sales, timing
of deliveries and collection of receivables, inventory levels,
customer payment terms, customer financing obligations and
supplier terms and conditions. As of December 31, 2007, our
primary source of liquidity was cash and we expect this to
continue throughout 2008. We cannot be assured that our
operations will generate significant cash flow in 2008. If we do
not meet our business transformation goals, including those
relating to our operating margins, restructuring and working
capital programs, our cash flow could be adversely impacted. As
discussed below under “We are subject to ongoing criminal
investigations in the U.S. and Canada, which could require
us to pay substantial fines or other penalties or subject us to
sanctions that may have material adverse effects on us,”
any payments we make in connection with any judgments, fines,
penalties or settlements in connection with our pending civil
litigation and investigations could materially adversely affect
our cash position and more generally our business, results of
operations and financial condition.
We may seek additional funds from liquidity-generating
transactions and other sources of external financing (which may
include a variety of debt, convertible debt
and/or
equity financings), but these financings may not be available to
us on acceptable terms or at all. In addition, we may not
continue to have access to our $750 support facility with Export
Development Canada, or the EDC Support Facility, when and as
needed. Our inability to manage cash flow fluctuations resulting
from the above factors and the potential reduction or
termination of the EDC Support Facility could have a material
adverse effect on our ability to fund our working capital
requirements from operating cash flows and other sources of
liquidity or to achieve our business objectives in a timely
manner.
If we are unable to, or decide not to, refinance our existing
debt that is coming due in 2008, the amount of cash available to
finance our operations and other business activities and our
ability to pay any judgments, fines, penalties or settlements,
if any, would be significantly reduced, which could have a
material adverse effect on our business, results of operations,
financial condition and liquidity.
Our
high level of debt could materially and adversely affect our
business, results of operations, financial condition and
liquidity.
In order to finance our business, we have incurred significant
levels of debt. As of December 31, 2007, we had
approximately $4.5 billion of debt. In the future, we may
need to obtain additional sources of funding, which may include
debt or convertible debt financing. A high level of debt,
arduous or restrictive terms and conditions related to accessing
certain sources of funding, or any significant reduction in, or
access to, the EDC Support Facility, could place us at a
competitive disadvantage compared to competitors that have less
debt and could materially and adversely affect our ability to:
fund the operations of our business; borrow money in the future
or access other sources of funding; refinance our
existing debt, should we decide to do so; pay interest, or
judgments, settlements, fines or other penalties; and maintain
our flexibility in planning for or reacting to economic
downturns, adverse industry conditions and adverse developments
in our business, and our ability to withstand such events.
Covenants
in the indentures governing certain of our senior notes impose
operating and financial restrictions on us, which may prevent us
from issuing new debt and from capitalizing on business
opportunities.
The indentures governing our senior notes contain various
restrictive covenants. See “Liquidity and Capital
Resources” in the MD&A section of this report.
These and other restrictions in the indentures governing our
senior notes may limit our ability to execute our business
strategy. A failure to comply with these restrictions could
result in an event of default under the senior notes. In such
circumstances, it is possible that the holders of our public
debt or our lenders would seek to accelerate the maturity of our
debt and we and NNL may be unable to meet our respective payment
obligations. If this were to occur, we might be forced to seek a
waiver or an amendment under the indenture, which could make the
terms of these arrangements more onerous for us.
Our
credit ratings are below investment grade, which may adversely
affect our liquidity.
NNL’s long-term corporate credit rating from Moody’s
is currently “B3” and its preferred share rating is
“Caa3” and from S&P, it is currently
“B−” and its preferred share rating is
“CCC−”. Both Moody’s and S&P have set
their respective outlooks at stable. These ratings are below
investment grade. These ratings and our current credit condition
affect, among other things, our ability to raise debt, access
the commercial paper market (which is currently closed to us),
engage in alternative financing arrangements, obtain bank
financings and our ability and the cost to sell or securitize
receivables, obtain customer bid, performance-related and other
bonds and contracts
and/or enter
into normal course derivative or hedging transactions. These
factors also affect the terms under which some customers and
suppliers are willing to continue to do business with us and the
price of our publicly traded securities. If our credit ratings
are lowered or rating agencies issue adverse commentaries in the
future, it could have a material adverse effect on our business,
results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
An
increased portion of our cash and cash equivalents may be
restricted as cash collateral if we are unable to secure
alternative support for certain obligations arising out of our
normal course business activities.
The EDC Support Facility may not provide all the support we
require for certain of our obligations arising out of our normal
course of business activities. As of December 31, 2007,
there was approximately $146 of outstanding support utilized
under the EDC Support Facility, approximately $89 of which was
outstanding under the small bond
sub-facility.
The EDC Support Facility will terminate on December 31,2011, subject to automatic annual renewal each following year,
unless either party provides written notice to the other of its
intent to terminate. Individual bonds supported under the EDC
Facility currently expire on the fourth anniversary of such
individual bond regardless of the termination date of the EDC
Support Facility. EDC may also suspend its obligation to issue
NNL any additional support if events occur that have a material
adverse effect on NNL’s business, financial position or
results of operations. If we do not have access to sufficient
support under the EDC Support Facility, and if we are unable to
secure alternative support, an increased portion of our cash and
cash equivalents may be restricted as cash collateral, which
would reduce our liquidity.
An
inability of our subsidiaries to provide us with funding in
sufficient amounts could adversely affect our ability to meet
our obligations.
We generally depend primarily on loans, dividends or other forms
of financing from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations to
pay interest and principal on outstanding debt and to pay
corporate expenses. If our subsidiaries are unable to pay
dividends or provide us with loans or other forms of financing
in sufficient amounts, or if there are any restrictions on the
transfer of cash between us and our subsidiaries, including
those imposed by foreign governments and commercial limitations
on transfers of cash pursuant to our joint ventures commitments,
our liquidity and our ability to meet our obligations would be
adversely affected.
We may
need to make larger contributions to our defined benefit plans
in the future, which could have a material adverse impact on our
liquidity and our ability to meet our other
obligations.
We currently maintain various defined benefit plans in North
America and the U.K. covering various categories of employees
and retirees, which represent our major retirement plans. In
addition, we have smaller retirement plans in other
countries. Effective January 1, 2008, accrual for service
will no longer continue under our North American defined benefit
plans. In November 2006, we reached an agreement with the
Trustee of our pension plan in the U.K. that sets the levels of
contribution through April 2012. As a result of these North
American and U.K. changes, we have greater clarity regarding our
contribution levels for the next several years. Our obligations
to make contributions to fund benefit obligations under these
plans are based on actuarial valuations, which themselves are
based on certain assumptions about the long-term operation of
the plans, including employee turnover and retirement rates, the
performance of the financial markets and interest rates. If
future trends differ from the assumptions, the amounts we are
obligated to contribute to the plans may increase. If the
financial markets perform lower than the assumptions, we may
have to make larger contributions in the future than we would
otherwise have to make and expenses related to defined benefit
plans could increase. Also, if interest rates are lower in the
future than we assume they will be, then we could be required to
make larger contributions than we would otherwise have to make.
Our
exposure to our customers’ credit risk under customer
financing arrangements could increase.
The competitive environment in which we operate has required us
at times to provide significant amounts of medium-term and
long-term customer financing. Customer financing arrangements
may include financing in connection with the sale of our
products and services, funding for certain non-product and
service costs associated with network installation and
integration of our products and services, financing for working
capital and equity financing. While we have significantly
reduced our customer financing exposure, we may in the future
provide customer financing to customers in areas that are
strategic to our core business activity.
From time to time, certain of our customers may experience
financial difficulties and fail to meet their financial
obligations. When this occurs, we may incur charges for
provisions related to certain trade and customer financing
receivables. Any future financial difficulties experienced by
any of our customers could have a material adverse effect on our
cash flow and operating results.
Our
stock price has historically been volatile and any declines in
the market price of our publicly traded securities may
negatively impact our ability to make future acquisitions, raise
capital, issue debt and retain employees.
Our publicly traded securities may continue to experience
substantial price volatility, including considerable decreases,
particularly as a result of variations between our actual or
anticipated financial results and the published expectations of
analysts and as a result of announcements by our competitors and
us, including announcements related to management changes, the
criminal investigations, the Global Class Action
Settlement, the other civil litigation proceedings and related
matters. Our credit quality, any equity or equity-related
offerings, our operating results and prospects, restatements of
previously issued financial statements and any exclusion of our
publicly traded securities from any widely followed stock market
indices, among other factors, will also affect the market price
of our publicly traded securities.
The stock markets have experienced extreme price fluctuations
that have affected the market price and trading volumes of many
technology and telecommunications companies in particular. These
fluctuations may negatively impact our ability to raise capital,
issue debt, secure customer business, retain employees or make
future acquisitions. Such difficulties, as well as general
economic and geopolitical conditions, may in turn have a
material adverse effect on the market price of our publicly
traded securities. The issuance of approximately 62,866,775
Nortel Networks Corporation common shares under the Global
Class Action Settlement will result in dilution of existing
equity positions and may increase volatility in the market price
of Nortel Networks Corporation common shares or our other
publicly traded securities. We expect that the remaining
settlement shares will be issued commencing in the first half of
2008. The calculations of basic or diluted earnings (loss) per
share and the number of Nortel Networks Corporation outstanding
common shares do not reflect common shares reserved for issuance
under our incentive plans or upon exercise of stock options and
common shares reserved for issuance upon conversion of our
4.25% Notes due 2008 or the Convertible Notes.
Risks
Relating to Our Prior Restatements and Related Matters
We are
subject to ongoing criminal investigations in the U.S. and
Canada, which could require us to pay substantial fines or other
penalties or subject us to sanctions that may have material
adverse effects on us.
We have effected successive restatements of certain prior
periods financial results (see our Annual Reports on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal years ended 2006, 2005, 2004 and 2003). We have
also received U.S. federal grand jury subpoenas for the
production of certain documents sought in connection with an
ongoing criminal investigation being conducted by the
U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Northern District of
Texas, Dallas Division. Further, a criminal investigation into
our
financial accounting situation by the Integrated Market
Enforcement Team of the Royal Canadian Mounted Police is also
ongoing. See the Legal Proceedings section of this report.
We cannot predict when these investigations will be completed or
the timing of any other related developments, nor can we predict
what the results of these investigations may be.
We continue to incur expenses in connection with these
investigations and may be required to pay material judgments,
fines, penalties or settlements, and we have not taken any
reserves for any such payments. The investigations may adversely
affect our ability to obtain, or increase the cost of obtaining,
directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and other
types of insurance, which could have a material adverse effect
on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
In addition, the findings and outcomes of the criminal
investigations and our settlements with the OSC and SEC in May
2007 and October 2007, respectively, may adversely affect the
course of the remaining civil litigation against us.
The
Global Class Action Settlement requires us to pay a
substantial cash amount and will result in a significant
dilution of existing equity positions.
We have entered into agreements to settle the U.S. class
actions and all but one of the related Canadian actions. In
December 2006 and January 2007, the Global Class Action
Settlement was approved by all of the courts in New York,
Ontario, British Columbia and Quebec.
Under the terms of the Global Class Action Settlement, we
agreed to pay $575, plus applicable accrued interest, in cash
and will issue approximately 62,866,775 Nortel Networks
Corporation common shares (representing approximately 14.5% of
Nortel Networks Corporation common shares outstanding as of
February 7, 2006), to the plaintiffs, and will contribute
to the plaintiffs one-half of any recovery from our ongoing
litigation against certain of our former senior officers who
were terminated for cause in 2004, which seeks the return of
payments made to them in 2003 under our bonus plan. The
effective date of the Global Class Action Settlement was
March 20, 2007, on which date the number of shares issuable
in connection with the equity component was fixed. The
administration of the settlement continues to be a complex and
lengthy process. Although we cannot predict how long the process
will take, approximately 4% of the settlement shares have been
issued, and we currently expect the issuance of the balance to
commence in the first half of 2008. Our insurers agreed to pay
$229 towards the settlement and we agreed with the insurers to
certain indemnification obligations. While we believe that these
indemnification obligations would be unlikely to materially
increase our total payment obligations under the Global
Class Action Settlement, any such indemnification payments
could be material and would not reduce the amounts payable by
us. The equity component of the Global Class Action
Settlement will result in a dilution of existing equity
positions, could contribute to volatility in the market price of
Nortel Networks Corporation common shares and could materially
and adversely impact future financings with equity or
equity-related securities.
We are
subject to additional pending civil litigation actions, which
are not encompassed by the Global Class Action Settlement
and which, if decided against us or as a result of settlement,
could require us to pay significant judgments or settlements and
could result in the dilution of existing equity positions, and
we cannot predict the timing of developments in these
matters.
In addition to the shareholder class actions encompassed by the
Global Class Action Settlement and litigation in the
ordinary course of business, we are currently, and may in the
future be, subject to class actions, other securities litigation
and other actions arising in relation to our accounting
restatements. See the Legal Proceedings section of this report.
This litigation is, and any such additional litigation could be,
time consuming and expensive and could distract our executive
team from the conduct of our daily business. The adverse
resolution of any specific lawsuit could have a material adverse
effect on our ability to favorably resolve other lawsuits and on
our financial condition and liquidity. In addition, the
resolution of those matters may require us to issue equity or
equity-related securities, which could potentially result in the
significant dilution of existing equity positions.
In 2007, we continued to reduce the size of our facilities as
part of a square footage reduction program associated with our
2007 Business Transformation plan. We vacated approximately
1 million square feet of operating space. In addition, we
fully disposed of approximately 1.9 million square feet of
space, eliminating any direct or contingent liability with
respect to that space. The disposed space included our Montreal,
Canada facility and a portion of our Monkstown, Northern Ireland
facility, netting a combined $65. During 2008, we plan to vacate
an additional 0.5 million square feet and fully dispose of
0.8 million square feet as a continuation of the plan. On
February 27, 2008, we announced our plan to further reduce
our real estate portfolio by an additional 750,000 square
feet by the end of 2009. For further information see
“Executive Overview — Significant Business
Developments — Business Transformation
Initiatives” and “Results of Operations —
Special Charges” in the MD&A section of this report.
We believe our facilities are suitable, adequate and sufficient
to meet current needs. Most sites are used by multiple business
segments for various purposes. As of December 31, 2007,
estimated facilities use by segment was 25% Global Operations,
19% Carrier Networks, 13% Enterprise Solutions, 7% MEN, 17%
Global Services, and 19% one or more segments
and/or
corporate facilities. In 2007, we operated 207 sites occupying
approximately 11.1 million square feet.
Number
Number
Type of Site*
Owned
Leased
Geographic Locations
Manufacturing and repair**
5
—
EMEA, CALA and the Asia region
Distribution centers
—
7
U.S., EMEA, CALA and the Asia region
Offices (administration, sales and field service)
2
183
All geographic regions
Research and development
3
8
U.S., Canada, EMEA and the Asia region
TOTAL***
10
198
*
Indicates primary use. A number of sites are mixed-use
facilities.
**
Manufacturing sites in China and Thailand are operated by Nortel
joint ventures. The site in China is owned pursuant to land use
rights granted by Chinese authorities. Small amounts of
integration and test activity are conducted by Nortel in
Northern Ireland, Brazil and Turkey.
***
Excludes approximately 4.1 million square feet, designated
as part of planned square footage reduction plans, of which
approximately 3.1 million square feet was
sub-leased.
ITEM 3.
Legal
Proceedings
Nortel I Class Actions: Subsequent to our
announcement on February 15, 2001, in which we provided
revised guidance for our financial performance for the 2001
fiscal year and the first quarter of 2001, we and certain of our
then-current officers and directors were named as defendants in
several purported class action lawsuits in the U.S. and
Canada, or collectively, the Nortel I Class Actions. These
lawsuits in the U.S. District Court for the Southern
District of New York, where all the U.S. lawsuits were
consolidated, the Ontario Superior Court of Justice, the Supreme
Court of British Columbia and the Quebec Superior Court were
filed on behalf of shareholders who acquired our securities
during certain periods between October 24, 2000 and
February 15, 2001. The lawsuits alleged, among other
things, violations of U.S. federal and Canadian provincial
securities laws.
Nortel II Class Actions: Subsequent to our
announcement on March 10, 2004, in which we indicated it
was likely that we would need to revise our previously announced
unaudited results for the year ended December 31, 2003 and
the results reported in certain of our quarterly reports in
2003, and to restate our previously filed financial results for
one or more earlier periods, we and certain of our then-current
and former officers and directors were named as defendants in
several purported class action lawsuits in the U.S. and
Canada, or collectively, the Nortel II Class Actions.
These lawsuits in the U.S. District Court for the Southern
District of New York, the Ontario Superior Court of Justice and
the Quebec Superior Court were filed on behalf of shareholders
who acquired our securities during certain periods between
February 16, 2001 and July 28, 2004. The lawsuits
alleged, among other things, violations of U.S. federal and
Canadian provincial securities laws, negligence,
misrepresentations, oppressive conduct, insider trading and
violations of Canadian corporation and competition laws in
connection with certain of our financial results.
Global Class Action Settlement: During 2006, we
entered into agreements to settle all of the Nortel I
Class Actions and Nortel II Class Actions, or the
Global Class Action Settlement, concurrently, except one
related Canadian action described below. In December
2006 and January 2007, the Global Class Action
Settlement was approved by the courts in New York, Ontario,
British Columbia and Quebec, and became effective on
March 20, 2007.
Under the terms of the Global Class Action Settlement, we
agreed to pay $575 in cash plus accrued interest and issue
approximately 62,866,775 Nortel Networks Corporation common
shares to the plaintiffs (representing approximately 14.5% of
Nortel Networks Corporation’s common shares outstanding as
of February 7, 2006, the date an agreement in principle was
reached with the plaintiffs in the U.S. class action
lawsuits). We will also contribute to the plaintiffs one-half of
any recovery from our ongoing litigation against certain of our
former senior officers who were terminated for cause in 2004,
which seeks the return of payments made to them in 2003 under
our bonus plan. The total settlement amount includes all
plaintiffs’ court-approved attorneys’ fees. On
June 1, 2006, we placed $575 plus accrued interest of $5
into escrow and classified this amount as restricted cash. As a
result of the Global Class Action Settlement, we
established a litigation reserve and recorded a charge in the
amount of $2,474 to our full-year 2005 financial results, $575
of which related to the cash portion of the Global
Class Action Settlement, while $1,899 related to the equity
component. The equity component of the litigation reserve was
adjusted each quarter from February 2006 through March 20,2007 to reflect the fair value of the Nortel Networks
Corporation common shares issuable.
The effective date of the Global Class Action Settlement
was March 20, 2007, on which date the number of shares
issuable in connection with the equity component was fixed. As
such, a final measurement date occurred for the equity component
of the settlement and the value of the shares issuable was fixed
at their fair value of $1,626 on the effective date.
We recorded a shareholder litigation settlement recovery of $54
during the first quarter of 2007 as a result of the final fair
value adjustment for the equity component of the Global
Class Action Settlement made on March 20, 2007. In
addition, the litigation reserve related to the equity component
was reclassified to additional paid-in capital within
shareholders’ equity on March 20, 2007 as the number
of issuable shares was fixed on that date. The reclassified
amount will be further reclassified to Nortel Networks
Corporation common shares as the shares are issued. On the
effective date of March 20, 2007, we also removed the
restricted cash and corresponding litigation reserve related to
the cash portion of the settlement, as the funds became
controlled by the escrow agents and our obligation has been
extinguished. The administration of the settlement will be a
complex and lengthy process. Plaintiffs’ counsel will
submit lists of claims approved by the claims administrator to
the appropriate courts for approval. Once all the courts have
approved the claims, the process of distributing cash and share
certificates to claimants will begin. Although we cannot predict
how long the process will take, approximately 4% of the
settlement shares have been issued, and we currently expect the
issuance of the balance to commence in the first half of 2008.
Our insurers have agreed to pay $229 in cash toward the
settlement and we have agreed to certain indemnification
obligations with them. We believe that it is unlikely that these
indemnification obligations will materially increase our total
cash payment obligations under the Global Class Action
Settlement.
Under the terms of the Global Class Action Settlement, we
also agreed to certain corporate governance enhancements. These
enhancements, included the codification of certain of our
current governance practices in the written mandate for our
Board of Directors and the inclusion in our Statement of
Corporate Governance Practices contained in our annual proxy
circular and proxy statement of disclosure regarding certain
other governance practices.
Ontario Settlement: In August 2006, we reached a
separate agreement in principle to settle a class action lawsuit
in the Ontario Superior Court of Justice that is not covered by
the Global Class Action Settlement, subject to court
approval, or the Ontario Settlement. In February 2007, the court
approved the Ontario Settlement. The settlement did not have a
material impact on our financial condition and an accrued
liability was recorded in the third quarter of 2006 for the
related settlement, which was paid in the first quarter of 2007.
SEC Settlement: We and NNL had been under
investigation by the SEC since April 2004 in connection with
previous restatements of our and NNL’s consolidated
financial statements. As a result of discussions with the
Enforcement Staff of the SEC for purposes of resolving the
investigation, we recorded an accrual in our consolidated
financial statements in the second quarter of 2007 in the amount
of $35, which we believed represented the best estimate for the
liability associated with this matter at that time. In October
2007, we and NNL reached a settlement on all issues with the SEC
in connection with its investigation of the previous
restatements of our and NNL’s financial results. As part of
the settlement, we agreed to pay a civil penalty of $35 and a
disgorgement in the amount of one U.S. Dollar, and we and
NNL consented to be restrained and enjoined from future
violations of the antifraud, reporting, books and records and
internal control provisions of U.S. federal securities
laws. Further, we and NNL are required to provide to the SEC
quarterly written reports detailing our progress in implementing
our and NNL’s remediation plan and actions to address our
remaining weakness relating to revenue recognition. This
reporting requirement began following the filing of our
Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 30, 2007 and is expected to
end following the filing of this report and delivery of the
corresponding remediation progress report, based upon the
elimination of our remaining material weakness and full
implementation of our remediation plan.
OSC Settlement: In April 2004, we also announced
that we were under investigation by the Ontario Securities
Commission, or the OSC, in connection with the same matters as
the SEC investigation. In May 2007, we and NNL entered into a
settlement agreement with the Staff of the OSC in connection
with its investigation. On May 22, 2007, the OSC issued an
order approving the settlement agreement, which fully resolves
all issues with the OSC. Under the terms of the OSC order, we
and NNL are required to deliver to the OSC Staff quarterly and
annual written reports detailing, among other matters, our
progress in implementing our remediation plan. This reporting
obligation began following the filing of our Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2007 and is expected to end
following the filing of this report and delivery of the
corresponding remediation progress report based upon the
elimination of our remaining material weakness relating to
revenue recognition. The OSC order did not impose any
administrative penalty or fine. However, we and NNL made a
payment to the OSC in the amount CAD $1 million as a
contribution toward the cost of its investigation.
SEC complaint against former Nortel officers: In
connection with these investigations, on March 12, 2007,
the SEC filed a complaint against certain of our former officers
in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New
York alleging substantially to the effect that they engaged in
fraud or deceit upon purchasers of Nortel securities, falsified
books, records or accounts; made materially false or misleading
statements or statements that omitted material facts; issued
certifications in violation of
Section 13a-14
of the Exchange Act; and aided and abetted us in violating the
Exchange Act by filing with the SEC factually inaccurate
periodic reports, not keeping accurate books, records and
accounts, not maintaining a system of internal accounting
controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit the preparation
of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP and
not maintaining accountability for our assets. The complaint was
subsequently amended and filed with the Court on
September 12, 2007.
OSC complaint against former Nortel officers: In
addition, on March 12, 2007, the OSC, issued a notice of
hearing with respect to certain of our former officers in
respect of the same underlying facts as the SEC complaint. The
statement of allegations accompanying the notice of hearing
alleges substantially to the effect that the former officers
authorized, permitted or acquiesced in the making of material
misstatements in our public financial disclosure filed with the
OSC where they knew or ought to have known that such statements
were materially misleading, contrary to Ontario securities law;
breached their duty of care by failing to act prudently and on a
reasonably informed basis in respect of ensuring the fairness
and completeness of our financial disclosure; failed to
implement appropriate internal controls and procedures to
identify, supervise, monitor, control and fully disclose
accounting policies relating to the recognition of revenue
and/or the
proper recording and release of accrued liabilities and other
provisions; by the manner in which they emphasized the
achievement of earnings targets, instigated
and/or
reinforced a culture of non-compliance with generally accepted
accounting principles; and failed to apply reasonable internal
controls in circumstances where they knew or ought to have known
such conduct could or would lead to unreliable and materially
misleading financial disclosure.
U.S. federal grand jury subpoenas and RCMP
investigation: In May 2004, we received a federal grand
jury subpoena for the production of certain documents, including
financial statements and corporate, personnel and accounting
records, in connection with an ongoing criminal investigation
being conducted by the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the
Northern District of Texas, Dallas Division. In August 2005, we
received an additional federal grand jury subpoena seeking
additional documents, including documents relating to the Nortel
Retirement Income Plan and the Nortel Long-Term Investment Plan.
These investigations are ongoing. A criminal investigation into
our financial accounting situation by the Integrated Market
Enforcement Team of the Royal Canadian Mounted Police is also
ongoing.
ERISA lawsuit: Beginning in December 2001, we,
together with certain of our then-current and former directors,
officers and employees, were named as a defendant in several
purported class action lawsuits pursuant to the United States
Employee Retirement Income Security Act. These lawsuits have
been consolidated into a single proceeding in the
U.S. District Court for the Middle District of Tennessee.
This lawsuit is on behalf of participants and beneficiaries of
the Nortel Long-Term Investment Plan, who held shares of the
Nortel Networks Stock Fund during the class period, which has
yet to be determined by the court. The lawsuit alleges, among
other things, material misrepresentations and omissions to
induce participants and beneficiaries to continue to invest in
and maintain investments in Nortel Networks Corporation common
shares through the investment plan. The court has not yet ruled
as to whether the plaintiff’s proposed class action should
be certified.
Ontario proposed derivative action: In December
2005, an application was filed in the Ontario Superior Court of
Justice for leave to commence a shareholders’ derivative
action on our behalf against certain of our then-current and
former officers and directors. The derivative action alleges,
among other things, breach of fiduciary duties, breach of duty
of care
and negligence, and unjust enrichment in respect of various
alleged acts and omissions. If the application is granted, the
proposed derivative action would seek on our behalf, among other
things, compensatory damages of Canadian $1,000 and punitive
damages of Canadian $10 from the individual defendants. The
proposed derivative action would also seek an order directing
our Board of Directors to reform and improve our corporate
governance and internal control procedures as the court may deem
necessary or desirable and an order that we pay the legal fees
and other costs in connection with the proposed derivative
action. The application for leave to commence this action has
not yet been heard.
Shareholder statement of claim against Deloitte: On
February 8, 2007, a Statement of Claim was filed in the
Ontario Superior Court of Justice in the name of Nortel against
Deloitte & Touche LLP. The action was commenced by
three shareholders without leave, and without our knowledge or
authorization. The three shareholders have indicated that they
filed the action in anticipation of bringing an application for
leave to commence a derivative action on behalf of Nortel
against Deloitte under the Canada Business Corporations Act,
and that the three shareholders would be seeking leave on a
retroactive basis to authorize their action. The claim alleges,
among other things, breach of contract, negligence, negligent
misrepresentation, lack of independence and breach of fiduciary
duty. The claim seeks damages and other relief on Nortel’s
behalf, including recovery of payments that we will make to
class members as part of the Global Class Action
Settlement. The Litigation Committee of our Board of Directors
has reviewed the matter and has advised the law firm pursuing
the derivative action of Nortel’s position on the proposed
claim. On February 6, 2008, an application was filed by the
three shareholders for leave to commence a derivative action in
the name of Nortel against Deloitte.
Nortel statement of claim against its former
officers: In January 2005, we and NNL filed a Statement
of Claim in the Ontario Superior Court of Justice against
Messrs. Frank Dunn, Douglas Beatty and Michael Gollogly,
our former senior officers who were terminated for cause in
April 2004, seeking the return of payments made to them under
our bonus plan in 2003.
Former officers’ statements of claims against
Nortel: In April 2006, Mr. Dunn filed a Notice of
Action and Statement of Claim in the Ontario Superior Court of
Justice against us and NNL asserting claims for wrongful
dismissal, defamation and mental distress, and seeking punitive,
exemplary and aggravated damages,
out-of-pocket
expenses and special damages, indemnity for legal expenses
incurred as a result of civil and administrative proceedings
brought against him by reason of his having been an officer or
director of the defendants, pre-judgment interest and costs.
In May and October 2006, respectively, Messrs. Gollogly and
Beatty filed Statements of Claim in the Ontario Superior Court
of Justice against us and NNL asserting claims for, among other
things, wrongful dismissal and seeking compensatory, aggravated
and punitive damages, and pre-and post-judgment interest and
costs.
Ipernica: In June 2005, Ipernica Limited (formerly
known as QSPX Development 5 Pty Ltd), an Australian patent
holding firm, filed a lawsuit against us in the
U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas
alleging patent infringement. In April 2007, the jury reached a
verdict to award damages to the plaintiff in the amount of $28.
Post-trial motions have been filed. The trial judge will next
enter a judgment that could range from increasing the damages
award against us to a reversal of the jury’s verdict.
Except as otherwise described herein, in each of the matters
described above, the plaintiffs are seeking an unspecified
amount of monetary damages. We are unable to ascertain the
ultimate aggregate amount of monetary liability or financial
impact to us of the above matters, which, unless otherwise
specified, seek damages from the defendants of material or
indeterminate amounts or could result in fines and penalties.
With the exception of $2,474 and the related fair value
adjustments, which we recorded in 2006 and first quarter of 2007
financial results as a result of the Global Class Action
Settlement and the accrued liability for the Ontario Settlement,
we have not made any provisions for any potential judgments,
fines, penalties or settlements that may result from these
actions, suits, claims and investigations. Except for the Global
Class Action Settlement, we cannot determine whether these
actions, suits, claims and proceedings will, individually or
collectively, have a material adverse effect on our business,
results of operations, financial condition or liquidity. Except
for matters encompassed by the Global Class Action
Settlement and the Ontario Settlement, we intend to defend these
actions, suits, claims and proceedings, litigating or settling
cases where in management’s judgment it would be in the
best interest of shareholders to do so. We will continue to
cooperate fully with all authorities in connection with the
regulatory and criminal investigations.
We are also a defendant in various other suits, claims,
proceedings and investigations that arise in the normal course
of business.
We are exposed to liabilities and compliance costs arising from
our past generation, management and disposal of hazardous
substances and wastes. As of December 31, 2007, the
accruals on our consolidated balance sheet for environmental
matters were $26. Based on information available as of
December 31, 2007, management believes that the existing
accruals are sufficient to satisfy probable and reasonably
estimable environmental liabilities related to known
environmental matters. Any additional liabilities that may
result from these matters, and any additional liabilities that
may result in connection with other locations currently under
investigation, are not expected to have a material adverse
effect on our capital expenditures, earnings or competitive
position.
We have remedial activities under way at 12 sites that are
either currently or previously owned or occupied facilities. An
estimate of our anticipated remediation costs associated with
all such sites, to the extent probable and reasonably estimable,
is included in the environmental accruals referred to above in
an approximate amount of $26.
We are also listed as a potentially responsible party under the
U.S. Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and
Liability Act, or CERCLA, at four Superfund sites in the
U.S. At three of the Superfund sites, we are considered a
de minimis potentially responsible party. A potentially
responsible party within the meaning of CERCLA is generally
considered to be a major contributor to the total hazardous
waste at a Superfund site (typically 1% or more, depending on
the circumstances). A de minimis potentially responsible
party is generally considered to have contributed less than 1%
(depending on the circumstances) of the total hazardous waste at
a Superfund site. An estimate of our share of the anticipated
remediation costs associated with such Superfund sites is
expected to be de minimis and is included in the
environmental accruals of $26 referred to above.
Liability under CERCLA may be imposed on a joint and several
basis, without regard to the extent of our involvement. In
addition, the accuracy of our estimate of environmental
liability is affected by several uncertainties such as
additional requirements which may be identified in connection
with remedial activities, the complexity and evolution of
environmental laws and regulations, and the identification of
presently unknown remediation requirements. Consequently, our
liability could be greater than our current estimate.
ITEM 4.
Submission
of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
Market
for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters
and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Nortel Networks Corporation common shares are listed and posted
for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, in the
U.S. and on the Toronto Stock Exchange, or TSX, in Canada.
The following table sets forth the high and low sale prices of
Nortel Networks Corporation common shares as reported on the
NYSE composite tape and on the TSX.
New York
Toronto
Stock Exchange
Stock Exchange
Composite Tape
(Canadian $)
High
Low
High
Low
2007
Fourth Quarter
$
19.50
$
15.05
$
18.96
$
14.56
Third Quarter
25.15
15.32
26.38
15.33
Second Quarter
26.49
22.54
28.62
25.01
First Quarter
31.79
23.68
37.35
27.33
2006
Fourth Quarter
27.18
19.30
31.59
21.80
Third Quarter
23.90
19.00
26.80
21.40
Second Quarter
31.00
20.20
36.30
22.40
First Quarter
34.30
27.30
40.20
31.30
On February 19, 2008, the last sale price on the NYSE was
$11.59 and on the TSX was Canadian $11.78.
On February 19, 2008, approximately 130,655 registered
shareholders held 100% of Nortel Networks Corporation common
shares outstanding. These included the Canadian Depository for
Securities and the Depository Trust Company, two clearing
corporations, which held a total of approximately 98.21% of
Nortel Networks Corporation common shares on behalf of other
shareholders.
On June 15, 2001, we announced that our Board of Directors
had decided to discontinue the declaration and payment of common
share dividends. As a result, dividends have not been declared
and paid on Nortel Networks Corporation common shares since
June 29, 2001, and future dividends will not be declared
unless and until our Board of Directors decides otherwise. On
July 26, 2001, our Board of Directors suspended the
operation of the Nortel Networks Corporation Dividend
Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan.
For a discussion of our equity compensation plans, please see
the Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
Management and Related Stockholder Matters section of this
report.
The following graph compares the yearly percentage change in the
cumulative total shareholder return on Nortel Networks
Corporation common shares to the cumulative total return of the
S&P 500 Composite Stock Index (or S&P 500 Index) and
the S&P 500 Communications Equipment Index for the period
which commenced on December 31, 2002 and ended on
December 31, 2007.(1)
Assumes that $100.00 was invested
in Nortel Networks Corporation common shares on the NYSE and in
each of the indices on December 31, 2001, and that all
dividends were reinvested.
Under the
U.S.-Canada
Income Tax Convention (1980), or the Convention, Canadian
withholding tax of 15% generally applies to the gross amount of
dividends (including stock dividends) paid or credited to
beneficial owners of Nortel Networks Corporation common shares:
•
who are resident in the U.S. for the purposes of the
Convention and are entitled to benefits under the
Convention; and
•
who do not hold the shares in connection with a business carried
on through a permanent establishment or a fixed base in Canada.
The Convention provides an exemption from withholding tax on
dividends paid or credited to certain tax-exempt organizations
that are resident in the U.S. for purposes of the
Convention. Persons who are subject to the U.S. federal
income tax on dividends may be entitled, subject to certain
limitations, to either a credit or deduction with respect to
Canadian income taxes withheld with respect to dividends paid or
credited on Nortel Networks Corporation common shares.
Gains on sales or other dispositions of Nortel Networks
Corporation common shares by a non-resident of Canada are
generally not subject to Canadian income tax, unless the holder
realizes the gains in connection with a business carried on in
Canada. A gain realized upon the disposition of Nortel Networks
Corporation common shares by a resident of the U.S. that is
otherwise subject to Canadian tax may be exempt from Canadian
tax under the Convention. Where Nortel Networks Corporation
common shares are disposed of by way of our acquisition of such
common shares, other than a purchase in the open market in the
manner in which common shares would normally be purchased by any
member of the public in the open market, the amount paid by us
in excess of the
paid-up
capital of such common shares will be treated as a dividend, and
will be subject to non-resident withholding tax.
During the fourth quarter of 2007, we issued an aggregate of
13,725 shares upon the exercise of options granted under
the Nortel Networks/BCE 1985 Stock Option Plan and the Nortel
Networks/BCE 1999 Stock Option Plan. The Nortel Networks
Corporation common shares issued on the exercise of these
options were issued outside of the U.S. to BCE Inc., or
BCE, employees who were not U.S. persons at the time of
option exercise, or to BCE in connection with options that
expired unexercised or were forfeited. The Nortel Networks
Corporation common shares issued are deemed to be exempt from
registration pursuant to Regulation S under the
U.S. Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Act. All
funds received by us in connection with the exercise of stock
options granted under the two Nortel Networks/BCE stock option
plans are transferred in full to BCE pursuant to the terms of
the May 1, 2000plan of arrangement pursuant to which we
were spun off from BCE, except for nominal amounts paid to us to
round up fractional entitlements into whole shares. We keep
these nominal amounts and use them for general corporate
purposes.
The following table sets forth the total number of share units
of Nortel credited to accounts of our directors, in lieu of cash
fees, under the Nortel Networks Corporation Directors’
Deferred Share Compensation Plan and Nortel Networks Limited
Directors’ Deferred Share Compensation Plan during the
fourth quarter of 2007. These transactions are exempt from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to
Section 4(2) thereof.
Share units issued on the last day
of the quarter under the Nortel Networks Corporation
Directors’ Deferred Share Compensation Plan/Nortel Networks
Limited Directors’ Deferred Share Compensation Plan (the
“NNCDDSCP/NNLDDSCP”). Pursuant to the
NNCDDSCP/NNLDDSCP, upon election of the director, certain fees
payable to NNC and NNL directors are paid in the form of NNC/NNL
share units, based upon the market price of Nortel Networks
Corporation common shares on the last trading day of the quarter
in accordance with the NNCDDSCP/NNLDDSCP. On the earliest date
when a director ceases to be both (i) a member of the
boards of directors of NNC and NNL and (ii) employed by NNC
and/or NNL
or its subsidiaries, NNC
and/or NNL
will cause to be purchased on the open market, for delivery to
the director, a number of Nortel Networks Corporation common
shares equal to the number of NNC/NNL share units credited to
the director’s account under the NNCDDSCP/NNLDDSCP.
(2)
Represents our common share price
of $15.14 CAD as converted into U.S. Dollars using the noon
rate of exchange of the Bank of Canada on the grant date.
The selected financial data presented below was derived from our
audited consolidated financial statements and related notes
thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
except for the summarized balance sheet data as of
December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 and summarized results of
operations data for the years ended December 31, 2004 and
2003.
2007
2006
2005
2004
2003
(Millions of U.S. Dollars, except per share amounts)
Net earnings (loss) from discontinued operations — net
of tax
—
—
1
49
183
Cumulative effect of accounting changes — net of tax
—
9
—
—
(12
)
Net earnings (loss)
(957
)
28
(2,610
)
(247
)
276
Basic earnings (loss) per common share
— from continuing operations
$
(1.98
)
$
0.06
$
(6.02
)
$
(0.68
)
$
0.22
— from discontinued operations
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.11
0.42
Basic earnings (loss) per common share
$
(1.98
)
$
0.06
$
(6.02
)
$
(0.57
)
$
0.64
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share
— from continuing operations
$
(1.98
)
$
0.06
$
(6.02
)
$
(0.68
)
$
0.22
— from discontinued operations
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.11
0.42
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share
$
(1.98
)
$
0.06
$
(6.02
)
$
(0.57
)
$
0.64
Financial Position as of December 31
Total assets
$
17,068
$
18,979
$
18,135
$
17,716
$
17,189
Total
debt(a)
4,546
4,500
3,896
3,891
4,017
Minority interests in subsidiary companies
830
779
783
624
613
Total shareholders’ equity
2,758
1,121
763
3,612
3,651
(a)
Total debt includes long-term debt,
long-term debt due within one year and notes payable.
See notes 3, 4, 6, 9, 15 and 20 to the accompanying audited
consolidated financial statements for the impact of accounting
changes, reclassifications, special charges, acquisitions,
divestitures and closures, capital stock and the shareholder
litigation settlement expense related to the class action
litigation settlement, respectively, that affect the
comparability of the above selected financial data.
Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Executive Overview
38
Results of Operations
44
Segment Information
51
Liquidity and Capital Resources
56
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
63
Application of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
64
Accounting Changes and Recent Accounting Pronouncements
78
Outstanding Share Data
81
Market Risk
81
Environmental Matters
81
Legal Proceedings
82
Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Information
82
The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis, or
MD&A, is intended to help the reader understand the results
of operations and financial condition of Nortel Networks
Corporation. The MD&A should be read in combination with
our audited consolidated financial statements and the
accompanying notes. All Dollar amounts in this MD&A are in
millions of United States, or U.S., Dollars except per share
amounts or unless otherwise stated.
Certain statements in this MD&A contain words such as
“could”, “expects”, “may”,
“anticipates”, “believes”,
“intends”, “estimates”, “plans”,
“envisions”, “seeks” and other similar
language and are considered forward-looking statements or
information under applicable securities laws. These statements
are based on our current expectations, estimates, forecasts and
projections about the operating environment, economies and
markets in which we operate which we believe are reasonable but
which are subject to important assumptions, risks and
uncertainties and may prove to be inaccurate. Consequently, our
actual results could differ materially from our expectations set
out in this MD&A. In particular, see the Risk Factors
section of this report for factors that could cause actual
results or events to differ materially from those contemplated
in forward-looking statements. Unless required by applicable
securities laws, we disclaim any intention or obligation to
publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements,
whether as a result of new information, future events or
otherwise.
We are a global supplier of networking solutions serving both
service provider and enterprise customers. Our networking
solutions include hardware and software products and services
designed to reduce complexity, improve efficiency, increase
productivity and drive customer value. Our technologies span
access and core networks, support multimedia and
business-critical applications, and help eliminate today’s
barriers to efficiency, speed and performance by simplifying
networks and connecting people with information. We design,
develop, engineer, market, sell, supply, license, install,
service and support these networking solutions.
The telecommunications industry has evolved over the past two
decades by developing the technology and networks that enable
worldwide connectivity and making those networks smarter and
faster. We believe that the industry is at a significant
inflection point at which the level of connectivity grows
exponentially. This market trend is called Hyperconnectivity and
we believe that it is fast becoming a reality, offering several
opportunities including richer, more connected and more
productive communications experiences for consumers, businesses
and society as a whole. We anticipate that it can also create
significant new revenue opportunities for network operators,
equipment vendors and applications developers.
Hyperconnectivity brings new challenges for the industry, both
in creating new business models and service strategies to
capitalize on its opportunities and in preparing networks and
applications for the coming era. We believe that
Hyperconnectivity will require us, as an industry, to
fundamentally rethink how we put networks together and to
completely reinvent our applications model. We believe that the
industry needs to focus on two critical transformations that are
the pillars of Hyperconnectivity: achieving “true”
broadband and communications-enabling today’s IT
applications.
We define true broadband as being a communications experience so
seamless that users no longer have to consider which technology,
wireline or wireless, is being used to make a connection. They
simply communicate anywhere, anytime from whatever device is
most convenient; essential in a hyperconnected world. Moreover,
in our vision the broadband experience becomes so economical
that the range of uses exceeds any experience of the past.
Although the industry has highlighted the concept of true
broadband for many years, it is a promise that has yet to become
reality. To deliver it, we need to solve a number of technology
challenges in today’s networks. These include scaling the
access network, scaling the metro and long-haul networks, and
providing unified communications across all networks, wireline
and wireless, public and private.
We believe that our capability and experience in enterprise and
service provider networking positions us well to deliver in the
new era of Hyperconnectivity. We plan to capitalize on the
opportunities of a hyperconnected world by providing a true
broadband experience and communications-enabling today’s IT
applications. As part of our strategy to address these
mega-trends, we are focused on three primary areas of growth:
transforming the enterprise with unified communications,
delivering next-generation mobility and convergence
capabilities, and adding value to customer networks through
solutions, services and applications.
We are strongly committed to recreating a great company, to
delivering on our model of Business Made Simple to our
customers, to identifying and seizing the opportunities that
exist for us in the market, and to driving innovation as a
cornerstone of everything we do.
We are addressing this commitment with a six-point plan for
transformation, announced in 2006, that establishes a framework
for recreating a world-class business. We are committed to:
1. Building a world-class management team, culture and
processes,
2. Focusing aggressively on our balance sheet, corporate
governance, and business and financial controls,
3. Driving to world-class cost structures and quality
levels,
4. Targeting market share,
5. Investing for profitable growth, and
6. Increasing our emphasis on service and software
solutions.
We are seeking to generate profitable growth by using this focus
to identify markets and technologies where we can attain a
market leadership position. Key areas of investment include
unified communications, 4G broadband wireless technologies,
Carrier Ethernet, next-generation optical, advanced applications
and services, secure networking, professional services for
unified communications and multimedia services.
We are also leveraging our technology and expertise to address
global market demand for network integration and support
services, network managed services and network application
services.
We continue to focus on the execution of the six-point plan and
on operational excellence through transformation of our
businesses and processes. On June 27, 2006, we announced
the implementation of changes to our pension plans to control
costs and align with industry-benchmarked companies, initiatives
to improve our Operations organization to speed customer
responsiveness, improve processes and reduce costs, and
organizational simplification through the elimination of
approximately 700 positions. On February 7, 2007, we
outlined plans for a further net reduction of approximately
2,900 positions, with approximately 1,000 additional positions
affected by movement to lower cost locations, and reductions in
our real estate portfolio. For further information, see
“Results of Operations — Special Charges” in
the MD&A section of this report. On February 27, 2008,
we announced a further net reduction of our global workforce of
approximately 2,100 positions, with an additional
1,000 positions to be moved from higher cost to lower cost
locations, and a further reduction of our global real estate
portfolio.
We remain committed to integrity through effective corporate
governance practices, maintaining effective internal control
over financial reporting and an enhanced compliance function
that places even greater emphasis on compliance with law and
company policies. We continue to focus on increasing employee
awareness of ethical issues through on-line training and our
code of business conduct.
Cooperation of multiple vendors and effective partnering are
critical to the continued success of our solutions for both
enterprises and service providers. Timely development and
delivery of new products and services to replace a significant
base of mature, legacy offerings will also be critical in
driving profitable growth. To help support this, we expect to
continue to play an active role in influencing emerging
broadband and wireless standards.
We are positioned to respond to evolving technology and industry
trends by providing our customers with
end-to-end
solutions that are developed internally and enhanced through
strategic alliances, acquisitions and minority investments. We
have partnered with industry leaders, like Microsoft, LG and
IBM, whose technology and vision are complementary to ours, and
we continue to seek and develop similar relationships with other
companies.
Our four reportable segments are: Carrier Networks, or CN,
Enterprise Solutions, or ES, Global Services, or GS, and Metro
Ethernet Networks, or MEN. Until the first quarter of 2007, CN
was named Mobility and Converged Core Networks segment. The CN
segment provides wireless networking solutions that enable
service providers and cable operators to supply mobile voice,
data and multimedia communications services to individuals and
enterprises using mobile telephones, personal digital
assistants, and other wireless computing and communications
devices. CN also offers circuit- and packet-based voice
switching products that provide traditional, full featured voice
services as well as internet-based voice and multimedia
communication services to telephone companies, wireless service
providers, cable operators and other service providers.
Increasingly, CN addresses customers who want to provide service
across both wireless and wired devices. The ES segment provides
communication solutions for our enterprise customers that are
used to build new networks and transform existing communications
networks into more cost effective, packet-based networks
supporting data, voice and multimedia communications. The GS
segment provides a broad range of services to address the
requirements of our carrier and enterprise customers throughout
the entire lifecycle of their networks. The MEN segment provides
optical networking and carrier grade Ethernet data networking
solutions to make our carrier and large enterprise
customers’ networks more scalable and reliable for the high
speed delivery of diverse multimedia communications services.
Beginning in the first quarter of 2007, revenues from network
implementation services consisting of network planning,
engineering, installation and project management services
bundled in customer contracts, which were previously included
with sales in each of CN, ES and MEN, have now been reallocated
to our GS segment for management reporting purposes. The amounts
reallocated to the GS segment have been based primarily on the
stated value of the services in the respective bundled customer
arrangements. We have recast our 2005 and 2006 segment
information to reflect this change in our reportable segments.
How We
Measure Business Performance
Our president and chief executive officer, or CEO, has been
identified as our chief operating decision maker in assessing
the performance and allocating resources to our operating
segments. The primary financial measures used by the CEO in 2007
were operating margin and management earnings (loss) before
income taxes, or Management EBT. Operating margin is not a
measure under generally accepted accounting principles in the
U.S., or non-GAAP, measure defined as gross profit less selling,
general and administrative, or SG&A and R&D expenses.
Operating margin percentage is a non-GAAP measure defined as
operating margin divided by revenue. Management EBT is a
non-GAAP measure defined as operating margin less interest
expense, other operating income — net, other
income — net, minority interests — net of
tax and equity in net earnings (loss) of associated
companies — net of tax. Interest attributable to
long-term debt is not allocated to a reportable segment and is
included in “Other”. Our management believes that
these measures are meaningful measurements of operating
performance and provide greater transparency to investors with
respect to our performance and provide supplemental information
used by management in its financial and operational decision
making. These non-GAAP measures may also facilitate comparisons
to our historical performance and our competitors’
operating results.
Beginning in the first quarter of 2008, the primary financial
measure used by our CEO will be operating margin. Our management
believes that this is the most meaningful measure of our
operating performance.
These non-GAAP measures should be considered in addition to, but
not as a substitute for, the information contained in our
audited consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance
with GAAP. These measures may not be synonymous to similar
measurement terms used by other companies.
Equity in net (earnings) loss of associated
companies — net of tax
(2
)
3
(5
)
Management EBT
367
(193
)
560
Amortization of intangible assets
50
26
24
92
In-process research and development expense
—
22
(22
)
(100
)
Special charges
210
105
105
100
Gain on sales of businesses and assets
(31
)
(206
)
175
Shareholder litigation settlement recovery
(54
)
(219
)
165
Regulatory investigation expense
35
—
35
Income tax expense
1,114
60
1,054
1,757
Net earnings (loss) before cumulative effect of accounting
change
$
(957
)
$
19
$
(976
)
•
Revenues decreased 4% to $10,948: Revenues
decreased in 2007 compared to 2006 in the CN, MEN, GS and Other
segments, partially offset by an increase in the ES segment.
From a geographic perspective, the decrease was driven by the
Europe, Middle East, and Africa, or EMEA, and U.S. regions,
partially offset by increases in the Canada, Asia and Caribbean
and Latin America, or CALA, regions. The revenue decline was
primarily attributable to declines in CN and GS of $660 related
to the divestiture of our Universal Mobile Telecommunications
System, or UMTS, Access business in the fourth quarter of 2006.
The revenue decline in MEN was primarily driven by the
recognition of less deferred revenues in 2007 compared to 2006,
partially offset by an increase in optical revenues. These
decreases were partially offset by an increase in ES due to the
recognition of previously deferred revenues as a result of the
completion or elimination of customer deliverable obligations
for certain products in 2007. The net recognition of deferred
revenue contributed approximately $367 to our consolidated 2007
revenues.
•
Gross margin increased 3.2 percentage points to
42.1%: The increase was primarily due to
improvements in our cost structure within the CN, GS and ES
segments, partially offset by decreases in the MEN and Other
segments. The main increase was in the CN segment, due to
divestiture of the UMTS Access business in the fourth quarter of
2006. Further, the net increase was also due to the favorable
impact of product and customer mix offset by volume and price
erosion.
•
Operating margin increased by $404 to earnings of
$401: The increase in operating margin was
primarily due to increased gross profit as a result of increased
gross margin. The operating margin was impacted favorably by a
decrease in R&D expense as a result of the continued
momentum of our business transformation cost reduction
initiatives and headcount reductions as a result of the UMTS
Access divestiture. These cost savings were partially offset by
an increase in charges incurred in relation to our employee
compensation plans. The impact of foreign exchange on operating
margin was minimal as the favorable impact on revenues was
largely offset by the unfavorable impact on cost of revenues,
SG&A and R&D.
•
Management EBT increased by $560 to earnings of
$367: The increase was due to the increase in
gross profit and decreases in SG&A and R&D expense.
The increase in Management EBT was driven primarily by increases
in the CN, ES, GS and Other segments, partially offset by
decreases in the MEN segment. Management EBT increased by $324
in CN due to decreases in SG&A and R&D expense,
partially offset by an increase in minority interest expense and
a decrease in gross profit. Management EBT for ES increased by
$50 and for GS by $38 primarily due to an increase in gross
profit, partially offset by increases in SG&A and R&D
expense. Management EBT for Other increased by $234 primarily
due to foreign exchange gains, increase in other income and
reductions
in SG&A. The decrease in MEN Management EBT of $86 was
primarily due to a decrease in gross profit and an increase in
R&D expense, partially offset by a decrease in SG&A
expense. The CN and GS segments continued to be significantly
more profitable than ES and MEN.
•
Net earnings (loss) before cumulative effect of accounting
change decreased from earnings of $19 to a net loss of
$957: The decrease was primarily due to an
increase in the valuation allowance related to our Canadian
deferred tax assets in the fourth quarter of 2007 due to changes
in our Canadian tax profile, which include the sustained
strength of the Canadian Dollar relative to the
U.S. Dollar, and the recent reduction of the Canadian
federal tax rate and other expectations related to the timing of
Canadian taxable income. Further, the loss was also impacted by
higher special charges and changes in the fair value of the
equity component of our Global Class Action Settlement,
which was a recovery of $54 in 2007 compared to a recovery of
$219 in 2006, as well as lower gain on sale of business compared
to 2006, primarily from gain on sale of UMTS Access business.
These declines were partially offset by an increase in operating
margin in 2007 and higher Other Income- net, mainly due to a net
favorable impact of the strengthening Canadian Dollar against
the U.S. Dollar.
•
Cash and cash equivalents increased from $3,492 at
December 31, 2006 to $3,532 at December 31,2007: The increase was driven by cash from
investing activities of $408, primarily due to a reduction in
restricted cash related to the Global Class Action
Settlement, and net positive impacts from foreign exchange of
$104, partially offset by the decrease in cash used in operating
activities of $403 and cash used in financing activities of $69.
Significant
Business Developments
Business
Transformation Initiatives
On February 27, 2008, we outlined further steps to our
Business Transformation plan with the announcement of a plan to
implement a further net reduction in our global workforce of
approximately 2,100 positions, or the 2008 Restructuring Plan.
We expect that approximately 70% of these reductions will take
place in 2008. As part of this plan we will also shift
approximately 1,000 positions from higher-cost to
lower-cost locations. The 2008 Restructuring Plan also includes
initiatives to more efficiently manage our various business
locations and further reduce our global real estate portfolio by
approximately 750,000 square feet by the end of 2009. The
2008 Restructuring Plan is expected to result in annual gross
savings of approximately $300, with 65% of these savings
expected to be achieved in 2008. We expect total charges to
earnings and cash outlays related to workforce reductions to be
approximately $205, with approximately 70% of the charges to be
incurred in 2008 and the remainder in 2009 and cash outlays to
be incurred generally in the same timeframe. We expect total
charges to earnings related to consolidating real estate to be
approximately $70, including approximately $25 related to fixed
asset writedowns, with approximately 60% of the charges to be
incurred in 2008 and the remainder in 2009, and cash outlays of
approximately $45 to be incurred through 2024. The plan also
includes the sale of certain real estate assets expected to
result in cash proceeds of approximately $70.
On February 7, 2007, we had outlined the next steps of our
Business Transformation plan with the announcement of a work
plan to implement a net reduction of approximately 2,900
positions, or the 2007 Restructuring Plan. During 2007,
approximately 150 additional headcount were identified and
incorporated into the plan, while 300 were removed from the
plan, decreasing the total net number of workforce reductions to
approximately 2,750. As part of this plan we will also shift
approximately 1,000 positions from higher-cost to lower-cost
locations. The 2007 Restructuring Plan also includes initiatives
to more efficiently manage our various business locations and
reduce our global real estate portfolio. Upon completion, the
2007 Restructuring Plan is expected to result in annual gross
savings of approximately $400, with approximately half of these
annual gross savings realized in 2007. We expect a portion of
these savings to be reinvested in the growth areas of our
business.
Global
Class Action Settlement
We have entered into agreements to settle two significant
U.S. and all but one Canadian class action lawsuits, or the
Global Class Action Settlement. In December 2006 and
January 2007, the Global Class Action Settlement was
approved by the courts in New York, Ontario, Quebec and British
Columbia. The settlement became effective on March 20, 2007.
Convertible
Notes Offering
On March 28, 2007, we completed an offering of convertible
senior notes, or the Convertible Notes, in an aggregate
principal amount of $1,150. On September 28, 2007, we used
net proceeds from this offering to redeem at par $1,125
principal amount of our 4.25% convertible senior notes due 2008,
or the 4.25% Notes due 2008, plus accrued and unpaid
interest.
On May 2, 2007, the appointment of KPMG LLP as our
principal independent public accountants beginning with fiscal
2007 was approved by our shareholders at our Annual and Special
Meeting of Shareholders. KPMG LLP was also appointed as the
principal independent public accountants for Nortel Networks
Limited, or NNL, our principal operating subsidiary, on the same
date.
Appointment
of Paviter Binning as Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer
Effective November 12, 2007, we appointed Paviter S.
Binning Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, or
CFO. Mr. Binning is a senior executive with more than
25 years of financial experience, including CFO positions
at Hanson PLC and Marconi PLC. Mr. Binning was also
appointed Executive Vice President and CFO of NNL effective the
same date.
Regulatory
Actions
In May 2007, we and NNL entered into a settlement agreement with
the Staff of the Ontario Securities Commission, or OSC, in
connection with its investigation into prior accounting
practices that led to certain restatements of our and NNL’s
financial results. On May 22, 2007, the OSC issued an order
approving the settlement agreement, which fully resolves all
issues with the OSC with respect to Nortel. Under the terms of
the OSC order, we and NNL are required to deliver to the OSC
Staff quarterly and annual written reports detailing, among
other matters, our progress in implementing our remediation
plan. This reporting obligation began following the filing of
the Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2007 and is expected to end
following the filing of this report and the delivery of the
corresponding remediation progress report based upon the
elimination of our remaining material weakness relating to
revenue recognition. The OSC order did not impose any
administrative penalty or fine. However, we have made a payment
to the OSC in the amount of CAD $1 million as a
contribution toward the cost of its investigation.
In October 2007, we and NNL reached a settlement on all issues
with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC,
in connection with its investigation in connection with previous
restatements of our and NNL’s financial results. As part of
the settlement, we agreed to pay a civil penalty of $35 and a
disgorgement in the amount of one U.S. Dollar and we
consented to be restrained and enjoined from future violations
of the antifraud, reporting, books and records and internal
control provisions of U.S. federal securities laws.
Further, we and NNL are required to provide to the SEC quarterly
written reports, detailing our progress in implementing our
remediation plan and actions to address our remaining material
weakness relating to revenue recognition. This reporting
requirement began following the filing of our Quarterly Report
on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 30, 2007 and is expected to
end following the filing of this report and delivery of the
corresponding remediation progress report, based upon the
elimination of our remaining material weakness and full
implementation of our remediation plan.
We have received U.S. federal grand jury subpoenas for the
production of certain documents sought in connection with an
ongoing criminal investigation being conducted by the
U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Northern District of
Texas, Dallas Division. Further, a criminal investigation into
our financial accounting and reporting by the Integrated Market
Enforcement Team of the Royal Canadian Mounted Police is
ongoing. We will continue to cooperate fully with all
authorities in connection with these investigations.
Elimination
of Revenue Related Material Weakness
During 2007, we developed and implemented internal controls to
address the revenue related material weakness. An extensive
analysis of the revenue recognition-related processes was
undertaken in the second quarter of 2007. Control points were
created or identified leading to a better understanding of the
overall process and identifying the specific areas that required
improvement, in particular with respect to flow of information
between different groups within Nortel necessary to ensure
proper accounting treatment. During 2007 we also continued to
build on the remedial actions undertaken in 2005 and 2006 and
continued to implement the recommendations for remedial measures
in the Independent Review Summary that resulted in full
implementation of such recommendations. As at December 31,2007, we concluded that the measures we have taken resulted in
the elimination of the material weakness. See the Controls and
Procedures section of this report.
Revenues decreased to $10,948 in 2007 from $11,418 in 2006, a
decrease of $470 or 4%. The decline was the result of lower
revenues in EMEA and the U.S., partially offset by increased
revenues in Canada. Revenues decreased in EMEA primarily due to
the UMTS Access divestiture in the fourth quarter of 2006 and in
the U.S. primarily due to reduced legacy
Time-Division Multiplexing, or TDM, demand, whereas
increases in Canada were across all segments driven primarily by
volume increases. The net recognition of previously deferred
revenue contributed approximately $367 to our consolidated 2007
revenues, compared to $125 in 2006.
Revenues decreased by $499 in EMEA in 2007 compared to 2006. The
decline was due to lower revenues in the CN and GS segments,
partially offset by increased revenues in the ES and MEN
segments. The decrease in CN segment revenues was primarily due
to lower revenues from the Global System for Mobile
Communication, or GSM, and Universal Mobile Telecommunication
System, or UMTS, solutions and Code Division Multiple
Access, or CDMA, solutions businesses. GSM and UMTS solutions
business had a decrease in revenues of $457 as a result of the
UMTS Access divestiture and a decline in demand for Voice and
Packet GU Core, partially offset by increased demand in GSM
Access. The CDMA solutions business had a decline of $74 due to
the completion of projects in 2006 and the recognition of
previously deferred revenues recorded in 2006 that was not
repeated in 2007. Revenues from the GS segment declined by $142,
also as a result of the UMTS Access divestiture and lower sales
volumes. The increase in ES segment revenues of $155 was due to
increased revenues in both the circuit and packet voice
solutions and data networking and security solutions businesses
in 2007 that were not present in 2006. The increase in revenues
in the circuit and packet voice solutions business of $76 was
primarily a result of certain supply chain delays in 2006
resulting from difficulty in obtaining components required to
meet European Union Restrictions on Hazardous Substances, or
RoHS, standards and volume increases. Revenues in the data
networking and solutions business increased by $79 as a result
of the recognition of previously deferred revenues due to the
completion or elimination of customer deliverable obligations
for certain products and volume increases. The increased
revenues in MEN were driven by an increase in optical networking
solutions of $93 primarily due to recognition of previously
deferred revenues as a result of the completion of certain
customer contract deliverables in the first quarter of 2007,
increases in volume and favorable foreign exchange impacts due
to fluctuations between the Euro and U.S. Dollar. This
increase in optical networking solutions was partially offset by
a decline in data networking and security solutions of $78
primarily due to the recognition of previously deferred
multi-service switch revenues in 2006 that was not repeated in
2007.
Revenues decreased by $118 in the U.S. in 2007 compared to
2006. The decline was primarily due to decreased revenues in the
CN and Other segments, partially offset by increased revenues in
the ES, MEN and GS segments. The decrease in CN of $235 was due
to a decrease in the circuit and packet voice solutions and GSM
and UMTS solutions businesses. The decline in the circuit and
packet voice solutions business of $122 was driven by the
one-time recognition of previously deferred revenues in the
third quarter of 2006 not repeated in 2007 to the same extent
and a decline in legacy Time-Division Multiplexing, or TDM,
demand. The GSM and UMTS solutions business decrease of $116 was
primarily driven by customers focusing on their UMTS Access
build-out versus GSM Access or GSM and UMTS Core, or GU Core.
The decrease in Other of $22 related to the delay in issuance
and, in some cases, cancellation of certain intended contract
offerings by the U.S. government. The increase in ES
segment revenues was due to an increase in the data networking
and security solutions business of $50 primarily due to the
recognition of previously deferred revenue and volume increases,
partially offset by reduced demand for legacy products, and an
increase in the circuit and packet voice solutions business of
$6 due to increased volume, partially offset by reduced demand
for legacy products. The increase in
revenues in the MEN segment was due to the increase in the data
networking and security solutions business of $31 and increased
optical networking solutions business of $22. The increase in
data networking and security solutions was due to the
recognition of previously deferred revenue in 2007 as a result
of the completion of certain contract deliverables resulting
from the termination of a supplier agreement, partially offset
by volume decreases due to a decline in the multi switch/service
edge router market. The increase in revenues in the GS segment
by $30 was primarily due to volume increases in network support
services.
Revenues increased by $102 in Canada in 2007 compared to 2006,
due to increased revenues in all of our segments. The increase
in CN revenues of $54 was due to an increase in the CDMA
solutions business of $41 associated with the continuing rollout
of our EV-DO Rev A technology. The primary increase in the MEN
revenues of $27 was primarily due to an increase in optical
networking solutions of $21 as a result of optical market
growth, while the increase in GS of $12 was due to volume
increase in network support services.
Revenues increased by $32 in Asia in 2007 compared to 2006,
driven primarily by increased revenues in the ES, CN and GS
segments, partially offset by a decrease in MEN segment
revenues. The increase in ES revenues was attributable to an
increase in the data networking and security solutions business
of $83, primarily as a result of the recognition of previously
deferred revenue due to completion or elimination of customer
deliverable obligations for certain products, and volume
increases. The increase in CN revenues was due to an increase in
the CDMA solutions business of $153 primarily as a result of
increased investments by certain of our customers in their
infrastructure in order to enhance their service offerings
within LG-Nortel, our joint venture with LG Electronics, or LGE.
This increase was partially offset by the decreases in the GSM
and UMTS solutions of $59 and circuit and packet voice solutions
of $20 due to recognition of previously deferred revenues as a
result of the completion of certain customer contract
deliverables in 2006 that was not repeated in 2007. The increase
in GS revenues of $42 was due to new CDMA network rollouts and
the release of previously deferred revenue. The decrease in
revenues in the MEN segment of $171 was primarily due to the
recognition of previously deferred revenues in 2006 that was not
repeated in 2007.
Revenues increased by $13 in CALA. The increase in CALA was due
to increased revenues in the ES, GS and MEN segments, partially
offset by a decrease in revenues in the CN segment. The increase
in ES revenues was due to increased revenues in the circuit and
packet voice solutions of $13, while the increase in MEN was due
to increased volume in the optical networking solutions business
of $20, partially offset by a decrease in the data and
networking solutions of $10. The increase in GS of $13 was
primarily in the Network Implementation Services, or NIS, and
Network Application Services, or NAS, portfolios with a slight
offset in Network Support Services, or NSS. This increase was
partially offset by a decrease in CN of $28 due to a decline in
GSM and UMTS solutions of $13 resulting from fluctuation in
customer spending, a decrease in CDMA solutions of $9 and
circuit and voice packet solutions of $6.
2006 vs.
2005
Revenues increased to $11,418 in 2006 from $10,509 in 2005, an
increase of $909, or 9%. Revenues increased by approximately 6%
in 2006 as a result of the addition of a full year of results
from Nortel Government Solutions, or NGS, and LG-Nortel. In
addition, 2006 revenues benefited from favorable foreign
currency exchange impacts, resulting in an estimated increase of
approximately 1%, driven by the strengthening of the Canadian
Dollar, British Pound, and Euro against the U.S. Dollar.
The net recognition of previously deferred revenue contributed
approximately $125 to our consolidated 2006 revenues, with the
most significant impact in EMEA and the MEN segment.
Revenues increased by $314 in Asia in 2006, driven primarily by
increases in our ES and MEN segments. Enterprise circuit and
packet solutions saw an increase of $102 in Asia, driven
primarily by the addition of a full year of results from
LG-Nortel, which was formed on November 3, 2005. Optical
networking solutions in Asia increased by $136 in 2006, driven
primarily by the recognition of previously deferred revenues
resulting from the delivery of a software upgrade. GS revenues
increased by $43 and were primarily driven by the addition of
LG-Nortel and growth in our network support services business.
Revenues increased by $535 in EMEA in 2006, driven primarily by
increases in our CN, ES, and MEN segments. GSM and UMTS
solutions revenue in EMEA increased by $128 and was primarily
driven by the recognition of previously deferred UMTS solutions
revenue due to a contract renegotiation and the completion of
certain contract deliverables. CDMA solutions in EMEA increased
by $89, primarily driven by the recognition of previously
deferred revenue triggered by the delivery of a software
upgrade. Enterprise circuit and packet solutions increased by
$108 in EMEA mainly due to the addition of a full year of
results from LG-Nortel, which included ES sales to
LG-Nortel’s international customers, primarily in Europe.
MEN data networking and security solutions in EMEA increased by
$66 and were positively impacted by the recognition of
previously deferred revenue.
Revenues increased by $149 in Canada, driven by increases in all
segments. The increase in CN revenues was due to an increase in
CDMA solutions by $66, primarily driven by increased volumes
with a key carrier customer. Circuit packet and voice solutions
increased by $19, due to increased volume in our next-generation
products. The increase in MEN was due to increased revenues in
the optical networking solutions business of $59, partially
offset by a decrease in the data networking and security
solutions business of $5.
Revenues decreased in the U.S. by $111, due to decreases in the
GS, CN, MEN and ES segments, partially offset by an increase in
Other segment revenues. The decline in the U.S. was driven
primarily by a $327 decrease in our GSM and UMTS solutions in
our CN segment, due to lower customer spending, the loss of
certain contracts resulting from industry consolidation, and the
completion of a large network project in 2005 which was not
repeated in 2006. This decline was partially offset by increased
demand for our next-generation wireless solutions with the
rollout of our CDMA EV-DO Rev A technology, which was the
primary driver of a $194 increase in CDMA solutions revenue in
the U.S. The revenues for the MEN segment declined in
optical networking solutions by $40 and data networking and
security solutions by $10. The ES segment experienced a slight
decline in the U.S. of $26, primarily due to the
recognition of deferred revenue in 2005 in our enterprise voice
solutions portfolio which was not repeated in 2006, partially
offset by increased volume in our enterprise data networking and
security solutions business. U.S. revenues increased in
2006 by $97 due to the inclusion of a full year of results from
NGS.
Gross Profit increased by $175, while gross margin increased by
3.2%. The increase in gross profit was driven by cost structure
improvements of $300 and favorable product and customer mix of
$41, partially offset by decreases from volume reductions and
lower revenue recognition of previously deferred revenue of
$150. Cost structure improvements were primarily driven by
decreases in the CN, MEN and GS segments and contributed an
improvement of 2.2% to the gross margin. In the CN segment, cost
reductions primarily related to CDMA and GSM Access businesses
and the divestiture of the UMTS Access business in the fourth
quarter of 2006. The customer and product mix had a favorable
impact on the CN and ES segments and was partially offset by
negative impact on the MEN segment. The increases due to cost
structure improvements and favorable mix were offset by
reductions in volume and lower recognition of deferred revenue
in the CN and MEN segments, partially offset by increases in the
ES and GS segments. The favorable impact of product and customer
mix was offset by volume and price erosion, resulting in a net
increase in gross margin of 1.0%.
2006 vs.
2005
Gross margin decreased to 38.9% in 2006 from 40.7% in 2005, a
decrease of 1.8%. Historically our gross margins have been lower
in Asia and EMEA than in Canada and the U.S., primarily due to
competitive pressures and product mix. In 2006 the percentage of
our total revenue derived from Asia and EMEA grew while
declining in the U.S. This change in geographic mix had a
negative impact of 2% on our gross margin. Gross margin declined
by approximately 1.5% due to unfavorable product mix as a result
of shifts from mature technologies with higher margins to
next-generation technologies with lower margins. 2006 gross
margin increased by approximately 2% due to negative margin
impacts associated with a contract in India in 2005 and not
repeated in 2006 to the same levels.
Operating margin increased from a loss of $3 in 2006 to earnings
of $401 in 2007, an increase of $404. Operating margin as a
percentage of revenue increased by 3.7% in 2007 compared to
2006. The increase in operating margin was primarily the result
of increases in gross profit and decreases in R&D and
SG&A expense. R&D expenses decreased by $216,
primarily due to reductions of $319 in the CN segment due to the
divestiture of the UMTS Access business and reduction in
investment in legacy products. This decrease was partially
offset by an increase in R&D expenses in the ES and MEN
segments of $53 and $30, respectively, to facilitate development
of next-generation technologies. SG&A expenses decreased by
$13, primarily as a result of lower expenses related to our
internal control remediation plans of $30, finance
transformation activities of $30 and lower restatement costs of
$10, partially offset by increase in charges incurred in
relation to our employee compensation plans of $56. The impact
of foreign exchange on operating margin was minimal as the
favorable impact on revenues was largely offset by the
unfavorable impact on cost of revenues, SG&A and R&D.
2006 vs.
2005
Operating margin increased from a loss of $25 in 2005 to a loss
of $3 in 2006, an increase of $22. Operating margin as a
percentage of revenue increased by 0.2% in 2006 compared to
2005. Operating margin increased as a result of reductions in
SG&A and R&D as a percentage of revenue, though the
SG&A and R&D expenses were higher. SG&A expense
was higher in 2006 due to the inclusion of full year operating
results for LG-Nortel, higher expenses related to employee bonus
plans and the strengthening of the Canadian Dollar, Euro and
British Pound against the U.S. Dollar, partially offset by
reduction in restatement related activities. R&D expense
increased due to inclusion of full year LG-Nortel results and
foreign exchange impact, partially offset by cost savings
associated with the changes made to our employee benefit plans.
Special
Charges
The following table sets forth special charges by restructuring
plan:
In the first quarter of 2007, we outlined the next steps of our
Business Transformation plan with the announcement of the 2007
Restructuring Plan. The plan included a net reduction of
approximately 2,900 positions and shifting an additional 1,000
positions from higher-cost locations to lower-cost locations.
During the year ended December 31, 2007, approximately 150
additional positions were identified and incorporated into the
plan with associated costs and savings of approximately $15 and
$18 respectively. Other revisions to the workforce plan included
a change in strategy regarding shared services resulting in
approximately 300 positions being removed from the plan, with
associated costs and savings of approximately $18 and $20,
respectively. The revised net headcount reduction is now
expected to be approximately 2,750. The 2007 Restructuring Plan
also includes initiatives to more efficiently manage our various
business locations and reduce our global real estate portfolio
by approximately 500,000 square feet by the end of 2007.
During the year ended 2007, approximately 550,000 square
feet was vacated and approximately 350,000 square feet is
planned to be vacated during 2008. We originally estimated the
total charges to earnings and cash outlays associated with the
2007 Restructuring Plan would be approximately $390 and $370,
respectively. As a result of higher voluntary terminations and
redeployment of employees, we previously revised the total
estimated charges to earnings and cash outlays down to
approximately $350 and $330, respectively. As of the year ended
2007, we now estimate total charges to earnings and cash outlays
to be approximately $340 and $320, respectively, to be incurred
over fiscal 2007, 2008 and 2009. We expect to incur charges of
approximately $340, with approximately $260 related to the
workforce reductions and approximately $80 related to the real
estate actions. Cash expenditures are currently estimated to be
approximately $320, of which $97 were incurred in the year ended
2007. Workforce related cash expenditures are generally expected
to be incurred within a year with real estate associated charges
extending throughout the remaining life of the lease agreements.
Upon completion, these actions are expected to deliver
approximately $400 in annual savings, with approximately half of
these annual
savings realized in 2007. In 2007, we recorded special charges
of $171, of which $131 related to workforce reductions, $32
related to the real estate initiatives and $8 related to asset
write downs.
2006
Restructuring Plan
During the second quarter of 2006, in an effort to increase
competitiveness by improving operating margins and overall
business performance, we announced the 2006 Restructuring Plan,
which includes workforce reductions of approximately
1,900 employees as well as the creation of approximately
800 new positions to be located in our Operations Centers of
Excellence in Turkey and Mexico. The workforce reductions
spanned all of our segments and were expected to include
approximately 350 middle management positions throughout Nortel,
with the balance of workforce reductions to primarily occur in
the U.S. and Canada. During the third quarter of 2007, we
revised the workforce reduction, which included both voluntary
and involuntary reductions, to 1,750 employees compared to
the original estimate of 1,900 employees. The change in the
estimated workforce reduction is primarily due to a reduction in
the number of affected middle management positions. We
originally estimated the total charges to earnings and cash
outlays associated with the 2006 Restructuring Plan to be
approximately $100; however, during the third quarter we revised
the total costs expected down to $91. During the fourth quarter
2007, the program was determined to be substantially complete
resulting in a revised total cost of $85. During the year ended
December 31, 2007, we incurred the remaining $17 resulting
in total charges of $85 for the 2006 Restructuring Plan. The
cost revisions were primarily due to higher voluntary attrition
reducing the number of involuntary actions requiring benefits.
Annual savings from these actions were approximately $100 in
2007 and are targeted to be approximately $175 by 2008 and we
continue to expect to meet these targeted savings. From the
inception of the 2006 Restructuring Plan to December 31,2007, we have made total cash payments related to the 2006
Restructuring Plan of approximately $76 with the remaining cash
costs expected to be incurred during the first half of 2008.
2004 and
2001 Restructuring Plans
During 2004 and 2001, we implemented work plans to streamline
operations through workforce reductions and real estate
optimization strategies, or the 2004 Restructuring Plan and the
2001 Restructuring Plan. All of the charges with respect to the
workforce reductions have been incurred, and the remainder of
the cash payments for ongoing lease costs is to be substantially
incurred by the end of 2016 for the 2004 Restructuring Plan and
2013 for the 2001 Restructuring Plan. For the year ended 2007,
the provision balance for contract settlement and lease costs
was drawn down by cash payments of $11 for the 2004
Restructuring Plan, and $41 for the 2001 Restructuring Plan.
The following table sets forth special charges by segment for
each of the years ended December 31:
2007
2006
Restructuring
Restructuring
2004
2001
Plan
Plan
Restructuring Plan
Restructuring Plan
Total Special Charges
2007
2007
2006
2007
2006
2005
2007
2006
2005
2007
2006
2005
Special charges by segment:
Carrier Networks
$
105
$
6
$
36
$
4
$
8
$
121
$
6
$
11
$
(1
)
$
121
$
55
$
120
Enterprise Solutions
23
2
14
2
3
27
2
3
(2
)
29
20
25
Global Services
27
7
5
2
1
9
3
1
—
39
7
9
Metro Ethernet Networks
16
2
7
1
8
23
2
2
(8
)
21
17
15
Other
—
—
6
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
6
—
Total special charges
$
171
$
17
$
68
$
9
$
20
$
180
$
13
$
17
$
(11
)
$
210
$
105
$
169
Loss
(Gain) on Sales of Businesses and Assets
We recorded a gain on sales of businesses and assets of $31 in
2007, primarily due to recognition of previously deferred gains
of $21 related to the divestiture of our manufacturing
operations to Flextronics Telecom Systems Ltd., or Flextronics,
$10 related to the divestiture of the UMTS Access business and
$12 related to the sale of a portion of our LG-Nortel wireline
business. This gain was partially offset by a loss of $8 related
to the disposals and write-offs of certain long-lived assets.
In 2006, gain on sale of businesses and assets was $206,
primarily due to gains of $166 on the sale of certain assets and
liabilities related to our UMTS Access business, $40 related to
the sale of real estate assets in Canada and EMEA, and $23 on
the sale of certain assets related to our blade server business.
These gains were partially offset by write-offs of certain
long-lived assets of $13 and charges related the divestiture of
our manufacturing operations to Flextronics of $7.
In 2005, loss on sale of businesses and assets of $47 was
primarily due to charges related to the divestiture of our
manufacturing operations to Flextronics.
Under the terms of the Global Class Action Settlement, we
agreed to pay $575 in cash and issue approximately 62,866,775
Nortel Network Corporation common shares, or our common shares,
and we will contribute to the plaintiffs one-half of any
recovery resulting from our ongoing litigation against certain
of our former officers.
As a result of the Global Class Action Settlement, we
established a litigation settlement provision and recorded a
charge to our full-year 2005 financial results of $2,474 (net of
insurance proceeds of $229, which were placed in escrow in April
2006). Of this amount, $575 related to the cash portion, which
we placed in escrow on June 1, 2006, plus $5 in accrued
interest, and $1,899 related to the equity component. We
adjusted the equity component in each quarter since February
2006 to reflect the fair value of the equity component. The
final adjustment to the fair value of the equity component
occurred on March 20, 2007, the date the settlement became
effective. As of March 20, 2007, the fair value of the
equity component had decreased to $1,626, including a recovery
of $54 in the first quarter of 2007 up to March 20, 2007.
Additionally, as of March 20, 2007, the litigation
settlement provision related to the equity component was
reclassified to additional
paid-in-capital
within shareholders’ equity as the number of shares was
fixed at such date. The restricted cash and corresponding
litigation reserve related to the cash portion of the settlement
are under the direction of the escrow agents and our obligation
has been satisfied and as a result the balances have been
released. Approximately 4% of the settlement shares have been
issued, and we currently expect the balance of the settlement
shares to be issued commencing in the first half of 2008. For
additional information, see “Significant Business
Developments — Global Class Action
Settlement”.
Other
Operating Income — Net
The components of other operating income — net were as
follows:
Includes items that were previously reported as non-operating
and have been reclassified from “Other income —
net” accordingly.
In 2007, other operating
income-net
was $35, primarily driven by royalty license income of $31, was
comprised of royalty income from cross patent license agreements.
In 2006, other operating
income-net
of $13 was primarily comprised of $21 on royalty income from
patented technology, partially offset by expenses of $9 related
to various litigation and settlement costs.
In 2005, other operating
income-net
of $23 was comprised of royalty license income of $13 and
litigation recovery of $10 from various settlements.
Other
Income — Net
The components of other income — net were as follows:
Gain (loss) on sales and write downs of investments
(5
)
(6
)
67
Currency exchange gains (losses) — net
176
(12
)
59
Other — net
33
77
31
Other income — net
$
425
$
199
$
272
In 2007, other income — net was $425, primarily
comprised of interest and dividend income from our short-term
investments of $221, foreign exchange gains of $176 and
sub-lease
income of $18. The increase in currency exchange gains was
primarily driven by the strengthening of the Canadian Dollar
against the U.S. Dollar. The Canadian Dollar
appreciated 18% against the U.S. Dollar in 2007 which
resulted in net gains as a result of the revaluation of Canadian
Dollar denominated net monetary assets in U.S. Dollar
functional entities.
In 2006, other income — net was $199, which included
interest and dividend income of $140, a net loss on the sales
and write downs of investments of $6, and net currency exchange
losses of $12. Other net income of $77 was primarily driven by a
gain of $26 related to the sale of a note receivable from
Bookham, Inc., income of $22 from the sub lease of certain
facilities, and a gain of $24 related to changes in fair value
of derivative financial instruments that did not meet the
criteria for hedge accounting. These gains were partially offset
by expenses of $7 from the securitization of certain receivables.
In 2005, other income — net was $272, which included
interest and dividend income on our short-term investments of
$115 and a net currency exchange gain of $59. We also generated
a net gain of $67 on the sale of investments, which was
primarily driven by a gain of $21 related to the sale of Arris
Group Inc. shares, a gain of $45 on the sale of Axtel S.A. de CV
shares and a gain of $7 on the sale of shares of Volt Delta.
Other net income of $31 was primarily driven by gains of $35
related to customer settlements and customer financing
arrangements and income of $22 from the sublease of certain
facilities, partially offset by a loss of $20 on the sale of
certain accounts receivable.
Interest
Expense
Interest expense increased by $41 in 2007 compared to 2006. The
increase was primarily due to higher debt levels, interest rates
and borrowing costs on our and NNL’s debt. NNL issued
$2,000 aggregate principal amount of senior notes due 2011, 2013
and 2016 in July 5, 2006, or the July 2006 Notes, which
were in place throughout 2007. On March 28, 2007, we issued
$1,150 convertible notes, or the Convertible Notes, and received
approximately $1,127, net of issuance costs. On
September 28, 2007, we used the net proceeds from the
Convertible Notes offering to redeem at par $1,125 principal
amount of our 4.25% $1,800 convertible notes due September 2008,
or the 4.25% Notes due 2008, plus accrued and unpaid
interest.
Interest expense increased by $121 in 2006 compared to 2005. The
increase was primarily due to higher debt levels, interest rates
and borrowing costs on NNL’s debt as a result of the
one-year credit facility in the aggregate principal amount of
$1,300, or the 2006 Credit Facility, and the July 2006 Notes
offering.
The increase in interest expense in 2005 was primarily due to
increases in short-term rates which negatively impacted our
floating rate swap exposure compared to 2004.
Income
Tax Expense
During the year ended December 31, 2007, Nortel recorded a
tax expense of $1,114 on earnings from operations before income
taxes, minority interests and equity in net earnings (loss) of
associated companies of $270. The tax expense of $1,114 is
largely comprised of several significant items including $1,036
of net valuation allowance increase including an increase of
$1,064 in Canada, offset by releases in Europe and Asia, $74 of
income taxes on profitable entities in Asia and Europe,
including a reduction of Nortel’s deferred tax assets in
EMEA, $29 of income taxes relating to tax rate reductions
enacted during 2007 in EMEA and Asia, and other taxes of $17
primarily related to taxes on preferred share dividends in
Canada. This tax expense is partially offset by a $25 benefit
derived from various tax credits, primarily R&D related
incentives, and a $17 benefit resulting from true up of prior
year tax estimates including a $14 benefit in EMEA as a result
of transfer pricing adjustments.
During the year ended December 31, 2006, Nortel recorded a
tax expense of $60 on earnings from operations before income
taxes, minority interests and equity in net earnings (loss) of
associated companies of $141. The tax expense of $60 is largely
comprised of $69 of income taxes resulting from a reduction of
Nortel’s deferred tax assets in EMEA, $28 of various
corporate, minimum and withholding taxes including $15 of income
taxes on preferred share dividends in Canada and $13 resulting
from true up of prior year tax estimates including a $12 tax
expense in EMEA as a result of transfer pricing adjustments.
This tax expense is partially offset by $41 benefit derived from
various tax credits, primarily R&D related incentives and
$19 benefit resulting from valuation allowance reductions in
EMEA and Asia.
As of December 31, 2007, we have substantial loss
carryforwards and valuation allowances in our significant tax
jurisdictions (Canada, the U.S., the U.K., and France). These
loss carryforwards will serve to minimize our future cash income
related taxes.
We will continue to assess the valuation allowance recorded
against our deferred tax assets on a quarterly basis. The
valuation allowance is in accordance with Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards, “Accounting for Income Taxes”,
or SFAS 109, which requires that a tax valuation allowance
be established when it is more likely than not that some portion
or all of a company’s deferred tax assets will not be
realized. Given the magnitude of our valuation allowance, future
adjustments to this valuation allowance based on actual results
could result in a significant adjustment to our effective tax
rate. For additional information, see “Application of
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates — Tax Asset
Valuation.”
CN revenues decreased to $4,493 in 2007 from $5,157 in 2006, a
decrease of $664 or 13%. The decrease was driven primarily by
the UMTS Access divestiture, and declines in demand for Voice
and Packet GU Core products and our traditional technology such
as TDM in the circuit and packet voice solutions business. These
declines were partially offset by increased revenue from our
CDMA solutions.
CDMA solutions increased $114 in 2007, primarily due to strong
growth in sales in Asia of $153 primarily as a result of
increased investments by certain of our customers in their
infrastructure in order to enhance their service offerings
within LG-Nortel, increased revenues in Canada of $41 associated
with the continuing rollout of our EV-DO Rev A technology, and
delays in spending by a major customer in 2006. EMEA and CALA
declined in CDMA revenues by $74 and $9, respectively, due to
the completion of projects in 2006 not repeated to the same
extent as 2007 and the recognition of previously deferred
revenues recorded in 2006 and not repeated in 2007. In the
U.S. revenues remained unchanged, largely due to
recognition of previously deferred revenue and increased
spending by certain customers, entirely offset by lower spending
by certain other customers in the fourth quarter of 2007.
The decline in GSM and UMTS solutions of $648 was primarily due
to declines in EMEA of $457, the U.S. of $116 and Asia of
$59. The decline in EMEA was primarily due to a $484 decrease in
UMTS solutions as a result of the UMTS Access divestiture and a
decline in demand for Voice and Packet GU Core, partially offset
by increased demand in GSM Access. The U.S. decline was due
to customer investment in UMTS Access solutions rather than GSM
Access or GU Core solutions and recognition of less deferred
revenue compared to 2006. The decline in Asia was due to reduced
customer spending and price erosion, partially offset by
revenues from one-time support business resulting from sale of
the UMTS Access business.
The decrease in circuit and packet voice solutions of $130 was
primarily in the U.S. and Asia. U.S. revenues declined
$122 as a result of reduced legacy TDM demand and one-time third
quarter 2006 recognition of deferred revenues in 2006 not
repeated in 2007 to the same extent. This decrease was partially
offset by an increase in revenues in next-generation products.
Asia revenues declined by $20 primarily due to the recognition
of previously deferred revenues as a result of the completion of
certain customer contract deliverables in 2006 that was not
repeated to the same extent in 2007.
Management EBT for CN increased to $779 in 2007 from $455 in
2006, an improvement of $324, or 71%. The increase in Management
EBT was the result of decreases in SG&A and R&D
expenses of $86 and $319, respectively, partially offset by
increases in minority interest expense and a decrease in gross
profit of $42.
CN gross profit decreased from $2,262 to $2,220, due to
reductions in volume, substantially offset by a gross margin
increase from 43.9% to 49.4% as a result of favorable CDMA
product mix, product cost reductions and improved GSM
solutions margins. The decrease in SG&A of $86 was due to
lower headcount costs as a result of the UMTS Access
divestiture, partially offset by increased spending for new
technologies. R&D expense decreased by $319 primarily due
to the UMTS Access divestiture, and headcount reductions,
lower-cost outsourcing and reduced investment in maturing
technologies. The related cost reductions were partially offset
by focused increases in R&D related to opportunities we
believe have the greatest potential for growth.
2006 vs.
2005
CN revenues increased to $5,157 in 2006 from $4,915 in 2005, an
increase of $242, or 5%. In 2006, demand for our next-generation
wireless solutions increased with the rollout of our CDMA EV-DO
Rev A technology. Our UMTS and succession voice solutions
increases were driven by the addition of LG-Nortel and from the
recognition of previously deferred revenue as we completed
certain contract deliverables. This increase was partially
offset by significant declines in the demand for our traditional
wireless technologies such as GSM.
The rollout of our CDMA EV-DO Rev A technology was the primary
driver of an increase in CDMA solutions revenue in the
U.S. of $194, as certain of our significant customers
increased investments in their infrastructure in order to
enhance their service offerings. CDMA solutions increased in
Canada by $66 primarily due to increased volumes with a key
carrier customer and by $89 in EMEA primarily as a result of the
completion of certain contract deliverables which resulted in
the recognition of previously deferred revenue.
The decline in GSM and UMTS solutions was primarily due to a
decline in the U.S. of $327 and a decline in Asia of $96.
In the U.S. the decline was largely the result of decreases
in GSM solutions due to lower customer spending, the loss of
certain contracts due to industry consolidation, and the
completion of a network project in 2005. The decline in Asia of
$96 was due to revenues associated with a GSM contract in India
in 2005 that were not repeated in 2006, partially offset by the
addition of GSM and UMTS revenues from LG-Nortel. The declines
in the U.S. and Asia were partially offset by an increase
in EMEA of $128. The increase in EMEA was driven by higher UMTS
solutions, primarily due to the recognition of previously
deferred revenues resulting from a contract renegotiation and
the completion of certain contract deliverables, partially
offset by a decline in GSM solutions.
The increase in CN circuit and packet voice solutions was driven
primarily by increased demand for next-generation packetized
communications solutions such as VoIP. Demand for our VoIP
solutions primarily drove increases in North America and Asia of
$84 and $59, respectively.
Management EBT for the CN segment increased to $455 in 2006 from
$344 in 2005, an increase of $111 or 32%. The increase was the
result of an increase in gross profit of $158, partially offset
by an increase in R&D expense of $19.
CN gross margin remained essentially flat and gross profit
increased by $158 primarily due to increased sales volume,
product mix, and negative margin impacts associated with a
contract in India that were incurred in 2005 and not repeated in
2006 to the same levels. These increases were offset by higher
warranty and costs to meet regional environmental
specifications. R&D expense increased by $19 primarily due
to the negative impact of foreign exchange, increased investment
in targeted next-generation wireless programs to increase the
feature content in our portfolio solutions and increased
expenses related to LG-Nortel. In 2006 R&D in the CN
segment was focused on driving additional investment in new
product opportunities such as WiMAX and IMS while decreasing
investment in legacy products.
Enterprise
Solutions
The following table sets forth revenues and Management EBT for
the ES segment:
The enterprise market is in the process of transitioning from
traditional communications systems to next-generation Internet
Protocol networks. The change in the product mix of our ES
revenues in 2006 and 2007 is consistent with this trend. We
continue to see growth in our packet-based voice solutions which
support the next-generation technology, while seeing continued
decline in our traditional circuit-based voice solutions.
ES revenues increased to $2,620 in 2007 from $2,292 in 2006, an
increase of $328 or 14%. The increase in 2007 was primarily due
to the recognition of previously deferred revenues as a result
of the completion or elimination of customer deliverable
obligations for certain products in our ES data networking and
security solutions business and volume growth across both
portfolios.
Revenues from ES circuit and packet voice solutions increased by
$76 in EMEA, primarily due to supply chain delays resulting from
difficulty in obtaining components required to meet RoHS
standards in 2006 that were not present in 2007 and volume
increases, $13 in CALA and $6 in the U.S. due to volume
increases, partially offset by reduced demand for legacy
products.
The increase in ES data networking and security solutions was
primarily the result of increases of $83 in Asia, $79 in EMEA
and $50 in the U.S. primarily due to the recognition of
previously deferred revenues as a result of completion or
elimination of customer deliverable obligations in 2006 for
certain products and volume increases, partially offset by
reduced demand for legacy products.
Management EBT for ES increased to earnings of $24 in 2007 from
a loss of $26 in 2006, an improvement of $50. This increase in
Management EBT was primarily driven by an increase in gross
profit of $178, partially offset by increases in SG&A and
R&D expenses of $88 and $53, respectively.
Gross margin increased from 44.3% to 45.5% primarily due to
favorable product mix and gross profit increased from $1,015 to
$1,193 primarily due to the release of high margin deferred
revenue, higher sales volumes and favorable product mix. The
increase in SG&A expense of $88 was due to increased
headcount investments across all regions to drive growth and
also due to unfavorable foreign exchange impacts. Increased
headcount investment in the development of our packet-based
voice, data and security solutions portfolios and negative
foreign exchange impact resulted in an increase in R&D
expense of $53.
2006 vs.
2005
ES revenues increased to $2,292 in 2006 from $2,061 in 2005, an
increase of $231 or 11%. The increase in 2006 was driven
primarily by the addition of a full year of results from
LG-Nortel. Pricing pressures, particularly on our traditional
circuit-based switching, had a negative impact on revenues
primarily in EMEA and the U.S.
Revenues from enterprise circuit and packet voice solutions
increased by $108 in EMEA and $102 in Asia as a result of the
addition of a full year of results from LG-Nortel. The increases
in EMEA and Asia were partially offset by a decline of $60 in
the U.S. which is primarily attributable to the recognition
of deferred revenue in 2005 in our enterprise voice solutions
portfolio which was not repeated in 2006.
The increase in enterprise data networking and security
solutions was primarily the result of increases of $32 and $29
in the U.S. and Asia, respectively.
Management EBT for the ES segment decreased to a loss of $26 in
2006 from earnings of $113 in 2005, a decrease of $139. This
decrease in Management EBT was primarily driven by a decrease in
gross profit of $13, and an increase in SG&A and R&D
expenses of $49 and $80, respectively.
ES gross margin decreased by 5.6% while gross profit decreased
by $13 as the impact of the gross margin decline was partially
offset by higher sales volumes. The decline in gross margin is
primarily attributable to the addition of lower margin products
to our portfolio from LG-Nortel, unfavorable product mix and
pricing pressures on our voice products, particularly in EMEA.
The increase in ES SG&A expense of $49 was due to increased
selling and marketing costs associated with the addition of
LG-Nortel, increased selling costs, and unfavorable foreign
exchange impacts. The addition of LG-Nortel, increased
investment in the development of our voice, data, and security
solutions portfolios and unfavorable foreign exchange impacts
drove an increase in R&D expense of $80.
GS revenues were $2,087 in 2007 compared to $2,132 in 2006, a
decline of $45 or 2%. The decrease was primarily related to the
UMTS Access divestiture, which resulted in a $176 decrease,
partially offset by increased volumes.
The decrease in GS revenues was primarily due to a decrease in
network implementation services primarily related to the UMTS
Access divestiture, and lower sales volumes in EMEA. The
decrease in GS revenues in EMEA of $142, of which the UMTS
Access divestiture accounted for $176, was partially offset by
an increase of $42 in Asia due to increased volumes and
contracts where key milestones were met. The decrease in network
implementation services was partially offset by growth of $47 in
network support services across all regions except CALA where we
experienced significant price pressures and technology changes,
and growth of $33 in network managed services, primarily in the
U.S., Asia and EMEA. In 2007, the majority of GS revenue
continued to be generated by network support services.
Management EBT for GS increased to $380 in 2007 from $342 in
2006, an increase of $38, or 11%. This increase in Management
EBT was primarily driven by improved gross profit of $111,
partially offset by increases in SG&A and R&D expenses
of $54 and $9, respectively.
Gross profit increased from $593 to $704 and gross margin
increased from 27.8% to 33.7% due to the favorable impact of
cost-reduction programs, the favorable impact of foreign
exchange in EMEA, and certain one-time items. The increase in
gross profit was partially offset by the declines in volumes
primarily related to the UMTS Access divestiture. SG&A and
R&D increased by $54 and $9, respectively, due to
investments in resources and capabilities in the areas within
the GS segment we believe have the greatest potential for growth.
2006 vs.
2005
GS revenues increased to $2,132 in 2006 from $2,040 in 2005, an
increase of $92, or 5%. Substantially all of our GS revenues are
generated from network implementation and support services. The
continued investment in voice and data convergence and network
transformation across the carrier and enterprise markets is the
primary driver for growth in our network integration and network
managed services. We believe our large installed base represents
an opportunity for network transformation and convergence
services. However, the continued shift toward standardization of
network components will weaken services tied to manufactured
equipment and provide opportunities for multi-vendor service
expansion, leading to increased competition.
Growth in GS revenue in 2006 was experienced across all
portfolio offerings but was primarily driven by increases of $53
and $32 in network implementation services and network managed
services, respectively, and growth of $22 in network support
services. In 2006 the majority of GS revenue continued to be
generated by network implementation services and network support
services. Increases in GS revenues in EMEA and Asia of $121 and
$43, respectively, were partially offset by a decline in the
U.S. of $61.
Management EBT in the GS segment decreased to $342 in 2006 from
$474 in 2005, a decrease of $132. Gross margin decreased by 4.9%
and gross profit declined by $69 primarily as a result of the
decline in gross margin. An increase in SG&A of $50 and an
increase in R&D of $6 further drove the decrease in
Management EBT. The increase in SG&A resulted from
investments in resources and capabilities in the areas within
the GS segment we believe have the greatest potential for
growth. R&D in the GS segment was focused on developing new
service offerings for the Network Implementation Services and
Network Application Services businesses.
MEN revenues decreased to $1,525 in 2007 from $1,591 in 2006, a
decrease of $66 or 4%. The decrease in the MEN segment was
driven by the recognition of less deferred revenues in 2007 than
in 2006 and decreases in volumes for certain mature product
portfolios, partially offset by increased optical volumes and a
favorable impact of foreign exchange.
Revenues from optical networking solutions increased by $93 in
EMEA, primarily due to the recognition of previously deferred
revenues as a result of the completion of certain customer
contract deliverables in 2007, increased volume and favorable
impact of foreign exchange due to fluctuations between the Euro
and the U.S. Dollar. Revenues increased by $21 in Canada
and $20 in CALA due to optical market growth. In the U.S.,
revenues increased by $22 due to an increase in volume,
partially offset by deferred revenue recognized in 2006, which
was not repeated in 2007. These increases were partially offset
by a decrease of $99 in Asia, primarily due to the recognition
of previously deferred revenues as a result of the completion of
certain customer contract deliverables in 2006 that was not
repeated in 2007, partially offset by increased volumes.
Revenues from data networking and security solutions decreased
by $78 and $72 in EMEA and Asia, respectively, primarily due to
the recognition of previously deferred revenues in 2006, which
was not repeated in 2007. These decreases were partially offset
by an increase of $31 in the U.S., primarily due to the
recognition of previously deferred revenue in 2007 as a result
of the completion of certain customer contract deliverables
resulting from the termination of a supplier agreement. Further,
all three regions had volume decreases due to a declining
multi-service switch/services edge router market.
Management EBT for MEN decreased to a loss of $17 in 2007 from
earnings of $69 in 2006, a decrease of $86, or 125%. This
decrease in Management EBT was primarily driven by a decrease in
gross profit of $68 and an increase in R&D expenses of $30,
partially offset by a decrease in SG&A expense of $24.
MEN gross profit decreased from $586 to $518 and gross margin
decreased from 36.8% to 34.0% due to the recognition of deferred
revenues at lower margins in the first quarter of 2007 and
deferred revenue recognized at higher margins in 2006, combined
with an unfavorable product and customer mix. These decreases
were partially offset by volume increases primarily in optical
networking solutions and cost reduction programs. The MEN
segment also continues to experience pricing pressure resulting
in lower margins. SG&A expense declined by $24 as a result
of cost reductions in North America, legal expenses incurred in
2006 not repeated in 2007, and lower bad debt expenses in 2007.
R&D expenses increased by $30 primarily due to the
incremental investment in Carrier Ethernet and Optical OME
products and the unfavorable impact of the strengthening of the
Canadian Dollar, partially offset by the cancellation of certain
R&D programs.
2006 vs.
2005
MEN revenues increased to $1,591 in 2006 from $1,347 in 2005, an
increase of $244 or 18%. The increase in the MEN segment was
primarily driven by increases in our optical networking
solutions primarily due to increased volumes and the delivery of
software upgrades which triggered the recognition of deferred
revenue.
Revenues from optical networking solutions increased by $136 in
Asia, primarily due to the recognition of previously deferred
revenue resulting from the delivery of certain software
upgrades. Revenues from data networking and security solutions
increased by $66 in EMEA, primarily due to the recognition of
previously deferred revenue resulting from the completion of
certain contract deliverables.
Management EBT for the MEN segment increased to $69 in 2006 from
a loss of $77 in 2005, an increase of $146. The increase in 2006
was mainly the result of an increase in gross profit of $83 and
a decrease in R&D expense of $54. MEN gross margin
decreased by 0.5% while gross profit increased by $83 as the
impact of the decline in margin was offset by increased sales
volumes. The decline in gross margin is primarily attributable
to unfavorable product mix, unfavorable foreign exchange
impacts, and the impact of provision releases in 2005 on
previously provided for optical inventory not repeated in 2006.
MEN R&D expense decreased by $54 primarily due to the
cancellation of certain programs, partially offset by R&D
spending in LG-Nortel and a write down of R&D lab equipment.
Other
The following table sets forth revenues and Management EBT for
the Other segment:
Other revenues are comprised primarily of revenues from NGS.
Other revenues decreased to $223 in 2007 from $246 in 2006, a
decrease of $23 or 9%. The decrease was due to declines in NGS
revenues as a result of delay in the issuance and, in some
cases, cancellation of certain intended contract offerings by
the U.S. Federal government.
Other Management EBT includes corporate charges and increased
from a loss of $1,033 in 2006 to a loss of $799 in 2007, an
increase of $234. The increase was primarily driven by an
increase in foreign exchange net gain of $188, an increase in
interest and dividend income of $81. Other SG&A decreased
by $45 primarily due to lower costs related to our internal
control remediation, finance transformation program and business
transformation initiatives, partially offset by increased
interest expense of $41 due to higher debt levels and borrowing
costs and lower gains on sale of certain investments.
2006 vs.
2005
Other revenues are comprised primarily of revenues from NGS.
Other revenues increased to $246 in 2006 from $146 in 2005, an
increase of $100. The increase was due to the addition of a full
year of results from NGS in 2006 as compared to the inclusion of
seven months of results in 2005.
Other Management EBT decreased by $194 in 2006 and was primarily
the result of increases in other items expense of $204,
partially offset by a decline in SG&A expense of $40. The
increase in other items expense was primarily due to an increase
in interest expense of $121 due to higher debt levels and
borrowing costs, lower net foreign transactional gains of $71,
and lower net investment gains of $73. These impacts were
partially offset by increased dividend and interest income of
$25 and increased gains of $31 on changes in the fair value of
derivative financial instruments that did not meet the criteria
for hedge accounting. These increases were partially offset by a
decrease in SG&A expense of $40, primarily due to lower
costs related to our restatement-related activities and internal
control remedial measures, partially offset by costs associated
with our Business Transformation initiatives.
Our total cash and cash equivalents excluding restricted cash
increased by $40 in 2007 to $3,532 as at December 31, 2007,
primarily due to cash from investing activities and the impact
of foreign exchange on cash and cash equivalents, substantially
offset by the use of cash in operating activities.
Our liquidity and capital resources are primarily impacted by:
(i) current cash and cash equivalents, (ii) operating
activities, (iii) investing activities, (iv) financing
activities and (v) foreign exchange rate changes. The
following table summarizes our cash flows by activity and cash
on hand as of December 31:
Advanced billings in excess of revenues recognized to date on
contracts
149
120
102
Restructuring liabilities
(7
)
(21
)
(149
)
Other
(233
)
(69
)
(142
)
Changes in other operating assets and liabilities
(609
)
(379
)
(411
)
Global Class Action Settlement — net
(585
)
—
—
Net cash from (used in) operating activities
(403
)
237
(179
)
Net cash from (used in) investing activities
408
(273
)
(426
)
Net cash from (used in) financing activities
(69
)
483
(60
)
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash
equivalents
104
94
(102
)
Net cash from (used in) operating activities of continuing
operations
40
541
(767
)
Net cash from (used in) operating activities of discontinued
operations
—
—
33
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
40
541
(734
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
3,492
2,951
3,685
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
$
3,532
$
3,492
$
2,951
Operating
Activities
In 2007, our net cash used in operating activities of $403 is
largely due to a reduction in liabilities associated with the
Global Class Action Settlement, including the release of
$585 of restricted cash in the first quarter of 2007. Our net
cash used in operating activities was impacted by net loss of
$957 plus adjustments for non-cash items of $1,570, net cash
from operating assets and liabilities of $178, net cash used in
other operating assets and liabilities of $609. The primary
additions to our net loss for non-cash items were deferred
income taxes of $1,019, amortization and depreciation of $328,
pension and other accruals of $277, minority interest of $115
and share-based compensation expense of $105. These additions
were partially offset by the fair value adjustment to the
non-cash portion of the Global Class Action Settlement
recovery of $54 and other non-cash changes of $205, primarily
due to foreign exchange impacts on long-term assets and
liabilities of $291.
In 2006, our net cash from operating activities of $237 was
driven by net income of $28 plus adjustments for non-cash items
of $658, a net use of cash of $70 due to changes in operating
assets and liabilities, and a net use of cash of $379 due to
changes in other operating assets and liabilities. The primary
additions to our net income for non-cash items of $658 were
pension and other accruals of $346, amortization and
depreciation of $290, share-based compensation expense of $112,
minority interest of $59, and net other additions of $50. These
additions were partially offset by the non-cash portion of the
Global Class Action Settlement recovery of $219 and net
gain on sale of businesses and assets of $200.
Days sales outstanding in accounts receivable
(DSO)(a)
72
75
(a)
DSO is the average number of days our receivables are
outstanding based on a 90 day cycle. DSO is a metric that
approximates the measure of the average number of days from when
we recognize revenue until we collect cash from our customers.
DSO for each quarter is calculated by dividing the quarter end
accounts
receivable-net
balance by revenues for the quarter, in each case as determined
in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and multiplying by
90 days.
Accounts receivable decreased to $2,583 as at December 31,2007 from $2,785 as at December 31, 2006, a decrease of
$202. DSO decreased by 3 days in the fourth quarter of 2007
compared to the fourth quarter of 2006. The decrease in DSO was
due to billing improvements driven by certain specific billing
initiatives as well as effective management and focus on
delinquencies and billing disputes.
NID is the average number of days from procurement to sale of
our product based on a 90 day cycle. NID for each quarter
is calculated by dividing the average of the current quarter and
prior quarter inventories — net (excluding deferred
costs) by the cost of revenues for the quarter and multiplying
by 90 days.
Inventory, excluding deferred costs, increased to $513 as at
December 31, 2007 from $456 as at December 31, 2006,
an increase of $57. NID increased by 4 days compared to the
fourth quarter of 2006. The increase in NID was due to a
decrease in cost of revenues, inventory
build-up
related to new products and customer service improvement
initiatives.
Days of purchasing outstanding in accounts payable
(DPO)(a)
58
49
(a)
DPO is the average number of days from when we receive purchased
goods and services until we pay our suppliers based on a
90 day cycle. DPO for each quarter is calculated by
dividing the quarter end accounts payable by the cost of
revenues for the quarter, in each case as determined in
accordance with U.S. GAAP, and multiplying by 90 days.
Trade accounts payable increased to $1,152 as at
December 31, 2007 from $1,086 at December 31, 2006, an
increase of $66. DPO increased by 9 days compared to the
fourth quarter of 2006. The increase in DPO is attributable to
improved supplier payment terms and improved Accounts Payable
payment processing practices.
Deferred
Revenue
Billing terms and collections periods related to arrangements
under which we defer revenue are generally similar to other
revenue arrangements. Similarly, payment terms and cash outlays
related to products and services associated with delivering
under these arrangements are also generally similar to other
revenue arrangements. As a result, neither cash inflows nor
outflows are unusually impacted under arrangements in which
revenue is deferred, compared to arrangements in which revenue
is not deferred, and the DSO and DPO include all these
arrangements.
Investing
Activities
In 2007, our net cash from investing activities was $408, driven
by a decrease in restricted cash and cash equivalents of $563,
primarily related to the finalization of the Global
Class Action Settlement and proceeds of $90 primarily
related to the sale of our facility located in Montreal, Quebec,
partially offset by expenditures for plant and equipment of $235.
In 2006, net cash used in investing activities was $273 and was
primarily due to an increase in restricted cash and cash
equivalents of $557, primarily related to the Global
Class Action Settlement, $146 for investments and
acquisitions of
businesses, net of cash acquired, including $99 related to our
acquisition of Tasman Networks, $316 for the purchase of plant
and equipment, which were partially offset by proceeds from
disposals of plant and equipment of $143, and $603 related to
the proceeds on sale of certain investments and businesses which
we no longer consider strategic, including $306 related to the
sale of certain assets and liabilities related to our UMTS
access business and $219 related to the transfer of certain
manufacturing assets to Flextronics.
Financing
Activities
In 2007, our net cash used in financing activities was $69,
resulting from dividends of $52 primarily paid by NNL related to
its outstanding preferred shares and $23 related to debt
issuance costs. We used the net proceeds of $1,127 from the
offering of the Convertible Notes completed in the first quarter
of 2007 to redeem in the third quarter of 2007 $1,125, plus
accrued and unpaid interest, of our 4.25% Notes due 2008.
In 2006, our net cash from financing activities was $483 and was
primarily from (i) cash proceeds of $2,000 from the
issuance of the July 2006 Notes, the proceeds of which were used
to repay $1,300 outstanding under the 2006 Credit Facility,
which facility had been primarily used to repay $1,275 relating
to the aggregate principal amount of the NNL 6.125% Notes
and to replenish cash outflows of $150 used to repay at maturity
the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the
7.40% Notes due June 15, 2006 and (ii) net
proceeds from other notes payable of $26 partially offset by,
(iii) dividends of $60 primarily paid by NNL related to its
outstanding preferred shares and (iv) other payments of
$58, including $42 in transaction costs associated with the
issuance of the July 2006 Notes.
Other
Items
In 2007, our cash increased by $104 due to favorable effects of
changes in foreign exchange rates, primarily due to the
strengthening of the Canadian Dollar, the British Pound and the
Euro against the U.S. Dollar.
In 2006, our cash increased by $94 due to favorable effects of
changes in foreign exchange rates primarily of the Euro and the
British Pound against the U.S. Dollar.
Convertible
Notes Offering
On March 28, 2007, we completed a $1,150 offering of the
Convertible Notes to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to
Rule 144A under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, or the Securities Act, and in Canada to qualified
institutional buyers that are also accredited investors pursuant
to applicable Canadian private placement exemptions. The
Convertible Notes consist of $575 principal amount of
convertible senior notes due 2012, or the 2012 Notes, and $575
of convertible senior notes due 2014, or the 2014 Notes, in each
case, including $75 principal amount of Convertible Notes issued
pursuant to the exercise in full of over-allotment options
granted to the initial purchasers. The 2012 Notes pay interest
semi-annually at a rate per annum of 1.75% and the 2014 Notes
pay interest semi-annually at a rate per annum of 2.125%.
The 2012 Notes and 2014 Notes are each convertible into our
common shares at any time based on an initial conversion rate of
31.25 common shares per $1,000.00 principal amount of
Convertible Notes (which is equal to an initial conversion price
of $32.00 per common share), which rate is not a beneficial
conversion option. In each case, the conversion rate is subject
to adjustment in certain events, including a change of control.
Holders who convert their Convertible Notes in connection with
certain events resulting in a change in control may be entitled
to a “make-whole” premium in the form of an increase
in the conversion rate.
Upon a change of control, we would be required to offer to
repurchase the Convertible Notes for cash at 100% of the
outstanding principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid
interest and additional interest, if any, to but not including
the date of repurchase.
We may redeem in cash the 2012 Notes and the 2014 Notes at any
time on or after April 15, 2011 and April 15, 2013,
respectively, at repurchase prices equal to 100.35% and 100.30%
of their outstanding principal amount, respectively, plus
accrued and unpaid interest and any additional interest up to
but excluding the applicable redemption date. We may redeem each
series of Convertible Notes at any time in cash at a repurchase
price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount, together
with accrued and unpaid interest and any additional interest to
the redemption date, in the event of certain changes in
applicable Canadian withholding taxes.
The Convertible Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed
by NNL, and initially guaranteed by Nortel Networks Inc., or
NNI. The Convertible Notes are senior unsecured obligations and
rank pari passu with all of our other senior
obligations. Each guarantee is the senior unsecured obligation
of the respective guarantor and ranks pari passu with all other
senior obligations of that guarantor.
In connection with the issuance of the Convertible Notes, we,
NNL and NNI entered into a registration rights agreement
obligating us to file with the SEC prior to or on
October 5, 2007, and to use our reasonable best efforts to
cause to become effective prior to or on January 5, 2008, a
resale shelf registration statement covering the Convertible
Notes, the related guarantees and the common shares issuable
upon conversion of the Convertible Notes. We filed the resale
shelf registration statement on
Form S-3
with the SEC on September 24, 2007, and it was declared
effective on December 21, 2007.
Future
Uses and Sources of Liquidity
The forward-looking statements below are subject to important
risks, uncertainties and assumptions, which are difficult to
predict and the actual outcome may be materially different from
that anticipated. See the Risk Factors section of this report.
We believe the following are the key uncertainties that exist
regarding our liquidity:
•
We expect our ability to increase revenue and generate positive
cash from operating activities to be a primary uncertainty
regarding our liquidity. In prior years, our operating results
have generally produced negative cash flow from operations due
in large part to our inability to reduce operating expenses as a
percentage of revenue and the continued negative impact on gross
margin due to competitive pressures, product mix and other
factors discussed in this report. If capital spending by our
customers changes or pricing and margins change from what we
currently expect, due to current economic uncertainties in North
America or elsewhere raising concerns about decreases in
projected spending rates by both carrier and enterprise
customers, or for other reasons, our revenues and cash flows may
be materially lower and we may be required to further reduce our
investments or take other measures in order to meet our cash
requirements;
•
Our ability and willingness to access the capital markets is
based on many factors including market conditions and our
overall financial objectives. Currently, our ability is limited
by the covenant restrictions in our indentures and by our and
NNL’s credit ratings both of which have, in part,
contributed to our increased interest and borrowing costs. We
cannot provide any assurance that our net cash requirements will
be as we currently expect, that we will be able to refinance any
maturing debt as it comes due or that financings will be
available to us on acceptable terms, or at all; and
•
We are subject to litigation proceedings and, as a result, any
judgments or settlements in connection with our pending civil
litigation not encompassed by the Global Class Action
Settlement, or criminal investigations related to the
restatements, could have a material adverse effect on our
business, results of operations, financial condition and
liquidity, other than anticipated professional fees.
Future
Uses of Liquidity
Our cash requirements for the 12 months commencing
January 1, 2008 are primarily expected to consist of
funding for operations, including our investments in R&D,
and the following items:
•
cash contributions for pension, post retirement and post
employment funding of approximately $350;
•
capital expenditures of approximately $200;
•
costs related to workforce reductions and real estate actions in
connection with the 2007 and prior restructuring plans of
approximately $130;
•
costs related to workforce reductions and other restructuring
activities for all 2008 restructuring plans of approximately
$157;
•
costs associated with ongoing contractual commitments related to
the divestiture of our manufacturing operations to Flextronics
of approximately $70;
•
outstanding principal amount of 4.25% Notes due 2008 of up
to $675, if not refinanced in whole or in part; and
•
an earn-out payment to LGE, of approximately $51 based on the
2007 performance of LG-Nortel.
Also, from time to time, we may purchase or redeem our
outstanding debt securities
and/or
convertible notes and may enter into acquisitions or joint
ventures as opportunities arise.
Pensions, post-retirement benefits and
post-employment
obligations(e)
350
—
—
—
—
—
350
Other long-term liabilities reflected on the
balance
sheet(f)
28
4
5
5
4
119
165
Total contractual cash obligations
$
1,537
$
419
$
403
$
1,340
$
839
$
3,184
$
7,722
(a)
Amounts represent our known, undiscounted, minimum contractual
payment obligations under our long-term obligations and include
amounts identified as contractual obligations in current
liabilities of the accompanying audited consolidated financial
statements as of December 31, 2007.
(b)
Includes principal payments due on long-term debt and $296 of
capital lease obligations. For additional information, see
note 10, “Long-term debt”, to the accompanying
audited consolidated financial statements.
(c)
Amounts represent interest obligations on our long-term debt
excluding capital leases as at December 31, 2007. As
described in note 11, “Financial instruments and
hedging activities”, to the accompanying audited
consolidated financial statements, we have entered into certain
interest rate swap contracts, which swap fixed rate payments for
floating rate payments. For the purposes of estimating our
future payment obligations with regards to floating rate
payments, we have used the floating rate in effect as at
December 31, 2007.
(d)
For additional information, see note 13,
“Commitments”, to the accompanying audited
consolidated financial statements.
(e)
Represents our estimate of our 2008 pension, post-retirement and
post-employment obligations only. We will continue to have
funding obligations in each future period; however, we are not
currently able to estimate those amounts.
(f)
Includes asset retirement
obligations, deferred compensation and tax liabilities under
FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in
Income Taxes. $21 has been classified as current and therefore
reflected in 2008 and $71 in “thereafter” as we are
unable to reasonably project the ultimate amount or timing of
settlement of our reserves for income taxes. See note 7,
Income taxes, in the notes to the consolidated financial
statements for further discussion.
Purchase
obligations
Purchase obligation amounts in the above table represent the
minimum obligation under our supply arrangements related to
products
and/or
services entered into in the normal course of our business.
Where the arrangement specifies quantity, pricing and timing
information, we have included that arrangement in the amounts
presented above. In certain cases, these arrangements define an
end date of the contract, but do not specify timing of payments
between December 31, 2007 and the end date of the
agreement. In those cases, we have estimated the timing of the
payments based on forecasted usage rates.
Outsourcing contract amounts in the table above represent our
minimum contractual obligation for services provided to us for a
portion of our information services function. The amount payable
under these outsourcing contracts is variable to the extent that
our hardware volumes and workforce fluctuates from the baseline
levels contained in the contracts and our contractual obligation
could increase above such baseline amount. If our hardware
volumes or workforce were to fall below the baseline levels in
the contracts, we would be required to make the minimum payments
included above.
Obligations
under special charges
Obligations under special charges in the above table reflect
undiscounted amounts related to contract settlement and lease
costs and are expected to be substantially drawn down by the end
of 2022. Included in the December 31, 2007 balance sheet is
a provision in the amount of $229 reflecting the discounted
balances of the obligations under special charges net of
estimated sublease rentals. Balance sheet provisions of $51 for
workforce reduction costs, included in restructuring in current
liabilities in the accompanying audited consolidated financial
statements, have not been reflected in the contractual cash
obligations table above.
During 2007, we made cash contributions to our defined benefit
pension plans of $338 and to our post-retirement benefit plans
of $38. In 2008, we expect to make cash contributions of
approximately $270 to our defined benefit pension plans and
approximately $80 to our post-retirement and post-employment
benefit plans.
Other
long-term liabilities reflected on the balance
sheet
Other long-term liabilities reflected on the balance sheet
relate to asset retirement obligations and deferred compensation
accruals. Payment information related to our asset retirement
obligations has been presented based on the termination date
after the first renewal period of the associated lease
contracts. Payment information related to our deferred
compensation accruals has been presented based on the
anticipated retirement dates of the employees participating in
the programs.
Future
Sources of Liquidity
In recent years, our operating results have generally not
produced significant cash flow from operations due in large part
to our inability to reduce operating expenses as a percentage of
revenue and the negative impact on gross profit due to
competitive pressures, product mix and other factors discussed
above under “Results of Operations”. In addition, we
have made significant cash payments related to our restructuring
programs and pension plans. Our ability to generate sustainable
cash from operations will depend on our ability to generate
profitable revenue streams, reduce our operating expenses and
continue to improve our working capital management.
As of December 31, 2007, our primary source of liquidity
was cash. We believe our cash will be sufficient to fund our
business model (see “Executive Overview — Our
Business and Strategy”) and investments in our business and
meet our customer commitments for at least the 12 month
period commencing January 1, 2008, including the cash
expenditures outlined under “Future Uses of Liquidity”
above.
Available
support facility
On February 14, 2003, NNL entered into a $750 support
facility with Export Development Canada, or the EDC Support
Facility. As of December 31, 2007, the EDC Support Facility
provided for up to $750 in support including:
•
$300 of committed revolving support for performance bonds or
similar instruments with individual amounts of up to $25, of
which $89 was outstanding; and
•
$450 of uncommitted revolving support for performance bonds or
similar instruments
and/or
receivables sales
and/or
securitizations, of which $57 was outstanding.
The EDC Support Facility provides that EDC may suspend its
obligation to issue NNL any additional support if events occur
that would have a material adverse effect on NNL’s
business, financial position or results of operation. In
addition, the EDC Support Facility can be suspended or
terminated if an event of default has occurred and is continuing
under the EDC Support Facility or if NNL’s senior unsecured
long-term corporate debt rating by Moody’s Investors
Service, or Moody’s, has been downgraded to less than B3 or
if its debt rating by Standard & Poor’s, or
S&P, has been downgraded to less than B-.
EDC has also agreed to provide future support under the EDC
Support Facility on an unsecured basis and without the
guarantees of NNL’s subsidiaries provided that should NNL
or its subsidiaries incur liens on its assets securing certain
indebtedness, or should any subsidiary of NNL incur or guarantee
certain indebtedness in the future above agreed thresholds,
equal and ratable security
and/or
guarantees of NNL’s obligations under the EDC Support
Facility would be required at that time.
During the first half of 2006, NNL’s obligations under the
EDC Support Facility were equally and ratably secured with the
2006 Credit Facility and our 6.875% notes due September
2023 by a pledge of substantially all of our and NNL’s
U.S. and Canadian personal property and the
U.S. personal property of NNI. NNL’s obligations under
the EDC Support Facility also were guaranteed by us and NNI at
such time. These guarantees and security agreements were
terminated on July 5, 2006 with the repayment of the 2006
Credit Facility. In connection with the offering of the July
2006 Notes, NNL, NNI and EDC entered into a new guarantee
agreement dated July 4, 2006 by which NNI agreed to
guarantee NNL’s obligations under the EDC Support Facility
during such time that the July 2006 Notes are guaranteed by NNI.
On March 9, 2007, NNL obtained a waiver from EDC relating
to the breach of certain provisions of NNL’s EDC Support
Facility related to the restatement by NNL of certain of its
prior period results. As a result of this waiver, EDC will
abstain from the right to refuse to issue additional support and
to terminate its commitments under the Support Facility.
The waiver was valid only for the breach resulting from the
restatement of NNL’s results covered in NNC’s press
release dated March 1, 2007.
Effective December 14, 2007, NNL and EDC amended the EDC
Support Facility to (i) extend the termination date of the
facility to December 31, 2011, (ii) provide for
automatic annual renewal of the facility each following year,
unless either party provides written notice to the other of its
intent to terminate, (iii) increase the maximum size of
individual bonds supported under the committed portion of the
facility from $10 to $25, (iv) provide support for
individual bonds with expiry dates of up to four years and
(v) limit the restriction on the ability to secure
indebtedness to apply only to NNL and NNI and
Nortel Networks Capital Corporation at any time that
NNL’s senior long-term debt is rated as investment grade.
Short-form
registration of securities
In June 2007, we again became eligible to make use of short-form
registration statements for the registration of our securities
with the SEC. Although we filed a shelf registration statement
with the SEC in 2002, the information contained in that
shelf-registration statement is not current. In order to make
use of a short-form registration statement for issuance of
securities, we would need to either update the information
contained in that shelf registration statement or file a new
shelf registration statement and a new base shelf prospectus
containing current, updated information.
Credit
Ratings
Moody’s
S&P
NNL’s Corporate Family Rating / Corporate Credit Rating
B3
B−
NNL’s $2.0B High-Yield Notes
B3
B−
NNC’s $1.8B Convertible Notes due 2008
B3
B−
NNC’s $1.15B Convertible Notes due 2012 and 2014
B3
B−
NNL’s $200 Notes due 2023
B3
CCC
Nortel Networks Capital Corporation’s $150 Notes due 2026
B3
CCC
NNL Preferred Shares:
Series 5
Caa3
CCC−
Series 7
Caa3
CCC−
On March 22, 2007, S&P affirmed its B− long-term
credit rating on NNL with an outlook of stable. On
March 22, 2007, Moody’s affirmed the B3 Corporate
Family Rating on our and NNL’s stable outlook. There can be
no assurance that our credit ratings will not be lowered or that
these ratings agencies will not issue adverse commentaries about
us or NNL, potentially resulting in higher financing costs and
reduced access to capital markets or alternative financing
arrangements. A reduction in our credit ratings may also affect
our ability, and the cost, to securitize receivables, obtain
bid, performance related and other bonds, access the EDC Support
Facility
and/or enter
into normal course derivative or hedging transactions.
During the normal course of business, we provide bid,
performance, warranty and other types of bonds, which we refer
to collectively as bonds, via financial intermediaries to
various customers in support of commercial contracts, typically
for the supply of telecommunications equipment and services. If
we fail to perform under the applicable contract, the customer
may be able to draw upon all or a portion of the bond as a
remedy for our failure to perform. An unwillingness or inability
to issue bid and performance related bonds could have a material
negative impact on our revenues and gross margin. The contracts
which these bonds support generally have terms ranging from one
to five years. Bid bonds generally have a term of less than
twelve months, depending on the length of the bid period for the
applicable contract. Performance-related and other bonds
generally have a term of twelve months and are typically
renewed, if required, over the term of the applicable contract.
Historically, we have not made, and we do not anticipate that we
will be required to make, material payments under these types of
bonds.
The EDC Support Facility is used to support bid and performance
bonds with varying terms, including those with at least
365 day terms. Any bid or performance related bonds with
terms that extend beyond December 31, 2011 are generally
not eligible for the support provided by this facility. If the
facility is not further extended beyond December 31, 2011,
we would likely need to utilize cash collateral to support bid,
performance related and other related bonding obligations.
Our accompanying audited consolidated financial statements are
based on the selection and application of accounting policies
generally accepted in the U.S., which require us to make
significant estimates and assumptions. We believe that the
following accounting policies and estimates may involve a higher
degree of judgment and complexity in their application and
represent our critical accounting policies and estimates:
revenue recognition, provisions for doubtful accounts,
provisions for inventory, provisions for product warranties,
income taxes, goodwill valuation, pension and post-retirement
benefits, special charges and other contingencies.
In general, any changes in estimates or assumptions relating to
revenue recognition, provisions for doubtful accounts,
provisions for inventory and other contingencies (excluding
legal contingencies) are directly reflected in the results of
our reportable operating segments. Changes in estimates or
assumptions pertaining to our tax asset valuations, our pension
and post-retirement benefits and our legal contingencies are
generally not reflected in our reportable operating segments,
but are reflected on a consolidated basis.
We have discussed the application of these critical accounting
policies and estimates with the Audit Committee of our Board of
Directors.
Revenue
Recognition
Our material revenue streams are the result of a wide range of
activities, from custom design and installation over a period of
time to a single delivery of equipment to a customer. Our
networking solutions also cover a broad range of technologies
and are offered on a global basis. As a result, our revenue
recognition policies can differ depending on the level of
customization within the solution and the contractual terms with
the customer. Newer technologies within one of our reporting
segments may also have different revenue recognition
implications depending on, among other factors, the specific
performance and acceptance criteria within the applicable
contract. Therefore, management must use significant judgment in
determining how to apply the current accounting standards and
interpretations, not only based on the networking solution, but
also within networking solutions based on reviewing the level of
customization and contractual terms with the customer. As a
result, our revenues may fluctuate from period to period based
on the mix of solutions sold and the geographic region in which
they are sold.
We regularly enter into multiple contractual agreements with the
same customer. These agreements are reviewed to determine
whether they should be evaluated as one arrangement in
accordance with AICPA Technical Practice Aid, or TPA 5100.39,
“Software Revenue recognition for multiple-element
arrangements”.
When a customer arrangement involves multiple deliverables where
the deliverables are governed by more than one authoritative
standard, we evaluate all deliverables to determine whether they
represent separate units of accounting based on the following
criteria:
•
whether the delivered item has value to the customer on a
stand-alone basis;
•
whether there is objective and reliable evidence of the fair
value of the undelivered item(s); and
if the contract includes a general right of return relative to
the delivered item, delivery or performance of the undelivered
item(s) is considered probable and is substantially in our
control.
Our determination of whether deliverables within a multiple
element arrangement can be treated separately for revenue
recognition purposes involves significant estimates and
judgment, such as whether fair value can be established for
undelivered obligations
and/or
whether delivered elements have stand-alone value to the
customer. Changes to our assessment of the accounting units in
an arrangement
and/or our
ability to establish fair values could significantly change the
timing of revenue recognition.
If objective and reliable evidence of fair value exists for all
units of accounting in the contract, revenue is allocated to
each unit of accounting or element based on relative fair
values. In situations where there is objective and reliable
evidence of fair value for all undelivered elements, but not for
delivered elements, the residual method is used to allocate the
contract consideration. Under the residual method, the amount of
revenue allocated to delivered elements equals the total
arrangement consideration less the aggregate fair value of any
undelivered elements. Each unit of accounting is then accounted
for under the applicable revenue recognition guidance. If
sufficient evidence of fair value cannot be established for an
undelivered element, revenue and related cost for delivered
elements are deferred until the earlier of when fair value is
established or all remaining elements have been delivered. Once
there is only one remaining element to be delivered within the
unit of accounting, the deferred revenue and costs are
recognized based on the revenue recognition guidance applicable
to the last delivered element. For instance, where postcontract
customer support is the last delivered element within the unit
of accounting, the deferred revenue and costs are recognized
ratably over the remaining postcontract customer support term
once postcontract customer support is the only undelivered
element.
Our assessment of which revenue recognition guidance is
appropriate to account for a deliverable also can involve
significant judgment. For instance, the determination of whether
software is more than incidental to hardware can impact whether
the hardware product is accounted for under software revenue
recognition under AICPA Statement of Position, or SOP,
97-2,
“Software Revenue Recognition”, or
SOP 97-2,
or based on general revenue recognition guidance. This
assessment could significantly impact the amount and timing of
revenue recognition.
Many of our products are integrated with software that is
embedded in our hardware at delivery and where the software is
essential to the functionality of the hardware. In those cases
where indications are that software is more than incidental to
the product, such as where the transaction includes software
upgrades or enhancements, we apply software revenue recognition
rules to determine the amount and timing of revenue recognition.
The assessment of whether software is more than incidental to
the hardware requires significant judgment and may change over
time as our product offerings evolve. A change in this
assessment, whereby software becomes more than incidental to the
hardware product may have a significant impact on the timing of
recognition of revenue and related costs.
For elements related to customized network solutions and certain
network build-outs, revenues are recognized in accordance with
SOP 81-1,
Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain
Production-Type Contracts, or
SOP 81-1
generally using the percentage-of-completion method. In using
the percentage-of-completion method, revenues are generally
recorded based on the percentage of costs incurred to date on a
contract relative to the estimated total expected contract
costs. Profit estimates on these contracts are revised
periodically based on changes in circumstances and any losses on
contracts are recognized in the period that such losses become
known. In circumstances where reasonably dependable cost
estimates cannot be made for a customized network solution or
build-out, or for which inherent hazards make estimates
doubtful, all revenues and related costs are deferred until
completion of the solution or element, or the completed contract
method. Generally, the terms of
SOP 81-1
contracts provide for progress billings based on completion of
certain phases of work. Unbilled
SOP 81-1
contract revenues recognized are accumulated in the contracts in
progress account included in accounts receivable —
net. Billings in excess of revenues recognized to date on these
contracts are recorded as advance billings in excess of revenues
recognized to date on contracts within other accrued liabilities
until recognized as revenue. This classification also applies to
billings in advance of revenue recognized on combined units of
accounting under
EITF 00-21
that contain both
SOP 81-1
and non
SOP 81-1
elements. Significant judgment is also required when estimating
total contract costs and progress to completion on the
arrangements as well as whether a loss is expected to be
incurred on the contract. Management uses historical experience,
project plans and an assessment of the risks and uncertainties
inherent in the arrangement to establish these estimates.
Uncertainties include implementation delays or performance
issues that may or may not be within our control. Changes in
these estimates could result in a material impact on revenues
and net earnings (loss).
Revenue for hardware that does not require significant
customization, and where any software is considered incidental,
is recognized under SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin 104,
Revenue Recognition, or SAB 104. Under SAB 104,
revenue is
recognized provided that persuasive evidence of an arrangement
exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered,
the fee is fixed or determinable and collectibility is
reasonably assured.
For hardware, delivery is considered to have occurred upon
shipment provided that risk of loss, and in certain
jurisdictions, legal title, has been transferred to the
customer. For arrangements where the criteria for revenue
recognition have not been met because legal title or risk of
loss on products did not transfer to the buyer until final
payment had been received or where delivery had not occurred,
revenue is deferred to a later period when title or risk of loss
passes either on delivery or on receipt of payment from the
customer. For arrangements where the customer agrees to purchase
products but we retain possession until the customer requests
shipment, or “bill and hold” arrangements, revenue is
not recognized until delivery to the customer has occurred and
all other revenue recognition criteria have been met.
Software revenue is generally recognized under
SOP 97-2.
For software arrangements involving multiple elements, we
allocate revenue to each element based on the relative fair
value or the residual method, as applicable using vendor
specific objective evidence to determine fair value, which is
based on prices charged when the element is sold separately.
Software revenue accounted for under
SOP 97-2
is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists,
the software is delivered in accordance with all terms and
conditions of the customer contracts, the fee is fixed or
determinable and collectibility is probable. Revenue related to
postcontract customer support, or PCS, including technical
support and unspecified
when-and-if
available software upgrades, is recognized ratably over the PCS
term.
Under
SOP 97-2
or under Emerging Issues Task Force, or EITF, Issue No
00-21,
“Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables” or
EITF 00-21,
if fair value does not exist for any undelivered element,
revenue is not recognized until the earlier of when (i) the
undelivered element is delivered or (ii) fair value of the
undelivered element is established, unless the undelivered
element is a service, in which case revenue is recognized as the
service is performed once the service is the only undelivered
element.
We make certain sales through multiple distribution channels,
primarily resellers and distributors. These customers are
generally given certain rights of return. For products sold
through these distribution channels, revenue is recognized from
product sales at the time of shipment to the distribution
channel when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists,
delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable and
collectibility is reasonably assured. Accruals for estimated
sales returns and other allowances and deferrals are recorded as
a reduction of revenue at the time of revenue recognition. These
provisions are based on contract terms and prior claims
experience and involve significant estimates. If these estimates
are significantly different from actual results, our revenue
could be impacted.
We provide extended payment terms on certain software contracts
and may sell these receivables to third parties. The fees on
these contracts are considered fixed or determinable if the
contracts are similar to others for which we have a standard
business practice of providing extended payment terms and have a
history of successfully collecting under the original payment
terms without making concessions. If fees are not considered
fixed or determinable at the outset of the arrangement, revenue
for delivered products is deferred until the fees become legally
due and payable and therefore estimates and judgment in this
area can impact the timing of revenue recognition.
The collectibility of trade and notes receivables is also
critical in determining whether revenue should be recognized. As
part of the revenue recognition process, we determine whether
trade or notes receivables are reasonably assured of collection
and whether there has been deterioration in the credit quality
of our customers that could result in our inability to collect
the receivables. We will defer revenue but recognize related
costs if we are uncertain about whether we will be able to
collect the receivable. As a result, our estimates and judgment
regarding customer credit quality could significantly impact the
timing and amount of revenue recognition.
We have a significant deferred revenue balance relative to our
consolidated revenue. Recognition of this deferred revenue over
time can have a material impact on our consolidated revenue in
any period and result in significant fluctuations.
The complexities of our contractual arrangements result in the
deferral of revenue for a number of reasons, the most
significant of which are discussed below:
•
Complex arrangements that involve multiple deliverables such as
future software deliverables,
and/or post
contractual customer support which remain undelivered generally
result in the deferral of revenue because, in most cases, we
have not established fair value for the undelivered elements. We
estimate that these arrangements account for approximately 50%
of our deferred revenue balance and will be recognized upon
delivery of the final undelivered elements and over time.
•
In many instances our contractual billing arrangements do not
match the timing of the recognition of revenue. Often this
occurs in contracts accounted for under
SOP 81-1
where we generally recognize the revenue based on a
measure of the percentage of costs incurred to date relative to
the estimated total expected contract costs. We estimate that
approximately 10% of our deferred revenue balance relates to
contractual arrangements where billing milestones preceded
revenue recognition.
The impact of the deferral of revenues on our liquidity is
discussed in “Liquidity and Capital Resources —
Operating Activities” above.
The following table summarizes our deferred revenue balances:
Deferred revenues decreased by $289 in 2007 as a result of
reductions related to the net release to revenue of
approximately $367 and other adjustments of $6, offset by
increase due to foreign exchange of $84. The release of deferred
revenue to revenue is net of the additional deferrals recorded
during 2007.
Provisions
for Doubtful Accounts
In establishing the appropriate provisions for trade, notes and
long-term receivables due from customers, we make assumptions
with respect to their future collectibility. Our assumptions are
based on an individual assessment of a customer’s credit
quality as well as subjective factors and trends. Generally,
these individual credit assessments occur prior to the inception
of the credit exposure and at regular reviews during the life of
the exposure and consider:
•
age of the receivables;
•
customer’s ability to meet and sustain its financial
commitments;
•
customer’s current and projected financial condition;
•
collection experience with the customer;
•
historical bad debt experience with the customer;
•
the positive or negative effects of the current and projected
industry outlook; and
•
the economy in general.
Once we consider all of these individual factors, an appropriate
provision is then made, which takes into consideration the
likelihood of loss and our ability to establish a reasonable
estimate.
In addition to these individual assessments, regional accounts
past due provision is established for outstanding trade accounts
receivable amounts based on a review of balances greater than
six months past due. A regional trend analysis, based on past
and expected write-off activity, is performed on a regular basis
to determine the likelihood of loss and establish a reasonable
estimate.
The following table summarizes our accounts receivable and
long-term receivable balances and related reserves as of:
When making these estimates, we consider general economic
conditions and growth prospects within our customers’
ultimate marketplace, and the market acceptance of our current
and pending products. These judgments must be made in the
context of our customers’ shifting technology needs and
changes in the geographic mix of our customers. With respect to
our provisioning policy, in general, we fully reserve for
surplus inventory in excess of our 365 day demand forecast
or that we deem to be obsolete. Generally, our inventory
provisions have an inverse relationship with the projected
demand for our products. For example, our provisions usually
increase as projected demand decreases due to adverse changes in
the conditions mentioned above. We have experienced significant
changes in required provisions in recent periods due to changes
in strategic direction, such as discontinuances of product
lines, as well as declining market conditions. A
misinterpretation or misunderstanding of any of these conditions
could result in inventory losses in excess of the provisions
determined to be appropriate as of the balance sheet date.
Our inventory includes certain direct and incremental deferred
costs associated with arrangements where title and risk of loss
was transferred to customers but revenue was deferred due to
other revenue recognition criteria not being met. We have not
recorded excess and obsolete provisions against this type of
inventory.
The following table summarizes our inventory balances and other
related reserves as of:
Inventory provisions as a percentage of gross inventory
29
%
29
%
Inventory provisions as a percentage of gross inventory
excluding deferred
costs(b)
64
%
69
%
(a)
Includes the long-term portion of
inventory related to deferred costs of $209 and $419 as of
December 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively,
which is included in other assets.
Inventory provisions decreased by $100 primarily as a result of
$251 of scrapped inventory and $111 due to sale of inventory,
partially offset by $152 of additional inventory provisions,
foreign exchange adjustments of $82 and a reclassification of
$28. In the future, we may be required to make significant
adjustments to these provisions for the sale
and/or
disposition of inventory that was provided for in prior periods.
Provisions
for Product Warranties
Provisions are recorded for estimated costs related to
warranties given to customers on our products to cover defects.
These provisions are calculated based on historical return rates
as well as on estimates that take into consideration the
historical material costs and the associated labor costs to
correct the product defect. Known product defects are
specifically provided for as we become aware of such defects.
Revisions are made when actual experience differs materially
from historical experience. These provisions for product
warranties are part of the cost of revenues and are accrued when
the product is delivered and recognized in the same period as
the related revenue. They represent the best possible estimate,
at the time the sale is made, of the expenses to be incurred
under the warranty granted. Warranty terms generally range from
one to six years from the date of sale depending upon the
product. Warranty related costs incurred prior to revenue being
recognized are capitalized and recognized as an expense when the
related revenue is recognized.
We accrue for warranty costs as part of our cost of revenues
based on associated material costs and labor costs. Material
cost is estimated based primarily upon historical trends in the
volume of product returns within the warranty period and the
cost to repair or replace the product. Labor cost is estimated
based primarily upon historical trends in the rate of customer
warranty claims and projected claims within the warranty period.
The following table summarizes the accrual for product
warranties that was recorded as part of other accrued
liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets as of:
We engage in extensive product quality programs and processes,
including actively monitoring and evaluating the quality of our
component suppliers. Our estimated warranty obligation is based
upon warranty terms, ongoing product failure rates, historical
material costs and the associated labor costs to correct the
product defect. If actual product failure rates, material
replacement costs, service or labor costs differ from our
estimates, revisions to the estimated warranty provision would
be required. If we experience an increase in warranty claims
compared with our historical experience, or if the cost of
servicing warranty claims is greater than the expectations on
which the accrual is based, our gross margin could be negatively
affected.
Income
Taxes
Tax
Asset Valuation
As of December 31, 2007, our deferred tax asset balance was
$6,712, against which we have recorded a valuation allowance of
$3,389, resulting in a net deferred tax asset of $3,323. As of
December 31, 2006, our net deferred tax asset was $4,042.
The reduction of $719 is primarily attributable to a write-down
of the Canadian deferred tax asset through an increase in
valuation allowance, partially offset by the effects of foreign
exchange translation, the reclassification of certain deferred
tax liabilities into a long-term liability in accordance with
FIN 48 and by the normal changes in deferred tax assets for
profitable jurisdictions resulting from operations in the
ordinary course of business. We currently have deferred tax
assets resulting from net operating loss carryforwards, tax
credit carryforwards and deductible temporary differences, which
are available to reduce future income taxes payable in our
significant tax jurisdictions (namely Canada, the U.S., the U.K.
and France).
During the second and fourth quarters of 2007, the Canadian
government enacted reductions in the federal income tax rate of
0.5% and 3.5%, respectively. The overall reduction of 4% will be
phased in through 2012, at which time the federal income tax
rate will be 15%. As a result of this rate change, our gross
deferred tax asset was reduced by approximately $108 with a
corresponding decrease in the amount of valuation allowance
established against the gross deferred tax asset. In addition,
because the reduction in federal income tax rates increased the
time periods over which we expect to utilize the tax asset,
those rate changes contributed to an additional change in
management’s assessment of the expected realization of the
deferred tax assets as discussed in the
“Canada” section below.
During the third and fourth quarters of 2007, the German, U.K.,
and Chinese governments enacted income tax rate changes. As a
result of these rate changes, our gross deferred tax assets were
reduced by $29 with a corresponding charge to tax expense
of the same amount.
We adopted FIN 48 effective January 1, 2007. As a
result of the adoption, we recognized an approximately $1
increase to reserves for uncertain tax positions. This increase
was accounted for as an increase to the January 1, 2007
accumulated deficit. Additionally, as a result of adoption, we
reduced our gross deferred tax assets by approximately $1,524,
including a reduction of $749 related to the future tax benefit
of the Global Class Action Settlement, and $620 related to
the capital losses. This reduction had no impact on our reported
net deferred tax asset. At December 31, 2007, our gross
unrecognized tax benefit was $1,329.
We assess the expected realization of these deferred tax assets
quarterly to determine whether an income tax valuation allowance
is required. Based on available evidence, both positive and
negative, we determine whether it is more likely than not that
all or a portion of the remaining net deferred tax assets will
be realized. The main factors that we believe provide evidence
about the realizability of our net deferred tax asset are
discussed in further detail below and include the following:
•
the amount of, and trends related to, cumulative earnings or
losses realized over the most recent 12 quarters;
our current period net earnings (loss) and its impact on our
strong history of earnings prior to 2001;
•
future earnings projections as determined through the use of
internal forecasts, including the impact of sales backlog and
existing contracts;
•
our ability to carry forward our tax losses and investment tax
credits, including tax planning strategies to accelerate
utilization of such assets;
•
industry, business, or other circumstances that may adversely
affect future operations, and the nature of the future income
required to realize our deferred tax asset.
In evaluating the positive and negative evidence, the weight we
assign each type of evidence is proportionate to the extent to
which it can be objectively verified.
In the third quarter of 2002, primarily as a result of
significant operating losses incurred in 2001 and 2002 and the
impact of those losses on our measure of cumulative losses over
the 12 preceding quarters, we recorded a valuation allowance
against a portion of the deferred tax assets in certain of our
significant jurisdictions (namely Canada, the U.S., and France).
Management has concluded that the appropriate length of time for
measuring cumulative losses is the most recent three years
results, inclusive of the current year.
The establishment of this valuation allowance coincided with an
overall economic shift and significant downturn in the
telecommunications industry. The establishment of a valuation
allowance against only a portion of our deferred tax assets in
certain of our significant jurisdictions was indicative of our
expectation that the telecommunications industry and our results
would improve in the near future. Our expectations of
improvement were met in 2003, as we returned to profitability
during that year.
In the third quarter of 2002, we placed significant weight on
the negative evidence related to our cumulative losses. However,
we also placed significant weight on the positive evidence of
our strong earnings history, as we had operated at a consistent,
cumulative profit prior to 2001.
Since the third quarter of 2002, through the third quarter of
2007, we have not significantly adjusted the level of our net
deferred tax assets in Canada, the U.S., or France other than to
present the changes in our deferred tax assets related to
foreign currency translation, and the additions of certain
refundable tax credits in France. Thus, we have provided
valuation allowances against the deferred tax benefit related to
our losses and other temporary differences in these
jurisdictions for the applicable periods since establishing the
valuation allowance.
In each reporting period since 2002, we have considered the
factors listed above to determine if any further adjustments
need to be made to the net deferred tax asset on a
jurisdictional basis. As discussed below, we evaluate cumulative
earnings (loss) within each jurisdiction and at NNL. Relative to
2002, the factors we consider have generally trended favorably
year over year as our jurisdictional cumulative losses have
decreased substantially or have become cumulative profits since
2002 for most of our jurisdictions. NNL has operated near
break-even since 2002, and the results in the U.S. have
improved substantially over the same period relative to 2001 and
2002. We have concluded that there have not been sufficient
changes to our profitability to warrant additional significant
changes to the net deferred tax asset in the U.S. Since our
last assessment of the valuation allowance at September 30,2007, there have been a number of events that have had a
negative effect on the amount of our deferred tax assets in
Canada and the time over which we expect to realize them, and as
a result, we have adjusted our net deferred tax asset
accordingly.
We view the 2001 and 2002 results as anomalies and believe a
strong history of earnings prior to 2001 in most of our
significant jurisdictions (namely Canada, the U.S., and the
U.K.), in combination with recent trends in and current
projections of future profitability provide sufficient positive
evidence to overcome the primary piece of negative evidence,
cumulative losses over the most recent 12 quarters in Canada.
In the 10 years prior to 2001, our taxable earnings in the
significant jurisdictions of Canada, the U.S. and the U.K.
were in excess of $9,000 ($5,100 in the U.S., $3,600 in Canada,
and $300 in the U.K.). We discuss the earnings history, recent
trends in profitability and the cumulative earnings/(loss)
position of each jurisdiction in more detail below. Because we
believe that the future profitability of our significant
jurisdictions will closely track our global trend over time, our
forecast and future projections of profitability are discussed
below rather than in each of the jurisdictional analyses
provided later. See the Risk Factors section of this report for
certain risks that could affect the realizability of our
deferred tax assets.
The ultimate realization of our net deferred tax asset is
dependent on the generation of future pre-tax income sufficient
to realize the underlying tax deductions and credits. We
currently have a significant sales backlog exceeding $5,000 for
which revenue and margin will be recognized in the future
(including deferred revenue and advance billings). We expect the
associated margins of this sales backlog to be consistent with
our recent historical margins.
In addition to the amounts attributable to the recognition of
our deferred revenue and sales backlog, we expect future pre-tax
income will be realized through increasing revenues and
reductions to our existing cost structure. Our expectations
about future pre-tax income are based on a detailed forecast for
2008 including assumptions about market growth rates, segment
analysis and cost reduction initiatives. Revenue growth rates
inherent in that forecast are based on input from internal and
external market intelligence research sources that compare
factors such as growth in global economies, regional trends in
the telecommunications industry and product evolutions from a
technological segment basis. Macro economic factors such as
changes in economies, product evolutions, industry consolidation
and other changes beyond our control could have a positive or
negative impact on achieving our targets. We are continuing to
take actions through our Business Transformation initiatives,
such as exiting products where we cannot achieve adequate market
share as well as adjusting our cost base in order to achieve our
objective of becoming profitable in the future.
The detailed forecast is our view on future earnings potential.
This forecast provides an expectation of sufficient future
income to fully utilize the net deferred tax assets in Canada
and the U.S. However, there are certain risks to this long
range forecast that we considered in our assessment of the
valuation allowances. If we do not achieve forecasted results on
a jurisdictional basis in the future, an increase to the
valuation allowance may be necessary.
At December 31, 2006 we indicated that should certain
events occur, the weight that we ascribe to our strong earnings
history and our ability to achieve forecasted results would
decrease and an increase to the valuation allowance would likely
be necessary in Canada. These were a decline in revenue of
greater than 10% of the 2007 forecast that is not offset by
additional cost reductions or not being able to achieve 80% of
our projected cost reductions by the end of 2008. We did not
have a decline in revenue of greater than 10% of the 2007
forecast and there is no indication at this point in time that
we will not achieve our projected cost reductions by the end of
2008. However, due to the occurrence of other significant
events, management has determined that an increase to the
valuation allowance in Canada is appropriate.
In recent years, we have restated earnings multiple times, had
significant turnover of senior management, and initiated a
complete overhaul of our financial systems and processes. In the
process of restating the financial statements, we have
implemented a more appropriate and rigorous revenue recognition
process which has required an extensive learning process for
financial, legal and operating personnel. Primarily as a result
of these events, we have performed at a level below previous
forecasts and projections. We have stabilized a number of these
factors and assembled a rigorous forecast based on a thorough
understanding of the revenue recognition model with which we now
operate.
The significant majority of our net deferred tax asset is
recorded in the U.S. and Canada. We are currently in a
cumulative profit position in the U.S. and a cumulative
loss position in Canada. We consider the potential impairment of
our net deferred tax assets in these jurisdictions to be subject
to significant judgment, and changes in certain assumptions
regarding the realization of the deferred tax assets could have
a material effect on our operating performance and financial
condition.
The following table provides the breakdown of our net deferred
tax asset by significant jurisdiction as of December 31,2007:
Net
Other
Gross
Tax Benefit
Investment
Temporary
Deferred Tax
Valuation
Net Deferred
of Losses
Tax Credits
Differences
Asset
Allowance
Tax Asset
Canada(a)
$
1,033
$
1,038
$
465
$
2,536
$
(1,362
)
$
1,174
United
States(a)
904
378
921
2,203
(641
)
1,562
United Kingdom
449
—
214
663
(337
)
326
France
437
42
122
601
(525
)
76
Other
439
—
270
709
(524
)
185
Total
$
3,262
$
1,458
$
1,992
$
6,712
$
(3,389
)
$
3,323
(a)
Includes $73 of gross deferred tax
asset and corresponding valuation allowance in Canada at NNC,
and $167 of gross deferred tax asset and corresponding valuation
allowance in the U.S. relative to wholly-owned
U.S. subsidiaries of NNC primarily related to operating
losses.
The jurisdictional analysis below provides further information
about the positive and negative evidence we believe is most
relevant to each significant jurisdiction, including a
discussion of the significant assumptions related to our
quarterly assessment and a discussion of the types and magnitude
of changes in the factors that might indicate a further
adjustment of the net deferred tax asset balance is required.
During a review of our cumulative profits calculations during
the fourth quarter of 2007, we identified and corrected certain
errors arising from a failure to accurately take into account
the impact of transfer pricing allocations as a result of our
restatements, which resulted in additional cumulative losses
being applied to Canada of $43 and additional earnings being
applied to the U.S. of approximately $300 as of
December 31, 2006. We have updated our assessment of the
deferred tax asset valuations as at December 31, 2006 and
concluded that the identified errors would not have impacted our
ultimate conclusions of the established valuation allowances at
that time.
Canada
Our net deferred tax assets in Canada are recorded at NNL, the
principal operating subsidiary of NNC. We have concluded that
because NNC does not have any substantive revenue generating
activity, a full valuation allowance against the gross deferred
tax assets remains appropriate at NNC. Our analysis below is
focused specifically on NNL.
As of December 31, 2007, we have operated at a cumulative
loss of $358 over the most recent 12 quarters. Prior to the
incurrence of significant losses in 2001 and 2002, which led to
the establishment of the valuation allowance against a portion
of the deferred tax assets in Canada, we had a strong history of
earnings. While our earnings since 2002 have been mixed
including several quarters of earnings and several quarters with
losses, the trend relative to 2001 and 2002 is clearly positive,
which is reflected in the substantial decrease in our cumulative
losses since 2002.
In 2002, amidst significant operating and cumulative losses
driven by a widespread decline in technology spending, we
concluded that it was more likely than not that not all of our
deferred tax assets would be realized and as a result, we
established a partial valuation allowance. Subsequent to 2002,
we have maintained a constant level of net deferred tax asset
measured in Canadian Dollars and evaluated the impact of changed
circumstances to determine whether a revised measurement of the
deferred tax asset was warranted. Prior to the fourth quarter of
2007, we concluded that noted changes in circumstances were not
significant, either individually or cumulatively, to warrant a
comprehensive re-measurement of the net deferred tax asset. Up
to and including the third quarter of 2007, we considered our
circumstances to be marginally improved relative to 2002 (namely
a reduced level of cumulative losses and increased carry forward
periods) though the improvement was not sufficient to warrant
any reduction in the established valuation allowance.
Since our last assessment of the valuation allowance at
September 30, 2007, there have been a number of events that
have had a negative effect on the time over which we expect to
realize our deferred tax assets, which include a significant tax
rate reduction in the fourth quarter of 2007, continued
strengthening of the Canadian Dollar relative to the
U.S. Dollar and on-going uncertainty related to potential
outcomes of our transfer pricing negotiations.
Considering the convergence of these recent developments
(i.e. tax rate reduction, foreign currency movements and
transfer pricing discussions) and the direction and cumulative
weight of previous changes in circumstance (including rate
reductions and currency movements), we have concluded that a
comprehensive remeasurement of the level of deferred tax assets
expected to be realized is warranted as of December 31,2007. As a result, we have recorded additional valuation
allowance in the fourth quarter of 2007 of approximately $1,064
for a total valuation allowance in Canada relating to NNL of
$1,290.
While we have recorded additional valuation allowance, these
deferred tax assets are still available for use to offset future
taxes payable. The significant majority of our gross deferred
tax asset at NNL of $2,464 relates to loss and investment tax
credit carryforwards. Absent tax-planning strategies that permit
the conversion of these losses and investment tax credit
carryforwards into discretionary deductible expenses with an
unlimited carryforward period, these deferred tax assets
generally have between 10 and 20 year carryforward periods.
While this tax planning strategy as it relates to investment tax
credits is impacted by newly enacted legislation in Canada such
that a significant amount of our investment tax credits may
expire unused, there is additional recently announced proposed
legislation in Canada that would reduce the amount of expiring
investment tax credits to an immaterial amount. While we
currently have plans to implement these tax planning strategies
in an effort to accelerate the utilization of our investment tax
credits and loss carryforwards in Canada, the ultimate decision
on whether or not we will implement these strategies will be
made annually as tax returns are filed. These tax planning
strategies are permissible based on existing Canadian tax law.
We place significant weight on our ability to execute these
planning strategies in order to fully utilize all of our
deferred tax assets and ensure that carryforward periods are not
a limiting factor to realizing the deferred tax
asset. However whether or not we determine to execute these tax
planning strategies, we believe that we have provided adequate
valuation allowance for the impact of any expiring investment
tax credits. Tax credit carryforward amounts of approximately
$477 with respect to the years from 1994 to 1997 have expired
and are not included in the balance of gross deferred tax
assets. We can restore a significant amount of the deferred tax
asset for these credits by executing a certain tax planning
strategy that involves filing amended tax returns.
U.S.
As of December 31, 2007, we have operated at a cumulative
profit of approximately $215 in the U.S. over the most recent 12
quarters. Prior to the incurrence of significant losses in 2001
and 2002, which led to the establishment of the valuation
allowance against a portion of the deferred tax assets in the
U.S., we had a strong history of earnings.
The significant majority of our $1,562 net deferred tax
assets in the U.S. relates to loss and credit carryforwards
which have a 20 year carryforward period. Over 93% of our
research tax credits do not begin to expire until 2019 and none
of our operating loss carryforwards begin to expire until 2022.
As a result, we do not expect that a significant portion of our
carryforwards will expire prior to utilization given our
projections of future earnings. Unlike our carryforwards in
Canada, we do not rely upon any planning strategies to support
the realization of the U.S. losses and credits within the
carryforward period, as we believe we will have sufficient
earnings without the use of any planning strategies.
U.K.
Like Canada and the U.S., our operations in the U.K. have a
strong history of earnings exclusive of the losses from 2001 and
2002 which created the current carryforwards in the U.K. The
U.K. has exhibited strong earnings since 2002 and has cumulative
profits over the most recent 12 quarters. We have provided a
valuation allowance against a capital loss in the U.K. as such
loss may only offset future capital gains, and we have provided
a valuation allowance against certain losses from a now dormant
entity. Otherwise, we have determined the remaining deferred tax
assets in the U.K. will more likely than not be realized in
future years.
France
Our operations in France have operated at a cumulative loss in
recent years and over the most recent 12 quarters. In addition,
unlike our other significant jurisdictions, France does not have
a strong history of earnings. As there is currently insufficient
positive evidence to support deferred tax asset realization, we
have provided a valuation allowance against all of the deferred
tax assets, with the exception of certain credits and losses
that may be redeemed for cash in future years.
Transfer
Pricing
We have considered the potential impact on our deferred tax
assets that may result from settling our existing application
for an Advance Pricing Arrangement, or APA. We have requested
the APA currently under negotiation apply to the 2001 through
2005 taxation years. This APA is currently being negotiated by
the pertinent taxing authorities (the U.S., Canada, and the
U.K.). We anticipate filing new bilateral APA requests for tax
years 2007 through at least 2010, with a request for rollback to
2006 in Canada and the U.S., following methods generally similar
to those under negotiation for 2001 through 2005. Tax filings
for 2006 included the methodology employed in the new pending
APA, resulting in an increase to deferred tax assets in the U.K.
and a $12 tax benefit recorded in the third quarter of 2007. In
other jurisdictions, changes resulting from the new methodology
impacted the level of deferred tax assets with a corresponding
offset to valuation allowance with no impact to tax expense.
We are not a party to the APA negotiations, but we do not
believe the result of the negotiations will have an adverse
impact on us or any further adverse impact on our deferred tax
assets. However, it is possible that the result of the APA
negotiations could cause a material shift in historical earnings
between our various entities. Such a shift in historical
earnings could materially adjust the cumulative earnings (loss)
calculation used as part of the analysis of positive and
negative evidence associated with the valuation allowance. The
years included in the APA negotiations are primarily tax loss
years. As such, the APA settlement could result in a
reallocation of losses from one jurisdiction to another (with
Canada and the U.S. being the two primary jurisdictions for
such reallocation).
The impact of the APA negotiations and ultimate settlement
cannot be quantified by us at this time due to the uncertainties
inherent in the negotiations between the tax authorities. As
such, this ultimate settlement position could have a substantial
impact on our transfer pricing methodology for future years. We
continue to monitor the progress of the APA negotiations and
will analyze the existence of new evidence, when available, as
it relates to the APA. We may make
adjustments to the valuation allowance assessments, as
appropriate, as additional evidence becomes available in future
quarters.
Valuation
Allowance
As of December 31, 2007, our gross income tax valuation
allowance decreased to $3,389 compared to $4,431 as of
December 31, 2006. The $1,042 decrease was largely the
result of three events: the adoption of FIN 48 on
January 1, 2007, a settlement with the U.K. tax authorities
relative to capital losses and an increase to the Canadian
valuation allowance. Through the adoption of FIN 48 (see
note 7, “Income Taxes” to the accompanying
consolidated financial statements), $749 of valuation allowance
was reversed in Canada associated with the Global
Class Action Settlement deferred tax asset and the deferred
tax asset was also removed. Additionally, $1,175 of the decrease
relates to the removal of a portion of valuation allowance
associated with a capital loss in the U.K., with an offsetting
reduction to the deferred tax asset resulting from the
settlement of our related FIN 48 position during the second
quarter of 2007. These decreases are offset by an increase to
the valuation allowance specifically relating to Canada of
$1,064 (see separate discussion above under
“Canada”) based on the reassessment of the
level of deferred tax assets expected to be realized in Canada
as well as an increase of $213 related to certain operating
losses from prior years that were added to our financial
statements with an offsetting valuation allowance. The remaining
decrease to the valuation allowance relates to the impacts of
foreign exchange rates offset by additional valuation allowances
recorded against the tax benefit of current period losses in
certain jurisdictions, and additional decreases to the valuation
allowance as a result of decreases in the deferred tax assets in
conjunction with the FIN 48 implementation. We assessed
positive evidence including forecasts of future taxable income
to support realization of the net deferred tax assets across
jurisdictions, and negative evidence including our cumulative
loss position, and concluded, after the adjustments discussed
below, that the overall valuation allowance as of
December 31, 2007 was appropriate.
In several of our non-material jurisdictions it was determined
that, based on all available evidence, it was appropriate to
release valuation allowance to properly reflect the more likely
than not realizability of certain jurisdictional deferred tax
assets. Based on cumulative profits, future forecasted earnings
and the utilization of deferred tax assets, we determined
releases were appropriate in Germany, Shanghai, Ireland and
Poland.
We continue to review all available positive and negative
evidence in each jurisdiction and our valuation allowance may
need to be adjusted in the future as a result of this ongoing
review. Given the magnitude of our valuation allowance, future
adjustments to this allowance based on actual results could
result in a significant adjustment to our net earnings (loss).
Tax
Contingencies
We are subject to ongoing examinations by certain taxation
authorities of the jurisdictions in which we operate. We
regularly assess the status of these examinations and the
potential for adverse outcomes to determine the adequacy of the
provision for income and other taxes. We believe that we have
adequately provided for tax adjustments that we believe are more
likely than not to be realized as a result of any ongoing or
future examination.
Specifically, the tax authorities in Brazil have completed an
examination of prior taxable years and have issued assessments
in the amount of $86. We are currently in the process of
appealing these assessments and believe that we have adequately
provided for tax adjustments that are more likely than not to be
realized as a result of the outcome of the ongoing appeals
process.
Likewise, the tax authorities in Colombia have issued an
assessment relating to the 2002 and 2003 tax years proposing
adjustments to increase taxable income resulting in an
additional tax liability of $19 inclusive of penalties and
interest. At December 31, 2007, we have provided an income
tax liability for this entire amount.
In addition, tax authorities in France have issued notices of
assessment in respect of the 2001, 2002 and 2003 taxation years.
These assessments collectively propose adjustments to increase
taxable income of approximately $1,236, additional income tax
liabilities of $49, inclusive of interest, as well as certain
adjustments to withholding and other taxes of approximately $81
plus applicable interest and penalties. Other than the
withholding and other taxes, we have sufficient loss
carry-forwards to offset the majority of the proposed
assessment. However, no amount has been provided for these
assessments since we believe that the proposed assessments are
without merit and any potential tax adjustments that could
result from these ongoing examinations cannot be quantified at
this time. We did not receive a similar assessment from the
French tax authorities for the 2004 tax year. In 2006, we
discussed settling the audit adjustment without prejudice at the
field agent level for the purpose of accelerating the process to
either the courts or Competent Authority proceedings
under the Canada-France tax treaty. We withdrew from the
discussions during the first quarter of 2007 and are in the
process of entering Mutual Agreement Procedures with competent
authority under the Canada-France tax treaty. We believe we have
adequately provided for tax adjustments that are more likely
than not to be realized as a result of any ongoing or future
examinations.
We had previously entered into APAs with the taxation
authorities of the U.S. and Canada in connection with our
intercompany transfer pricing and cost sharing arrangements
between Canada and the U.S. These arrangements expired in
1999 and 2000. In 2002, we filed APA requests with the taxation
authorities of the U.S., Canada and the U.K. that applied to the
taxation years 2001 through 2005. The APA requests are currently
under consideration and the tax authorities are in the process
of negotiating the terms of the arrangement. We continue to
monitor the progress of these negotiations; however, we are not
a party to these negotiations. We have applied the transfer
pricing methodology proposed in the APA requests in preparing
our tax returns and accounts from 2001 through 2005.
The outcome of the APA applications is uncertain and possible
reallocation of losses as they relate to the APA negotiations
cannot be determined at this time. If this matter is resolved
unfavorably, it could have a material adverse effect on our
consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash
flows. However, we do not believe it is more likely than not
that the ultimate resolution of these negotiations will have a
material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position,
results of operations or cash flows.
Goodwill
Valuation
We test goodwill for possible impairment on an annual basis as
of October 1 of each year and at any other time if an event
occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not
reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying
amount. Circumstances that could trigger an impairment test
between annual tests include, but are not limited to:
•
a significant adverse change in the business climate or legal
factors;
•
an adverse action or assessment by a regulator;
•
unanticipated competition;
•
loss of key personnel;
•
the likelihood that a reporting unit or a significant portion of
a reporting unit will be sold or disposed of;
•
a change in reportable segments;
•
results of testing for recoverability of a significant asset
group within a reporting unit; and
•
recognition of a goodwill impairment loss in the financial
statements of a subsidiary that is a component of a reporting
unit.
The impairment test for goodwill is a two-step process. Step one
consists of a comparison of the fair value of a reporting unit
with its carrying amount, including the goodwill allocated to
the reporting unit. Measurement of the fair value of a reporting
unit is based on one or more fair value measures. These measures
involve significant management judgment and as a result are
subject to change.
If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds the fair
value, step two requires the fair value of the reporting unit to
be allocated to the underlying assets and liabilities of that
reporting unit, resulting in an implied fair value of goodwill.
If the carrying amount of the reporting unit goodwill exceeds
the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss
equal to the excess is recorded in net earnings (loss).
The fair value of each reporting unit is determined by
allocating our total fair value among our reporting units using
an average of three valuation models; a discounted cash flow, or
DCF, a model which is based on estimated 2007 revenue multiples,
or the Revenue Multiple model, and a model based on a multiple
of estimated 2007 earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation
and amortization, or EBITDA, Multiple model. All of these
valuation models involve significant assumptions regarding our
future operating performance. The following are the significant
assumptions involved in each model:
The carrying value of goodwill was $2,559 as of
December 31, 2007 and $2,529 as of December 31, 2006.
The increase of $30 is due to $18 due to the finalization of the
purchase price adjustment with respect to the LG-Nortel business
venture and $12 due to changes in foreign exchange recorded to
cumulative translation adjustment. Effective January 1,2007, we began reporting revenues from network services
consisting of network planning and installation within GS.
Goodwill has been reallocated from ES, CN and MEN to GS based on
a fair value allocation method for management reporting purposes.
Our four reportable segments and NGS comprise our reporting
units. As of our annual measurement date, the excess of fair
value over the carrying value for each of our reporting units
ranged from 9% for NGS to in excess of 74% for CN.
Pension
and Post-retirement Benefits
We maintain various pension and post-retirement benefit plans
for our employees globally. These plans include significant
pension and post-retirement benefit obligations which are
calculated based on actuarial valuations. Key assumptions are
made in determining these obligations and related expenses,
including expected rates of return on plan assets and discount
rates.
For 2007, the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets
used to estimate pension expenses was 7.1% on a weighted average
basis, which was the rate determined at September 30, 2006.
This rate is down slightly from the rate of 7.2% used in 2006.
The discount rates used to estimate the net pension obligations
and expenses for 2007 were 5.8% and 5.1%, respectively, on a
weighted average basis, compared to 5.1% and 5.1%, respectively,
in 2006.
The key assumptions used to estimate the post-retirement benefit
costs for 2007 were discount rates of 5.8% and 5.4% for the
obligations and costs, respectively, both on a weighted average
basis, compared to 5.4% and 5.4%, respectively, in 2006.
The difference between the discount rate reported for the net
pension obligations and expenses and discount rate reported for
the net post-retirement benefit obligations and costs is due to
the weighted-average calculation as a result of the number of
countries in which we offer either pension or pension and
post-retirement benefits. In developing these assumptions, we
evaluated, among other things, input from our actuaries and
matched the plans’ expected benefit payments to spot rates
of high quality corporate bond yield curves.
Changes in net periodic pension and post-retirement benefit
expense may occur in the future due to changes in our expected
rate of return on plan assets and discount rate resulting from
economic events. The following table highlights the sensitivity
of our pension and post-retirement benefit expense to changes in
these assumptions, assuming all other assumptions remain
constant:
Effect on 2007 Pre-Tax
Effect on 2007 Pre-Tax
Post-Retirement
Change in Assumption
Pension Expense
Benefit Expense
Increase/(decrease)
Increase/(decrease)
1 percentage point increase in the expected return on assets
$
(71
)
N/A
1 percentage point decrease in the expected return on assets
74
N/A
1 percentage point increase in discount rate
(83
)
—
1 percentage point decrease in discount rate
94
1
For 2008, we are maintaining our expected rate of return on plan
assets at 7.1% for defined benefit pension plans. Also for 2008,
our discount rate on a weighted-average basis for pension
expenses will increase from 5.1% to 5.8% for the defined benefit
pension plans and from 5.4% to 5.8% for post-retirement benefit
plans. We will continue to evaluate our expected long-term rates
of return on plan assets and discount rates at least annually
and make adjustments as necessary, which could change the
pension and post-retirement obligations and expenses in the
future.
Plan assets were primarily comprised of debt and equity
securities. Included in the equity securities of the defined
benefit plan were common shares of Nortel Networks Corporation,
held directly or through pooled funds, with an aggregate market
value of $2 (0.02% of total plan assets) as of December 31,2007 and $4 (0.06% of total plan assets) as of December 31,2006.
At December 31, 2007, we had net actuarial losses, before
taxes, included in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/Loss
related to the defined benefit plans of $816, which could result
in an increase to pension expense in future years depending on
several factors, including whether such losses exceed the
corridor in accordance with SFAS No. 87,
“Employers’ Accounting for Pensions” and whether
there is a change in the amortization period. The
post-retirement benefit plans had actuarial losses, before
taxes, of $16 included in accumulated other comprehensive loss
at the end of
2007. Actuarial gains and losses included in accumulated other
comprehensive loss in excess of the corridor are being
recognized over approximately an 11 year period, which
represents the weighted-average expected remaining service life
of the active employee group. Actuarial gains and losses arise
from several factors including experience and assumption changes
in the obligations and from the difference between expected
returns and actual returns on assets.
In the second quarter of 2006, we announced changes to our North
American pension and post-retirement plans effective
January 1, 2008. We moved employees currently enrolled in
our defined benefit pension plans to defined contribution plans.
In addition, we eliminated post-retirement healthcare benefits
for employees who are not age 50 with five years of service
as of July 1, 2006.
For the 2007 year-end measurement, the favorable impact of
increases in discount rates, pension asset returns, and our
contributions made to the plans more than offset unfavorable
foreign currency exchange impact driven by the strengthening of
the British Pound and Canadian Dollar against the US Dollar
and other accounting assumptions. As a result, the unfunded
status of our defined benefit plans and post-retirement plans
decreased from $2,741 as of the measurement date of
September 30, 2006 to $1,937 as of the measurement date of
September 30, 2007. The effect of this adjustment and the
related foreign currency translation adjustment was to decrease
accumulated other comprehensive loss including foreign currency
translation adjustment (before tax) by $759, and decrease
pension liabilities by $759.
SFAS 158 requires an employer to recognize the overfunded
or underfunded status of a defined benefit pension and
post-retirement plan (other than a multiemployer plan) as an
asset or liability in its statement of financial position and to
recognize changes in that funded status in the year in which the
changes occur through comprehensive income of a business entity
or changes in unrestricted net assets of a
not-for-profit
organization. SFAS 158 also requires an employer to measure
the funded status of a plan as of the date of its year end
statement of financial position, with limited exceptions. We are
required to initially recognize the funded status of our defined
benefit pension and post-retirement plans and to provide the
required disclosures as of December 31, 2006. The
requirement to measure plan assets and benefit obligations as of
the date of the employer’s fiscal year end statement of
financial position is effective for us for our fiscal year
ending December 31, 2008. The effect of the initial
adoption of SFAS 158 was as follows:
During 2007, we made cash contributions to our defined benefit
pension plans of $338 and to our post-retirement benefit plans
of $38. In 2008, we expect to make cash contributions of
approximately $270 to our defined benefit pension plans and
approximately $80 to our post-retirement and post-employment
benefit plans. If the actual results of the plans differ from
the assumptions, we may be required to make additional
contributions. If we are required to make significant
contributions to fund the defined benefit plans, reported
results could be materially and adversely affected and our cash
flow available for other uses may be significantly reduced.
Special
Charges
We record provisions for workforce reduction costs and exit
costs when they are probable and estimable. Severance paid under
ongoing benefit arrangements is recorded in accordance with
SFAS No. 112, “Employers’ Accounting for
Post-employment Benefits”. One-time termination benefits
and contract settlement and lease costs are recorded in
accordance with SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for
Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities”.
At each reporting date, we evaluate our accruals related to
workforce reduction charges, contract settlement and lease costs
and plant and equipment write downs to ensure that these
accruals are still appropriate. As of December 31, 2007, we
had $51 in accruals related to workforce reduction charges and
$229 in accruals related to contract settlement and lease costs,
which included significant estimates, primarily related to
sublease income over the lease terms and other costs for vacated
properties. In certain instances, we may determine that these
accruals are no longer required because of efficiencies in
carrying out our restructuring work plan. Adjustments to
workforce reduction accruals may also be required when employees
previously identified for separation do not receive severance
payments because they are no longer employed by us or were
redeployed due to circumstances not foreseen when the original
plan was initiated. In these cases,
we reverse any related accrual to earnings when it is determined
it is no longer required. Alternatively, in certain
circumstances, we may determine that certain accruals are
insufficient as new events occur or as additional information is
obtained. In these cases, we would increase the applicable
existing accrual with the offset recorded against earnings.
Increases or decreases to the accruals for changes in estimates
are classified within special charges in the statement of
operations.
Other
Contingencies
We are subject to the possibility of various loss contingencies
arising in the ordinary course of business. As a result, we
consider the likelihood of loss or impairment of an asset or the
incurrence of a liability, as well as our ability to reasonably
estimate the amount of loss, in determining loss contingencies.
We recognize a provision for an estimated loss contingency when
it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability
has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably
estimated. We regularly evaluate current information available
to us to determine whether such accruals should be adjusted.
We are also subject to proceedings, lawsuits, investigations and
other claims (some of which may involve substantial dollar
amounts), including proceedings under laws and government
regulations related to securities, income and other taxes,
environmental, labor, product and other matters which are in the
normal course of business. Our restatements of our consolidated
financial statements and related events have caused us to be
subject to ongoing criminal investigations and pending civil
litigation actions in the U.S. and Canada. We are required
to assess the likelihood of any adverse judgments or outcomes in
any of these matters, as well as potential ranges of probable
losses. A determination of the amount of provision required, if
any, for these contingencies is based on an analysis of each
individual issue. The required reserves may change in the future
due to new developments in each matter or changes in approach
such as a change in settlement strategy in dealing with these
matters.
Our financial statements are based on the selection and
application of accounting policies based on accounting
principles generally accepted in the U.S. Please see
note 3 “Accounting changes” to the accompanying
audited consolidated financial statements for a summary of the
accounting changes that we have adopted on or after
January 1, 2007. The following summarizes the accounting
changes and pronouncements we have adopted in 2007:
•
Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments
— In February 2006, the FASB issued
SFAS No. 155, Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial
Instruments — an amendment to FASB Statements
No. 133 and 140, or SFAS 155. SFAS 155 simplifies
the accounting for certain hybrid financial instruments
containing embedded derivatives. SFAS 155 allows fair value
measurement, at the option of the entity, for any hybrid
financial instrument that contains an embedded derivative that
otherwise would require bifurcation under SFAS 133. In
addition, it amends SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for
Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments
of Liabilities”, to eliminate certain restrictions on
passive derivative financial instruments that a qualifying
special-purpose entity can hold. SFAS 155 is effective for all
financial instruments acquired, issued or subject to a
re-measurement event occurring after the beginning of an
entity’s first fiscal year that begins after
September 15, 2006. Pursuant to SFAS 155, we have not
elected to measure our hybrid instruments at fair value.
•
Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets
— In March 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No.
156, Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets — an
amendment of FASB Statement No. 140, or SFAS 156. SFAS 156
simplifies the accounting for assets and liabilities arising
from loan servicing contracts. SFAS 156 requires that
servicing rights be valued initially at fair value and
subsequently either (i) accounted for at fair value or
(ii) amortized over the period of estimated net servicing
income (loss), with an assessment for impairment or increased
obligation each reporting period. We adopted SFAS 156 on
January 1, 2007. The adoption of SFAS 156 has not had
a material impact on our results of operations and financial
condition.
•
Accounting for Uncertainty In Income Taxes — In
June 2006, the FASB issued FIN 48, clarifying the
accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an
entity’s financial statements in accordance with
SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, or SFAS
109. The interpretation prescribes a recognition threshold and
measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition
and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken
in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides accounting guidance
on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties,
accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The
evaluation of tax positions under FIN 48 is a two-step
process, whereby (1) we determine whether it is more likely
than not that the tax positions will be sustained based on the
technical merits of each position and (2) for those tax
positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition
threshold, we would recognize the largest amount of tax benefit
that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon
ultimate settlement with the related tax authority. The adoption
of FIN 48 resulted in an increase of $1 to opening
accumulated deficit as at January 1, 2007. For additional
information, see note 7 to the accompanying audited
consolidated financial statements.
On May 2, 2007, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position, or
FSP,
FIN 48-1,
Definition of Settlement in FASB Interpretation 48, or FSP
FIN 48-1.
FSP
FIN 48-1
amends FIN 48 to provide guidance on how an enterprise
should determine whether a tax position is effectively settled
for the purpose of recognizing previously unrecognized tax
benefits. We applied the provisions of FSP
FIN 48-1
effective January 1, 2007. The adoption of FSP
FIN 48-1
has not had a material impact on our results of operations and
financial condition.
•
Accounting for Sabbatical Leave and Other Similar Benefits
— In June 2006, the EITF reached a consensus on
EITF Issue
No. 06-2,
Accounting for Sabbatical Leave and Other Similar Benefits
Pursuant to FASB Statement No. 43, Accounting for
Compensated Absences, or
EITF 06-2.
EITF 06-2
provides clarification surrounding the accounting for benefits
in the form of compensated absences, whereby an employee is
entitled to paid time off after working for a specified period
of time.
EITF 06-2
is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,2006. The adoption of
EITF 06-2
has not had a material impact on our results of operations and
financial condition.
•
How Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to
Governmental Authorities Should Be Presented in the Income
Statement — In June 2006, the EITF reached a
consensus on EITF Issue
No. 06-3,
How Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental
Authorities Should Be Presented in the Income Statement (That
Is, Gross Versus Net Presentation), or
EITF 06-3.
EITF 06-3
provides guidance on how taxes directly imposed on
revenue-producing transactions between a seller and customer
that are remitted to governmental authorities should be
presented in the income statement (i.e. gross versus net
presentation). We elected to follow our existing policy of net
presentation allowed by
EITF 06-3
and, therefore, its adoption of
EITF 06-3
has not had an impact on our results of operations and financial
condition.
•
Share-Based Payment — On January 1, 2006,
we adopted SFAS No. 123 (Revised 2004), Share-Based
Payment, or SFAS 123R. We previously elected to account for
employee share-based compensation using the fair value method
prospectively for all awards granted or modified on or after
January 1, 2003, in accordance with SFAS No. 148,
“Accounting for Share-based Compensation —
Transition and Disclosure”. SAB No. 107,
“Share-Based Payment” (“SAB 107”), was
issued by the SEC in March 2005 and provides supplemental
SFAS 123R application guidance based on the views of the
SEC. As a result of the adoption of SFAS 123R in the first
quarter of 2006, we recorded a gain of $9 or $0.02 per common
share on a basic and diluted basis as a cumulative effect of an
accounting change. There were no other material impacts on our
results of operations and financial condition as a result of the
adoption of SFAS 123R. For additional disclosure related to
SFAS 123R, see note 18 to the accompanying audited
consolidated financial statements.
•
Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and
Other Postretirement Plans — an Amendment of FASB
Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R). In September
2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158,
“Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and
Other Postretirement Plans — an Amendment of FASB
Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R)” (“SFAS
158”). Based on the funded status of our pension and
post-retirement benefit plans as of the measurement date of
September 30, the adoption of SFAS 158 has had the
effect of increasing our net liabilities for pension and
post-retirement benefits and decreasing shareholders’
equity by approximately $142, net of taxes, as of
December 31, 2006.
We use a measurement date of September 30 to measure plan assets
and benefit obligations annually for the pension plans and other
post-retirement benefit plans that make up the majority of plan
assets and obligations.
SFAS 158 also requires an employer to measure the funded
status of a plan as of the date of its year end statement of
financial position, with limited exceptions. SFAS 158
provides two approaches for an employer to transition to a
fiscal year end measurement date, both of which apply to us for
our fiscal year ending December 31, 2008. Under the first
approach, an employer remeasures plan assets and benefit
obligations as of the beginning of the fiscal year that the
measurement date provisions are applied. Under the second
approach, an employer continues to use the measurements
determined for the prior fiscal year end reporting to estimate
the effects of the change. Net periodic benefit cost for the
period between the earlier measurement date and the end of the
fiscal year that the measurement date provisions are applied,
exclusive of any curtailment or settlement gain or loss, shall
be allocated proportionately between amounts to be recognized as
an adjustment of retained earnings and net periodic benefit cost
for the fiscal year that the measurement date provisions are
applied. We have elected to adopt the second approach to
transition to a fiscal year end measurement date for our fiscal
year ending December 31, 2008 and our currently assessing
the impact on our results of operations and financial condition.
For additional information on Nortel’s pension and
post-retirement plans, see note 8 to the accompanying
audited financial statements.
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159,
“The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial
Liabilities — Including an amendment of FASB Statement
No. 115”, or SFAS 159. SFAS 159 allows the
irrevocable election of fair value as the initial and subsequent
measurement attribute for certain financial assets and
liabilities and other items on an
instrument-by-instrument
basis. Changes in fair value would be reflected in earnings as
they occur. The objective of SFAS 159 is to improve
financial reporting by providing entities with the opportunity
to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring
related assets and liabilities differently without having to
apply complex hedge accounting provisions. For us, SFAS 159
is effective as of January 1, 2008. We have elected not to
apply the fair value option for any of our eligible financial
instruments and other items.
In June 2007, the EITF reached a consensus on EITF Issue
No. 06-11,
“Accounting for Income Tax Benefits on Dividends on
Share-Based Payment Awards”, or
EITF 06-11.
EITF 06-11
provides accounting guidance on how to recognize the realized
tax benefits associated with the payment of dividends under a
share-based payment arrangement.
EITF 06-11
requires that the realized tax benefits associated with
dividends on unvested share-based payments be charged to equity
as an increase in additional paid-in capital and included in the
pool of excess tax benefits available to absorb potential future
tax deficiencies on share-based payment awards. We adopted the
provisions of
EITF 06-11
on January 1, 2008. The adoption of
EITF 06-11
is not expected to have a material impact on our results of
operations and financial condition.
In June 2007, the EITF reached a consensus on EITF Issue
No. 07-3,
“Accounting for Advance Payments for Goods or Services to
be Received for Use in Future Research and Development
Activities”, or
EITF 07-3.
EITF 07-3
provides clarification surrounding the accounting for
non-refundable research and development advance payments,
whereby such payments should be recorded as an asset when the
advance payment is made and recognized as an expense when the
research and development activities are performed. We adopted
the provisions of
EITF 07-3
on January 1, 2008. The implementation of
EITF 07-3
is not expected to have a material impact on our results of
operations and financial condition.
In April 2007, the FASB issued FSP
FIN 39-1,
an amendment to paragraph 10 of FIN 39,
“Offsetting of Amounts Related to Certain Contracts”,
or FSP
FIN 39-1.
FSP
FIN 39-1
replaces the terms “conditional contract” and
“exchange contracts” in FIN 39 with the term
“derivative instruments” as defined in
SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivatives Instruments
and Hedging Activities, or SFAS 133. FSP
FIN 39-1
also amends FIN 39 to allow for the offsetting of fair
value amounts recognized for the right to reclaim cash
collateral (a receivable), or the obligation to return cash
collateral (a payable) against fair value amounts recognized for
derivative instruments executed with the same counterparty under
the same master netting arrangement. We adopted the provisions
of FSP
FIN 39-1
on January 1, 2008. The implementation of
FSP FIN 39-1
is not expected to have a material impact on our results of
operations and financial condition.
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157
“Fair Value Measurements”, or SFAS 157.
SFAS 157 establishes a single definition of fair value and
a framework for measuring fair value in U.S. GAAP and
requires expanded disclosures about fair value measurements.
SFAS 157 is effective for financial statements issued for
fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We
partially adopted the provisions of SFAS 157 on
January 1, 2008. The effective date for SFAS 157 as it
relates to fair value measurements for non-financial assets and
liabilities that are not measured at fair value on a recurring
basis is expected to be deferred to fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2008. We plan to adopt the deferred portion of
SFAS 157 on January 1, 2009. We currently do not
expect the adoption of SFAS 157 to have a material impact
on our results of operations and financial conditions; however,
we will continue to assess the evolving guidance.
In September 2007, the EITF reached a consensus on EITF Issue
No. 07-1
“Collaborative Arrangements”, or
EITF 07-1.
EITF 07-1
addresses the accounting for arrangements in which two companies
work together to achieve a common commercial objective, without
forming a separate legal entity. The nature and purpose of a
company’s collaborative
arrangements are required to be disclosed, along with the
accounting policies applied and the classification and amounts
for significant financial activities related to the
arrangements. We will adopt the provisions of
EITF 07-1
on January 1, 2009. The adoption of
EITF 07-1
is not expected to have a material impact on our results of
operations and financial condition.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 141R, “Business
Combinations”, or SFAS 141R, replacing SFAS 141,
“Business Combinations”. SFAS 141R revises
existing accounting guidance for how an acquirer recognizes and
measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets,
liabilities, any noncontrolling interests, and the goodwill
acquired. SFAS 141R is effective for fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 2008. We plan to adopt the provisions of
SFAS 141R on January 1, 2009. The adoption of
SFAS 141R will impact the accounting for business
combinations completed by us on or after January 1, 2009.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 160,
“Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial
Statements — An Amendment of ARB 51”, or
SFAS 160. SFAS 160 establishes accounting and
reporting standards for the treatment of noncontrolling
interests in a subsidiary. Noncontrolling interests in a
subsidiary should be reported as a component of equity in the
consolidated financial statements and any retained
noncontrolling equity investment upon deconsolidation of a
subsidiary is initially measured at fair value. SFAS 160 is
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,2008. We plan to adopt the provisions of SFAS 160 on
January 1, 2009. The adoption of SFAS 160 will result
in the reclassification of minority interest to
shareholders’ equity. We are currently assessing any
further impacts on our results of operations and financial
condition.
As of February 19, 2008, Nortel Networks Corporation had
437,168,369 outstanding common shares.
As of February 19, 2008, 28,313,094 issued and 462,101
assumed stock options were outstanding and 19,094,129 and
462,101, respectively, are exercisable for common shares of
Nortel Networks Corporation on a
one-for-one
basis.
As of February 19, 2008, 2,684,055 restricted stock units
and 819,300 performance stock units were outstanding. Once
vested, each restricted stock unit entitles the holder to
receive one common share of Nortel from treasury. Performance
stocks units entitle the holder to receive one common share of
Nortel, subject to determination of the percentage of target
payout, if any, based on the level of achievement of the
performance criteria.
Nortel Networks Corporation previously issued $1,800 of
4.25% Notes due. The 4.25% Notes due 2008 are convertible,
at any time, by holders into common shares of Nortel Networks
Corporation, at a conversion price of $100 per common share. On
September 28, 2007, we redeemed at par value $1,125, plus
accrued and unpaid interest of the 4.25% Notes due 2008. As of
December 31, 2007 there remained $675 outstanding principal
amount of 4.25% Notes due 2008.
In addition, Nortel Networks Corporation has also issued $1,150
of Convertible Notes in two equal tranches of 2012 Convertible
Notes and 2014 Convertible Notes. The 2012 Convertible Notes and
2014 Convertible Notes are convertible, at any time, by holders
into common shares of Nortel Networks Corporation at a
conversion price of $32.00 per common share.
Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our
consolidated financial statements through adverse changes in
financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure
results primarily from fluctuations in interest rates and
foreign exchange rates. Disclosure of market risk is contained
in the Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market
Risk section of this report.
We are exposed to liabilities and compliance costs arising from
our past generation, management and disposal of hazardous
substances and wastes. As of December 31, 2007, the
accruals on the consolidated balance sheet for environmental
matters were $26. Based on information available as of
December 31, 2007, management believes that the existing
accruals are sufficient to satisfy probable and reasonably
estimable environmental liabilities related to known
environmental matters. Any additional liabilities that may
result from these matters, and any additional liabilities that
may result in connection with other locations currently under
investigation, are not expected to have a material adverse
effect on our business, results of operations, financial
condition and liquidity.
We have remedial activities under way at 12 sites which are
either currently or previously owned or occupied facilities. An
estimate of our anticipated remediation costs associated with
all such sites, to the extent probable and reasonably estimable,
is included in the environmental accruals referred to above in
an approximate amount of $26.
We are also listed as a potentially responsible party under the
U.S. Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and
Liability Act, or CERCLA, at four Superfund sites in the
U.S. (at three of the Superfund sites, we are considered a
de minimis potentially responsible party). A potentially
responsible party within the meaning of CERCLA is generally
considered to be a major contributor to the total hazardous
waste at a Superfund site (typically 1% or more, depending on
the circumstances). A de minimis potentially responsible
party is generally considered to have contributed less than 1%
(depending on the circumstances) of the total hazardous waste at
a Superfund site. An estimate of our share of the anticipated
remediation costs associated with such Superfund sites is
expected to be de minimis and is included in the
environmental accruals of $26 referred to above.
Liability under CERCLA may be imposed on a joint and several
basis, without regard to the extent of our involvement. In
addition, the accuracy of our estimate of environmental
liability is affected by several uncertainties such as
additional requirements which may be identified in connection
with remedial activities, the complexity and evolution of
environmental laws and regulations, and the identification of
presently unknown remediation requirements. Consequently, our
liability could be greater than our current estimate.
For a discussion of environmental matters, see note 20,
“Contingencies” to the accompanying consolidated
financial statements.
Actual results or events could differ materially from those
contemplated in forward-looking statements as a result of the
following: (i) risks and uncertainties relating to
Nortel’s business including: significant competition,
competitive pricing practice, cautious capital spending by
customers as a result of factors including current economic
uncertainties, industry consolidation, rapidly changing
technologies, evolving industry standards, frequent new product
introductions and short product life cycles, and other trends
and industry characteristics affecting the telecommunications
industry; any material, adverse affects on Nortel’s
performance if its expectations regarding market demand for
particular products prove to be wrong; the sufficiency of
recently announced restructuring actions; any negative
developments associated with Nortel’s suppliers and
contract manufacturing agreements including our reliance on
certain suppliers for key optical networking solutions
components; potential penalties, damages or cancelled customer
contracts from failure to meet delivery and installation
deadlines and any defects or errors in Nortel’s current or
planned products; fluctuations in foreign currency exchange
rates; potential higher operational and financial risks
associated with Nortel’s efforts to expand internationally;
potential additional valuation allowances for all or a portion
of Nortel’s deferred tax assets if market conditions
deteriorate or future results of operations are less than
expected; a failure to protect Nortel’s intellectual
property rights, or any adverse judgments or settlements arising
out of disputes regarding intellectual property; any negative
effect of a failure to maintain integrity of Nortel’s
information systems; changes in regulation of the
telecommunications industry or other aspects of the industry;
any failure to successfully operate or integrate strategic
acquisitions, or failure to consummate or succeed with strategic
alliances; Nortel’s potential inability to attract or
retain the personnel necessary to achieve its business
objectives or to maintain an effective risk management strategy;
(ii) risks and uncertainties relating to Nortel’s
liquidity, financing arrangements and capital including: any
inability of Nortel to manage cash flow fluctuations to fund
working capital requirements or achieve its business objectives
in a timely manner or obtain additional sources of funding; high
levels of debt, limitations on Nortel capitalizing on business
opportunities because of senior notes covenants, or on obtaining
additional secured debt pursuant to the provisions of indentures
governing certain of Nortel’s public debt issues;
Nortel’s below investment grade credit rating; any increase
of restricted cash requirements for Nortel if it is unable to
secure alternative support for obligations arising from certain
normal course business activities, or any inability of
Nortel’s subsidiaries to provide it with sufficient
funding; any negative effect to Nortel of the need to make
larger defined benefit plans contributions in the future or
exposure to customer credit risks or inability of customers to
fulfill payment obligations under customer financing
arrangements; or any negative impact on Nortel’s ability to
make future acquisitions, raise capital, issue debt and retain
employees arising from stock price volatility and any declines
in the market price of Nortel’s publicly traded securities;
and (iii) risks and uncertainties relating to Nortel’s
prior restatements and related
matters including: legal judgments, fines, penalties or
settlements, related to the ongoing criminal investigations of
Nortel in the U.S. and Canada; the significant dilution of
Nortel’s existing equity positions resulting from the
approval of its class action settlement; any significant pending
or future civil litigation actions not encompassed by
Nortel’s class action settlement; For additional
information with respect to certain of these and other factors,
see the “Risk Factors” section of this report and
other securities filings with the SEC. Unless otherwise required
by applicable securities laws, Nortel disclaims any intention or
obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements,
whether as a result of new information, future events or
otherwise.
ITEM 7A.
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Market
Risk
Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our
consolidated financial statements through adverse changes in
financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure
results primarily from fluctuations in interest rates and
foreign exchange rates. To manage the risk from these
fluctuations, we enter into various derivative-hedging
transactions in accordance with our policies and procedures. We
maintain risk management control systems to monitor market risks
and counterparty risks. These systems rely on analytical
techniques including both sensitivity analysis and
value-at-risk
estimations. We do not hold or issue financial instruments for
trading purposes.
Additional disclosure of our financial instruments is included
in note 11, “Financial instruments and hedging
activities” to the accompanying audited consolidated
financial statements.
We manage foreign exchange exposures using forward and option
contracts to hedge sale and purchase commitments. Our most
significant foreign exchange exposures are in the Canadian
Dollar, the British Pound and the Euro. We enter into
U.S. to Canadian Dollar forward and option contracts
intended to hedge the U.S. to Canadian Dollar exposure on
future revenues and expenditure streams. In accordance with
SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities”, or SFAS 133, we
recognize the gains and losses on the effective portion of these
contracts in earnings when the hedged transaction occurs. As at
December 31, 2007, no cash flow hedges have met the
criteria for hedge accounting and therefore are considered
non-designated hedging strategies in accordance with
SFAS 133. As such any gains and losses related to these
contracts is recognized in earnings immediately.
We expect to continue to expand our business globally and, as
such, expect that an increasing proportion of our business may
be denominated in currencies other than U.S. Dollars. As a
result, fluctuations in foreign currencies may have a material
impact on our business, results of operations and financial
condition. We try to minimize the impact of such currency
fluctuations through our ongoing commercial practices and by
attempting to hedge our major currency exposures. In attempting
to manage this foreign exchange risk, we identify operations and
transactions that may have exposure based upon the excess or
deficiency of foreign currency receipts over foreign currency
expenditures. Given our exposure to international markets, we
regularly monitor all of our material foreign currency
exposures. Our significant currency flows for the year ended
December 31, 2007 were in U.S. Dollars, Canadian
Dollars, British Pounds and Euros. The net impact of foreign
exchange fluctuations resulted in a gain of $176 in 2007, a loss
of $12 in 2006 and a gain of $59 in 2005. We cannot predict
whether we will incur foreign exchange gains or losses in the
future. However, if significant foreign exchange losses are
experienced, they could have a material adverse effect on our
business, results of operations and financial condition.
We use sensitivity analysis to measure our foreign currency risk
by computing the potential decrease in cash flows that may
result from adverse changes in foreign exchange rates. The
balances are segregated by source currency and a hypothetical
unfavorable variance in foreign exchange rates of 10% is applied
to each net source currency position using year-end rates to
determine the potential decrease in cash flows over the next
year. The sensitivity analysis includes all foreign
currency-denominated cash, short-term and long-term debt, and
derivative instruments that will impact cash flows over the next
year that are held at December 31, 2007 and 2006. The
underlying cash flows that relate to the hedged firm commitments
are not included in the analysis. The analysis is performed at
the reporting date and assumes no future changes in the balances
or timing of cash flows from the year-end position. Further, the
model assumes no correlation in the movement of foreign exchange
rates. Based on a one-year time horizon, a 10% adverse change in
exchange rates would have resulted in a potential decrease in
after-tax earnings (increase of loss) of $116 as of
December 31, 2007 and a potential decrease in after-tax
earnings (increase of loss) of $120 as of December 31,2006. This potential decrease would result primarily from our
exposure to the Canadian Dollar, the British Pound and the Euro.
A portion of our long-term debt is subject to changes in fair
value resulting from changes in market interest rates. We have
hedged a portion of this exposure to interest rate volatility
using fixed for floating interest rate swaps on the 2013
Fixed Rate Notes and 2016 Fixed Rate Notes. As the swaps for the
2013 Fixed Rate Notes have passed the hedge designation criteria
in accordance with SFAS 133, the change in fair value of
those swaps are recognized in earnings with offsetting amounts
related to the change in the fair value of the hedged debt
attributable to interest rate changes. Any ineffective portion
of the swaps is recognized in income immediately. The interest
rate swap hedging the 2016 Notes has not met the hedge
effectiveness criteria and remains a non-designated hedging
strategy as of December 31, 2007. We record net settlements
on these swap instruments as adjustments to interest expense.
Historically, we have managed interest rate exposures, as they
relate to interest expense, using a diversified portfolio of
fixed and floating rate instruments denominated in several major
currencies. We use sensitivity analysis to measure our interest
rate risk. The sensitivity analysis includes cash, our
outstanding floating rate long-term debt and any outstanding
instruments that convert fixed rate long-term debt to floating
rate. A 100 basis point adverse change in interest rates
would have resulted in a potential decrease in after- tax
earnings (increase of loss) of $55 as of December 31, 2007
and a potential decrease in after-tax earnings (increase of
loss) of $55 as of December 31, 2006.
The values of our equity investments in several publicly traded
companies are subject to market price volatility. These
investments are generally in companies in the technology
industry sector and are classified as available for sale. We
typically do not attempt to reduce or eliminate the market
exposure on these investment securities. We also hold certain
derivative instruments or warrants that are subject to market
price volatility because their value is based on the common
share price of a publicly traded company. These derivative
instruments are generally acquired in connection with OEM
arrangements with strategic partners, or acquired through
business acquisitions or divestitures. In addition, derivative
instruments may also be purchased to hedge exposure to certain
compensation obligations that vary based on future Nortel
Networks Corporation common share prices. We do not hold equity
securities or derivative instruments for trading purposes.
As of December 31, 2007, a hypothetical 20% adverse change
in the stock prices of our publicly traded equity securities and
the related underlying stock prices of publicly traded equity
securities for certain of our derivative instruments would
result in a loss in their aggregate fair value of $11.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of
Nortel Networks Corporation and subsidiaries as of
December 31, 2007, and the related consolidated statements
of operations, changes in equity and comprehensive income (loss)
and cash flows for the year then ended. In connection with our
audits of the consolidated financial statements, we also have
audited the consolidated financial statement schedule II. These
consolidated financial statements and financial statement
schedule are the responsibility of Nortel Networks
Corporation’s management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and
financial statement schedule based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with and the standards of
the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit
provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred
to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of Nortel Networks Corporation and subsidiaries as of
December 31, 2007, and the results of its operations and
its cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our
opinion, the related financial statement schedule II, when
considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial
statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material
respects, the information set forth therein.
As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial
statements, the company adopted the provisions of Financial
Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48,
“Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an
Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109”, effective
January 1, 2007.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
effectiveness of Nortel Networks Corporation’s internal
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007,
based on the criteria established in Internal Control -
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report
dated February 27, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion on
the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over
financial reporting.
To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of Nortel Networks
Corporation
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of
Nortel Networks Corporation and subsidiaries
(“Nortel”) as of December 31, 2006 and the
related consolidated statements of operations, changes in equity
and comprehensive income (loss) and cash flows for each of the
two years in the period ended December 31, 2006. These
financial statements are the responsibility of Nortel’s
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with Canadian generally
accepted auditing standards and the standards of the Public
Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of
Nortel as of December 31, 2006 and the results of its
operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the
period ended December 31, 2006 in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America.
COMMENTS BY
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS ON
CANADA-UNITED
STATES OF AMERICA REPORTING DIFFERENCE
The standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
(United States) require the addition of an explanatory paragraph
(following the opinion paragraph) when there are changes in
accounting principles that have a material effect on the
comparability of the Company’s financial statements, such
as the changes described in Note 3 to the financial
statements. Our report to the Shareholders and Board of
Directors of Nortel dated March 15, 2007 (except as to
notes 4, 5, 6, and 22, which are as of September 7,2007) with respect to the consolidated financial statements
is expressed in accordance with Canadian reporting standards
which do not require a reference to such changes in accounting
principles in the auditors’ report when the change is
properly accounted for and adequately disclosed in the financial
statements.
Nortel Networks Corporation (“Nortel”) is a global
supplier of
end-to-end
networking products and solutions serving both service providers
and enterprise customers. Nortel’s technologies span access
and core networks and support multimedia and business-critical
applications. Nortel’s networking solutions consist of
hardware, software and services. Nortel designs, develops,
engineers, markets, sells, licenses, installs, services and
supports these networking solutions worldwide.
The common shares of Nortel Networks Corporation are publicly
traded on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) and
Toronto Stock Exchange (“TSX”) under the symbol
“NT”. Nortel Networks Limited (“NNL”) is
Nortel’s principal direct operating subsidiary and its
results are consolidated into Nortel’s results. Nortel
holds all of NNL’s outstanding common shares but none of
its outstanding preferred shares. NNL’s preferred shares
are reported in minority interests in subsidiary companies in
the consolidated balance sheets and dividends on preferred
shares are reported in minority interests — net of tax
in the consolidated statements of operations.
2.
Significant
accounting policies
Basis
of presentation
The consolidated financial statements of Nortel have been
prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) and
the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) for the preparation of
financial statements. Although Nortel is headquartered in
Canada, the consolidated financial statements are expressed in
U.S. Dollars as the greater part of the financial results
and net assets of Nortel are denominated in U.S. Dollars.
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to
Nortel’s current presentation, as set out in note 4.
(a) Principles
of consolidation
The financial statements of entities which are controlled by
Nortel through voting equity interests, referred to as
subsidiaries, are consolidated into Nortel’s results.
Entities which are controlled jointly with another entity,
referred to as joint ventures, and entities which are not
controlled by Nortel but over which Nortel has the ability to
exercise significant influence, referred to as associated
companies, are accounted for using the equity method. Variable
Interest Entities (“VIEs”) (which include, but are not
limited to, special purpose entities, trusts, partnerships,
certain joint ventures and other legal structures), as defined
by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”)
in FASB Interpretation No. (“FIN”) 46 (revised
December 2003), “Consolidation of Variable Interest
Entities — an Interpretation of Accounting Research
Bulletin No. 51” (“FIN 46R”), are
entities in which equity investors generally do not have the
characteristics of a “controlling financial interest”
or there is not sufficient equity at risk for the entity to
finance its activities without additional subordinated financial
support. VIEs are consolidated by Nortel when it is determined
that it will, as the primary beneficiary, absorb the majority of
any of the VIEs’ expected losses
and/or
expected residual returns. Intercompany accounts and
transactions are eliminated upon consolidation and unrealized
intercompany gains and losses are eliminated when accounting
under the equity method.
(b) Use
of estimates
Nortel makes estimates and assumptions that affect the reported
amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent
assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated
financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and
expenses during the reporting period. Actual results may differ
from those estimates. Estimates are used when accounting for
items and matters such as revenue recognition and accruals for
losses on contracts, allowances for uncollectible accounts
receivable and customer financing, receivables sales, inventory
provisions, product warranties, estimated useful lives of
intangible assets and equipment, asset valuations, impairment
assessments, employee benefits including pensions, taxes and
related valuation allowances and provisions, restructuring and
other provisions, share-based compensation and contingencies.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
(c) Translation
of foreign currencies
Nortel’s consolidated financial statements are presented in
U.S. Dollars. The financial statements of Nortel’s
operations whose functional currency is not the U.S. Dollar
(except for highly inflationary economies as described below)
are translated into U.S. Dollars at the exchange rates in
effect at the balance sheet dates for assets and liabilities,
and at average rates for the period for revenues and expenses.
The unrealized translation gains and losses on Nortel’s net
investment in these operations, including those on long-term
intercompany advances that have been designated to form part of
the net investment, are accumulated as a component of other
comprehensive income (loss) (“OCI”).
The financial statements of Nortel’s operations whose
functional currency is the U.S. Dollar, but where the
underlying transactions are in a different currency, are
translated into U.S. Dollars at the exchange rate in effect
at the balance sheet date with respect to monetary assets and
liabilities. Non-monetary assets and liabilities of these
operations, and related amortization and depreciation expenses,
are translated at the historical exchange rate. Revenues and
expenses, other than amortization and depreciation, are
translated at the average rate for the period in which the
transaction occurred.
Transactions and financial statements for Nortel’s
operations in countries considered to have highly inflationary
economies use the U.S. Dollar as their functional currency.
Resulting translation gains or losses are reflected in net
earnings (loss).
(d) Revenue
recognition
Nortel’s products and services are generally sold pursuant
to a contract and the terms of the contract, taken as a whole,
determine the appropriate revenue recognition methods to be
applied. Product revenue includes revenue from arrangements that
include services such as installation, engineering and network
planning where the services could not be separated from the
arrangement because the services are essential or fair value
could not be established. Where services are not bundled with
product sales, services revenue is reported in the consolidated
statements of operations as revenue of Nortel’s Global
Services segment.
Depending on the terms of the contract and types of products and
services sold, Nortel recognizes revenue under American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position
(“SOP”)
81-1,
“Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and
Certain Production-Type Contracts”
(“SOP 81-1”),
SOP 97-2,
“Software Revenue Recognition”
(“SOP 97-2”),
SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) 104,
“Revenue Recognition” (“SAB 104”), and
FASB Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”)
01-09,
“Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a
Customer (Including a Reseller of the Vendor’s
Products)”
(“EITF 01-09”).
Revenues are reduced for returns, allowances, rebates, discounts
and other offerings in accordance with the agreement terms.
Nortel regularly enters into multiple contractual agreements
with the same customer. These agreements are reviewed to
determine whether they should be evaluated as one arrangement in
accordance with AICPA Technical Practice Aid (“TPA”)
5100.39, “Software Revenue recognition for multiple-element
arrangements”.
For arrangements with multiple deliverables entered into after
June 30, 2003, where the deliverables are governed by more
than one authoritative accounting standard, Nortel generally
applies EITF Issue
No. 00-21,
“Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables”
(“EITF 00-21”),
and evaluates each deliverable to determine whether it
represents a separate unit of accounting based on the following
criteria: (a) whether the delivered item has value to the
customer on a stand-alone basis, (b) whether there is
objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of the
undelivered item(s), and (c) if the contract includes a
general right of return relative to the delivered item, delivery
or performance of the undelivered item(s) is considered probable
and substantially in the control of Nortel. If objective and
reliable evidence of fair value exists for all units of
accounting in the arrangement, revenue is allocated to each unit
of accounting or element based on relative fair values. In
situations where there is objective and reliable evidence of
fair value for all undelivered elements, but not for delivered
elements, the residual method is used to allocate the contract
consideration. Under the residual method, the amount of revenue
allocated to delivered elements equals the total arrangement
consideration less the aggregate fair value of any undelivered
elements. Each unit of accounting is then accounted for under
the applicable revenue recognition guidance. So long as elements
otherwise governed by separate authoritative accounting
standards cannot be treated as separate units of accounting
under the guidance in
EITF 00-21,
the elements are combined into a single unit of accounting for
revenue recognition purposes. In this case, revenue allocated to
the unit of accounting is deferred until all combined elements
have been delivered or, once there is only one remaining element
to be delivered, based on the revenue recognition guidance
applicable to the last delivered element within the unit of
accounting.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
For arrangements that include hardware and software where
software is considered more than incidental to the hardware,
provided that the software is not essential to the functionality
of the hardware and the hardware and software represent separate
units of accounting, revenue related to the software element is
recognized under
SOP 97-2
and revenue related to the hardware element is recognized under
SOP 81-1
or SAB 104. For arrangements where the software is
considered more than incidental and essential to the
functionality of the hardware, or where the hardware is not
considered a separate unit of accounting from the software
deliverables, revenue is recognized for the software and the
hardware as a single unit of accounting pursuant to
SOP 97-2
for
off-the-shelf
products and pursuant to
SOP 81-1
for customized products. Revenue for hardware that does not
require significant customization, and where any software is
considered incidental, is recognized under SAB 104.
For elements related to customized network solutions and certain
network build-outs, revenues are recognized in accordance with
SOP 81-1,
generally using the
percentage-of-completion
method. In using the
percentage-of-completion
method, revenues are generally recorded based on the percentage
of costs incurred to date on a contract relative to the
estimated total expected contract costs. Profit estimates on
these contracts are revised periodically based on changes in
circumstances and any losses on contracts are recognized in the
period that such losses become known. In circumstances where
reasonably dependable cost estimates cannot be made for a
customized network solution or build-out, or for which inherent
hazards make estimates doubtful, all revenues and related costs
are deferred until completion of the solution or element (the
“completed contract method”). Generally, the terms of
SOP 81-1
contracts provide for progress billings based on completion of
certain phases of work. Unbilled
SOP 81-1
contract revenues recognized are accumulated in the contracts in
progress account included in accounts receivable —
net. Billings in excess of revenues recognized to date on these
contracts are recorded as advance billings in excess of revenues
recognized to date on contracts within other accrued liabilities
until recognized as revenue. This classification also applies to
billings in advance of revenue recognized on combined units of
accounting under
EITF 00-21
that contain both
SOP 81-1
and non
SOP 81-1
elements.
Revenue is recognized under SAB 104 when persuasive
evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or
services have been rendered, the fee is fixed or determinable
and collectibility is reasonably assured. For hardware, delivery
is considered to have occurred upon shipment provided that risk
of loss, and in certain jurisdictions legal title, has been
transferred to the customer.
For arrangements where the criteria for revenue recognition have
not been met because legal title or risk of loss on products
does not transfer to the customer until final payment has been
received or where delivery has not occurred, revenue is deferred
to a later period when legal title or risk of loss passes either
on delivery or on receipt of payment from the customer. For
arrangements where the customer agrees to purchase products but
Nortel retains possession until the customer requests shipment
(“bill and hold arrangements”), revenue is not
recognized until delivery to the customer has occurred and all
other revenue recognition criteria have been met.
Services revenue is generally recognized according to the
proportional performance method. The proportional performance
method is used when the provision of services extends beyond an
accounting period with more than one performance act, and
permits the recognition of revenue ratably over the services
period when no other pattern of performance is discernable. The
nature of the service contract is reviewed to determine which
revenue recognition method best reflects the nature of services
performed. Provided all other revenue recognition criteria have
been met, the revenue recognition method selected reflects the
pattern in which the obligations to the customers have been
fulfilled. Engineering and installation revenues are generally
recognized as the services are performed.
Nortel makes certain sales through multiple distribution
channels, primarily resellers and distributors. These customers
are generally given certain rights of return. For products sold
through these distribution channels, revenue is recognized from
product sale at the time of shipment to the distribution channel
when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has
occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable and collectibility is
reasonably assured. Accruals for estimated sales returns and
other allowances are recorded at the time of revenue recognition
and are based on contract terms and prior claims experience.
Software revenue is generally recognized under
SOP 97-2.
For software arrangements involving multiple elements, Nortel
allocates revenue to each element based on the relative fair
value or the residual method, as applicable using vendor
specific objective evidence to determine fair value, which is
based on prices charged when the element is sold separately.
Software revenue accounted for under
SOP 97-2
is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists,
the
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
software is delivered in accordance with all terms and
conditions of the customer contracts, the fee is fixed or
determinable and collectibility is probable. Revenue related to
post-contract
customer support (“PCS”), including technical support
and unspecified
when-and-if
available software upgrades, is recognized ratably over the PCS
term.
Under SAB 104 or
SOP 97-2,
if fair value does not exist for any undelivered element,
revenue is not recognized until the earlier of (i) delivery
of such element or (ii) when fair value of the undelivered
element is established, unless the undelivered element is a
service, in which case revenue is recognized as the service is
performed once the service is the only undelivered element.
Deferred costs are presented as current or long-term in the
consolidated balance sheet, consistent with the classification
of the related deferred revenues.
(e) Research
and development
Research and development (“R&D”) costs are
charged to net earnings (loss) in the periods in which they are
incurred. However, costs incurred pursuant to specific contracts
with third parties, for which Nortel is obligated to deliver a
product, are charged to cost of revenues in the same period as
the related revenue is recognized. Related investment tax
credits are deducted from the income tax provision.
(f) Income
taxes
Nortel provides for income taxes using the asset and liability
method. This approach recognizes the amount of taxes payable or
refundable for the current year as well as deferred tax assets
and liabilities for the future tax consequence of events
recognized in the consolidated financial statements and tax
returns. Deferred income taxes are adjusted to reflect the
effects of changes in tax laws or enacted tax rates.
In establishing the appropriate income tax valuation allowances,
Nortel assesses its net deferred tax assets quarterly and based
on all available evidence, both positive and negative,
determines whether it is more likely than not that the remaining
net deferred tax assets or a portion thereof will be realized.
In accordance with FIN 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty
in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement
No. 109” (“FIN 48”), Nortel classifies
interest and penalties associated with income tax positions in
income tax expense.
(g) Earnings
(loss) per common share
Basic earnings (loss) per common share is calculated by dividing
the net earnings (loss) by the weighted-average number of Nortel
Networks Corporation common shares outstanding during the
period. Diluted earnings (loss) per common share is calculated
by dividing the applicable net earnings (loss) by the sum of the
weighted-average number of Nortel Networks Corporation common
shares outstanding and all additional Nortel Networks
Corporation common shares that would have been outstanding if
potentially dilutive Nortel Networks Corporation common shares
had been issued during the period. The treasury stock method is
used to compute the dilutive effect of warrants, options and
similar instruments. The if-converted method is used to compute
the dilutive effect of convertible debt. The dilutive effect of
contingently issuable shares is computed by comparing the
conditions required for issuance of shares against those
existing at the end of the period.
(h) Cash
and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, balances with
banks and short-term investments with original maturities of
three months or less. The amounts presented in the consolidated
financial statements approximate the fair value of cash and cash
equivalents.
(i) Restricted
cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents are considered restricted when they
are subject to contingent rights of a third party customer in
the normal course of business. From time to time, Nortel may be
required to post cash and cash equivalents as collateral to a
third party as a result of the general economic and industry
environment and Nortel’s and NNL’s credit ratings.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
(j) Provision
for doubtful accounts
The provision for doubtful accounts for trade, notes and
long-term receivables due from customers is established based on
an assessment of a customer’s credit quality, as well as
subjective factors and trends, including the aging of receivable
balances. Generally, these credit assessments occur prior to the
inception of the credit exposure and at regular reviews during
the life of the exposure.
Customer financing receivables are receivables from customers
with deferred payment terms. Customer financing receivables are
considered impaired when they are classified as non-performing,
payment arrears exceed 90 days or a major credit event such
as a material default has occurred, and management determines
that collection of amounts due according to the contractual
terms is doubtful. Provisions for impaired customer financing
receivables are recorded based on the expected recovery of
defaulted customer obligations, being the present value of
expected cash flows, or the realizable value of the collateral
if recovery of the receivables is dependent upon a liquidation
of the assets. Nortel recognizes recoveries on non-performing
receivables once cash payment has been received. Interest income
on impaired customer finance receivables is recognized as the
cash payments are collected.
(k) Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost (calculated
generally on a
first-in,
first-out basis) or market value. The cost of finished goods and
work in process is comprised of material, labor and
manufacturing overhead. Provisions for inventory are based on
estimates of future customer demand for products, including
general economic conditions, growth prospects within the
customer’s ultimate marketplaces and market acceptance of
current and pending products. Full provisions are generally
recorded for surplus inventory in excess of one year’s
forecast demand or inventory deemed obsolete. In addition,
Nortel records a liability for inventory purchase commitments
with contract manufacturers and suppliers for quantities in
excess of its future demand forecasts in accordance with
Nortel’s excess and obsolete inventory policies.
Inventory includes certain direct and incremental deferred costs
associated with arrangements where title and risk of loss were
transferred to customers but revenue was deferred due to other
revenue recognition criteria not being met.
(l) Receivables
sales
Transfers of accounts receivable that meet the criteria for
surrender of control under FASB Statement of Financial
Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) No. 140,
“Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets
and Extinguishments of Liabilities”, are accounted for as
sales. Generally, Nortel retains servicing rights and, in some
cases, provides limited recourse when it sells receivables. A
gain or loss is recorded as an operating expense (recovery)
within selling, general and administrative
(“SG&A”) at the date of the receivables sale. The
gain or loss is based upon, in part, the previous carrying
amount of the receivables involved in the transfer allocated
between the assets sold and the retained interests, based on
their relative fair values at the date of the transfer. Fair
value is generally estimated based on the present value of the
estimated future cash flows expected under management’s
assumptions, including discount rates assigned commensurate with
risks.
(m) Investments
Investments in publicly traded equity securities of companies
over which Nortel does not exert significant influence are
classified as available for sale and carried at fair value,
based on quoted market prices. Unrealized holding gains and
losses related to these securities are excluded from net
earnings (loss) and are included in OCI until such gains or
losses are realized or an
other-than-temporary
impairment is determined to have occurred. Gains and losses are
realized when the securities are sold.
Investments in equity securities of private companies over which
Nortel does not exert significant influence are accounted for
using the cost method. Investments in associated companies and
joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method. An
impairment loss is recorded when there has been a loss in value
of the investment that is
other-than-temporary.
Nortel monitors its investments for factors indicating
other-than-temporary
impairment and records a charge to net earnings (loss) when
appropriate.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
(n) Plant
and equipment
Plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated
depreciation. Depreciation is generally calculated on a
straight-line basis over the expected useful lives of the plant
and equipment. The expected useful life of a building is twenty
to forty years, machinery and equipment including related
capital leases is three to ten years, and capitalized software
is three to ten years.
(o) Software
development and business re-engineering costs
Software
development costs
Costs to develop, acquire or modify software solely for
Nortel’s internal use are capitalized pursuant to
SOP No. 98-1,
“Accounting for Costs of Computer Software Developed or
Obtained for Internal Use”
(“SOP 98-1”).
SOP 98-1
requires qualified internal and external costs related to such
software incurred during the application development stage to be
capitalized, and any preliminary project costs related to such
software and post-implementation costs to be expensed as
incurred.
Business
re-engineering costs
Internal and external costs of business process re-engineering
activities are expensed pursuant to EITF Issue
No. 97-13,
“Accounting for Costs Incurred in Connection with a
Consulting Contract or an Internal Project that Combines
Business Process Reengineering and Information Technology
Transformation”
(“EITF 97-13”).
Information technology transformation projects typically involve
implementation of enterprise software packages whereby entities
must re-engineer their business processes to connect into the
software, rather than modify the software to connect into their
existing business processes. Software development costs relating
to the information technology transformation are capitalized
under
SOP 98-1
as described above.
(p) Impairment
or disposal of long-lived assets
Long-lived
assets held and used
Nortel tests long-lived assets or asset groups held and used for
recoverability when events or changes in circumstances indicate
that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. Circumstances
which could trigger a review include, but are not limited to:
significant decreases in the market price of the asset or asset
group; significant adverse changes in the business climate or
legal factors; the accumulation of costs significantly in excess
of the amount originally expected for the acquisition or
construction of the asset; current period cash flow or operating
losses combined with a history of losses or a forecast of
continuing losses associated with the use of the asset; and a
current expectation that the asset will more likely than not be
sold or disposed of significantly before the end of its
previously estimated useful life.
Recoverability is assessed based on the carrying amount of the
asset or asset group and the sum of the undiscounted cash flows
expected to result from the use and the eventual disposal of the
asset or asset group. An impairment loss is recognized when the
carrying amount is not recoverable and exceeds the fair value of
the asset or asset group. The impairment loss is measured as the
amount by which the carrying amount exceeds fair value.
Long-lived
assets held for sale
Long-lived assets are classified as held for sale when certain
criteria are met, which include: management’s commitment to
a plan to sell the assets; the assets are available for
immediate sale in their present condition; an active program to
locate buyers and other actions to sell the assets have been
initiated; the sale of the assets is probable and their transfer
is expected to qualify for recognition as a completed sale
within one year; the assets are being actively marketed at
reasonable prices in relation to their fair value; and it is
unlikely that significant changes will be made to the plan to
sell the assets or that the plan will be withdrawn.
Nortel measures long-lived assets held for sale at the lower of
carrying amount or fair value, less cost to sell. These assets
are not depreciated.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
Long-lived
assets to be disposed of other than by sale
Nortel classifies assets that will be disposed of other than by
sale as held and used until the disposal transaction occurs. The
assets continue to be depreciated based on revisions to their
estimated useful lives until the date of disposal or abandonment.
Recoverability is assessed based on the carrying amount of the
asset or asset group and the sum of the undiscounted cash flows
expected to result from the remaining period of use and the
eventual disposal of the asset or asset group. An impairment
loss is recognized when the carrying amount is not recoverable
and exceeds the fair value of the asset or asset group. The
impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying
amount exceeds fair value.
Fair value for the purposes of measuring impairment or a planned
disposal of long-lived assets is determined using quoted market
prices or the anticipated cash flows discounted at a rate
commensurate with the risk involved.
(q) Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of an
acquired business over the fair value of the identifiable assets
acquired and liabilities assumed. Nortel tests for impairment of
goodwill on an annual basis as of October 1, and at any
other time if events occur or circumstances change that would
indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of
a reporting unit has been reduced below its carrying amount.
Circumstances that could trigger an impairment test include: a
significant adverse change in the business climate or legal
factors; an adverse action or assessment by a regulator;
unanticipated competition; the loss of key personnel; a change
in reportable segments; the likelihood that a reporting unit or
significant portion of a reporting unit will be sold or
otherwise disposed of; the results of testing for recoverability
of a significant asset group within a reporting unit; and the
recognition of a goodwill impairment loss in the financial
statements of a subsidiary that is a component of a reporting
unit.
The impairment test for goodwill is a two-step process. Step one
consists of a comparison of the fair value of a reporting unit
with its carrying amount, including the goodwill allocated to
the reporting unit. Measurement of the fair value of a reporting
unit is based on one or more fair value measures, including
present value techniques of estimated future cash flows and
estimated amounts at which the unit as a whole could be bought
or sold in a current transaction between willing parties. Nortel
also considers its market capitalization as of the date of the
impairment test. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit
exceeds its fair value, step two requires the fair value of the
reporting unit to be allocated to the underlying assets and
liabilities of that reporting unit, resulting in an implied fair
value of goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit
goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an
impairment loss equal to the excess is recorded in net earnings
(loss).
(r) Intangible
assets
Intangible assets consist of acquired technology and other
intangible assets. Acquired technology represents the value of
the proprietary know-how that was technologically feasible as of
the acquisition date. Intangible assets are amortized to net
earnings (loss) on a straight-line basis over their estimated
useful lives, generally two to ten years, or based on the
expected pattern of benefit to future periods using estimates of
undiscounted cash flows.
(s) Warranty
costs
As part of the normal sale of product, Nortel provides its
customers with product warranties that extend for periods
generally ranging from one to six years from the date of sale. A
liability for the expected cost of warranty-related claims is
established when the product is delivered and completed. In
estimating warranty liability, historical material replacement
costs and the associated labor costs to correct the product
defect are considered. Revisions are made when actual experience
differs materially from historical experience. Warranty-related
costs incurred before revenue is recognized are capitalized and
recognized as an expense when the related revenue is recognized.
Known product defects are specifically accrued for as Nortel
becomes aware of such defects.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
(t) Pension,
post-retirement and post-employment benefits
Pension expense, based on management’s assumptions,
consists of: actuarially computed costs of pension benefits in
respect of the current year’s service; imputed returns on
plan assets and imputed interest on pension obligations; and
straight-line amortization under the corridor approach of
experience gains and losses, assumption changes and plan
amendments over the expected average remaining service life of
the employee group.
The expected costs of post-retirement and certain
post-employment benefits, other than pensions, for active
employees are accrued in the consolidated financial statements
during the years employees provide service to Nortel. These
costs are recorded based on actuarial methods and assumptions.
Other post-employment benefits are recognized when the event
triggering the obligation occurs.
The over-funded or under-funded status of defined benefit
pension and post-retirement plans is recognized as an asset or
liability, respectively, on the consolidated balance sheet.
(u) Derivative
financial instruments
Nortel records derivatives as assets and liabilities measured at
fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value depends
on whether a derivative has been designated as a hedge under
hedge accounting, and the type of hedging relationship
designated. For a derivative designated as a fair value hedge,
changes in the fair value of the derivative and of the hedged
item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in net
earnings (loss) in the period in which the changes occur. For a
derivative designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective
portions of changes in the fair value of the derivative are
recorded in OCI and are recognized in net earnings (loss) when
the hedged item affects net earnings (loss). The ineffective
portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative in a cash
flow hedge are recognized in other income (expense) —
net in the period in which the changes occur. If the derivative
has not been designated as a hedging instrument for accounting
purposes or if a designated hedging relationship is no longer
highly effective, changes in the fair value of the derivative
are recognized in net earnings (loss) in the period in which the
changes occur.
When a fair value hedging relationship is terminated because the
derivative is sold or the hedge relationship is de-designated,
the fair value basis adjustment recorded on the hedged item is
recognized in the same manner as the other components of the
hedged item. For a cash flow hedge that is terminated because
the derivative is sold, expired, or the relationship is
de-designated, the amount in OCI is to be realized when the
hedged item affects net earnings (loss). If a cash flow or fair
value hedging relationship is terminated because the underlying
hedged item is repaid or is sold, or it is no longer probable
that the hedged forecasted transaction will occur, the
accumulated balance in OCI or the fair value basis adjustment
recorded on the hedged item is recorded immediately in net
earnings (loss).
Nortel’s policy is to formally document the terms of the
relationships between derivative instruments and hedged items to
which hedge accounting will be applied. This documentation
includes Nortel’s risk management objectives and strategy
for undertaking various hedge transactions. Where hedge
accounting will be applied, this process includes linking all
derivatives to specific assets and liabilities on the
consolidated balance sheet or to specific firm commitments or
forecasted transactions. Nortel also formally assesses, both at
the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the
derivatives that are used in designated hedging relationships
are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or
cash flows of hedged items.
Nortel may also invest in warrants to purchase securities of
other companies as a strategic investment or receive warrants in
various transactions. Warrants that relate to publicly traded
companies or that can be net share settled are deemed to be
derivative financial instruments. Such warrants, however, are
generally not eligible to be designated as hedging instruments.
In addition, Nortel may enter into certain commercial contracts
containing embedded derivative financial instruments. Generally
for these embedded derivatives, the economic characteristics and
risks are not clearly and closely related to the economic
characteristics and risks of the host contract, and therefore
the embedded derivatives are separated from the host contract
and the changes in fair value each period are recorded in net
earnings (loss).
(v) Share-based
compensation
Nortel employees and directors have been issued share-based
awards from a number of share-based compensation plans that are
described in note 18.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
Effective January 1, 2006, Nortel adopted
SFAS No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment”
(“SFAS 123R”), which revises
SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation” (“SFAS 123”). Nortel adopted
SFAS 123R using the modified prospective transition
approach and, accordingly, the results of prior periods have not
been restated. Under the modified prospective transition
approach, the provisions of SFAS 123R are generally applied
only to share-based awards granted, modified, repurchased or
cancelled on January 1, 2006 and thereafter. Nortel
voluntarily adopted fair value accounting for share-based awards
effective January 1, 2003 (under SFAS 123, as amended
by SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation — Transition and Disclosure —
an Amendment of SFAS 123”), using the prospective
method. Under this method, Nortel measured the cost of
share-based awards granted or modified on or after
January 1, 2003 using the fair value of the award and began
recognizing that cost in the consolidated statements of
operations over the vesting period. Nortel will recognize the
remaining previously unrecognized cost of these awards over the
remaining service period following the provisions of
SFAS 123R. Nortel recognizes compensation expense for stock
options and Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) over the
requisite service period. The requisite service period for a
stock option or RSU is equal to the vesting period of the
awards, as they vest solely based on employee service.
Performance Stock Units (“PSUs”) have an employee
service condition and a market condition, both of which are
based on a three-year period. As such, the requisite service
period for PSUs is also equal to its vesting period.
Nortel Networks Corporation common shares, deliverable upon the
settlement or exercise of awards issued under Nortel’s
share-based compensation plans, may be new shares issued from
treasury or shares purchased in privately negotiated
transactions or in the open market.
The accounting for Nortel’s significant share-based
compensation plans under the fair value based method is as
follows:
Stock
options
The fair value at grant date of stock options is estimated using
the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. Compensation
expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the stock
option vesting period of the entire award based on the estimated
number of stock options that are expected to vest. When
exercised, stock options are settled through the issuance of
shares and are therefore treated as equity awards.
RSUs
RSUs are settled with Nortel Networks Corporation common shares
and are valued on the grant date using the grant date market
price of the underlying shares. This valuation is not
subsequently adjusted for changes in the market price of the
shares prior to settlement of the award. Each RSU granted under
the SIP (as defined in note 18) represents one Nortel
Networks Corporation common share. Compensation expense is
recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of
the entire award based on the estimated number of RSU awards
that are expected to vest. RSUs awarded to executive officers
beginning in 2005, and employees from January 1, 2007,
prospectively vest in equal installments on the first three
anniversary dates of the grant of the award. All RSUs currently
granted have been classified as equity instruments as their
terms require that they be settled in shares.
PSUs
PSUs are settled with Nortel Networks Corporation common shares
and are valued using a Monte Carlo simulation model. The extent
to which PSUs vest and settle at the end of a three year
performance period will depend upon the level of achievement of
certain market performance criteria based on the total
shareholder return on the Nortel Networks Corporation common
shares compared to the total shareholder return on the common
shares of a comparative group of companies included in the Dow
Jones Technology Titans Index (the “Technology
Index”). The number of awards expected to be earned, based
on achievement of the PSU market condition, is factored into the
grant date Monte Carlo valuation of the PSU award. The grant
date fair value is not subsequently adjusted regardless of the
eventual number of awards that are earned based on the market
condition. Compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line
basis over the three-year vesting period. Compensation expense
is reduced for estimated PSU awards that will not vest due to
not meeting continued employment vesting conditions. All PSUs
currently granted have been classified as equity instruments as
their terms require that they be settled in shares.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
Stock
appreciation rights (“SARs”)
Stand-alone SARs or SARs in tandem with options may be granted
under the SIP (as defined in note 18). As of
December 31, 2007, no tandem SARs have been granted under
the SIP. SARs that are settled in cash are accounted for as
liability awards and SARs that are settled in Nortel Networks
Corporation common shares are accounted for as equity awards.
Upon the exercise of a vested stand-alone SAR, a holder will be
entitled to receive payment, in cash, Nortel Networks
Corporation common shares or any combination thereof of an
amount equal to the excess of the market value of a Nortel
Networks Corporation common share on the date of exercise over
the subscription or base price under the SAR. Stand-alone SARs
awarded under the SIP generally vest in equal installments on
the first four anniversary dates of the grant date of the award.
All SARs currently granted will be settled in cash at the time
of vesting and as such have been classified as liability awards
based on this cash settlement provision. The fair value of
outstanding SARs is remeasured each period through the date of
settlement. Compensation expense is amortized over the requisite
service period (generally the vesting period) of the award based
on the proportionate amount of the requisite service that has
been rendered to date.
Employee
stock purchase plans (“ESPPs”)
Nortel has stock purchase plans for eligible employees to
facilitate the acquisition of Nortel Networks Corporation common
shares at a discount. The discount is such that the plans are
considered compensatory under the fair value based method.
Nortel’s contribution to the ESPPs is recorded as
compensation expense on a quarterly basis as the obligation to
contribute is incurred.
Pro forma
disclosure required due to a change in accounting
policy
Had Nortel applied the fair value based method to all
share-based awards in all periods, reported net earnings (loss)
and earnings (loss) per common share would have been adjusted to
the pro forma amounts indicated below for the following year
ended December 31:
2005
Net loss — reported
$
(2,610
)
Share-based compensation — reported
89
Share-based compensation — pro
forma(i)
(96
)
Net loss — pro forma
$
(2,617
)
Basic loss per common share:
Reported
$
(6.02
)
Pro forma
$
(6.03
)
Diluted loss per common share:
Reported
$
(6.02
)
Pro forma
$
(6.03
)
(i)
Share-based compensation — pro forma expense for the
year ended December 31, 2005 was net of tax of nil.
(w) Guarantees
Nortel has entered into agreements which contain features that
meet the definition of a guarantee under FIN 45,
“Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements
for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of
Other” (“FIN 45”). These arrangements create
two types of obligations for Nortel:
(i)
Nortel has a non-contingent and immediate obligation to stand
ready to make payments if certain future triggering events
occur. For certain guarantees, a liability must be recognized
for the stand ready obligation at the inception of the
guarantee; and
(ii)
Nortel has an obligation to make future payments if those
certain future triggering events do occur. A liability must be
recognized when it becomes probable that one or more future
events will occur, triggering the requirement to make payments
under the guarantee and when the payment can be reasonably
estimated.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
Nortel’s requirement to make payments (either in cash,
financial instruments, other assets, Nortel Networks Corporation
common shares or through the provision of services) to a third
party will be triggered as a result of changes in an underlying
economic characteristic (such as interest rates or market value)
that is related to an asset, a liability or an equity security
of the guaranteed party or a third party’s failure to
perform under a specified agreement.
(x) Recent
accounting pronouncements
(i)
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159,
“The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial
Liabilities — Including an amendment of FASB Statement
No. 115” (“SFAS 159”). SFAS 159 allows
the irrevocable election of fair value as the initial and
subsequent measurement attribute for certain financial assets
and liabilities and other items on an
instrument-by-instrument
basis. Changes in fair value would be reflected in earnings as
they occur. The objective of SFAS 159 is to improve
financial reporting by providing entities with the opportunity
to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring
related assets and liabilities differently without having to
apply complex hedge accounting provisions. For Nortel,
SFAS 159 is effective as of January 1, 2008. Nortel
has elected not to apply the fair value option for any of its
eligible financial instruments and other items.
(ii)
In June 2007, the EITF reached a consensus on EITF Issue
No. 06-11,
“Accounting for Income Tax Benefits on Dividends on
Share-Based Payment Awards”
(“EITF 06-11”).
EITF 06-11
provides accounting guidance on how to recognize the realized
tax benefits associated with the payment of dividends under a
share-based payment arrangement.
EITF 06-11
requires that the realized tax benefits associated with
dividends on unvested share-based payments be charged to equity
as an increase in additional paid-in capital and included in the
pool of excess tax benefits available to absorb potential future
tax deficiencies on share-based payment awards. Nortel will
adopt the provisions of
EITF 06-11
on January 1, 2008. The adoption of
EITF 06-11
is not expected to have a material impact on Nortel’s
results of operations and financial condition.
(iii)
In June 2007, the EITF reached a consensus on EITF Issue
No. 07-3,
“Accounting for Advance Payments for Goods or Services to
be Received for Use in Future Research and Development
Activities”
(“EITF 07-3”).
EITF 07-3
provides clarification surrounding the accounting for
non-refundable research and development advance payments,
whereby such payments should be recorded as an asset when the
advance payment is made and recognized as an expense when the
research and development activities are performed. Nortel will
adopt the provisions of
EITF 07-3
on January 1, 2008. The implementation of
EITF 07-3
is not expected to have a material impact on Nortel’s
results of operations and financial condition.
(iv)
In April 2007, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position
(“FSP”),
FIN 39-1,
an amendment to paragraph 10 of FIN 39,
“Offsetting of Amounts Related to Certain Contracts”
(“FSP FIN
39-1”).
FSP
FIN 39-1
replaces the terms “conditional contract” and
“exchange contracts” in FIN 39 with the term
“derivative instruments” as defined in
SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivatives
Instruments and Hedging Activities”
(“SFAS 133”). FSP
FIN 39-1
also amends FIN 39 to allow for the offsetting of fair value
amounts recognized for the right to reclaim cash collateral (a
receivable), or the obligation to return cash collateral (a
payable) against fair value amounts recognized for derivative
instruments executed with the same counterparty under the same
master netting arrangement. Nortel will adopt the provisions of
FSP
FIN 39-1
on January 1, 2008. The implementation of FSP
FIN 39-1
is not expected to have a material impact on Nortel’s
results of operations and financial condition.
(v)
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157,
“Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS 157”).
SFAS 157 establishes a single definition of fair value and
a framework for measuring fair value in U.S. GAAP and
requires expanded disclosures about fair value measurements.
SFAS 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal
years beginning after November 15, 2007. Nortel plans to
partially adopt the provisions of SFAS 157 on
January 1, 2008. The effective date for SFAS 157 as it
relates to fair value measurements for non-financial assets and
liabilities that are not measured at fair value on a recurring
basis has been deferred to fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2008. Nortel plans to adopt the deferred
portion of SFAS 157 on January 1, 2009. Nortel does
not currently expect the adoption of SFAS 157 to have a
material impact on its results of operations and financial
conditions, but will continue to assess the evolving guidance.
(vi)
In September 2007, the EITF reached a consensus on EITF Issue
No. 07-1,
“Collaborative Arrangements”
(“EITF 07-1”).
EITF 07-1
addresses the accounting for arrangements in which two companies
work together to
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
achieve a common commercial objective, without forming a
separate legal entity. The nature and purpose of a
company’s collaborative arrangements are required to be
disclosed, along with the accounting policies applied and the
classification and amounts for significant financial activities
related to the arrangements. Nortel will adopt the provisions of
EITF 07-1
on January 1, 2009. The adoption of
EITF 07-1
is not expected to have a material impact on Nortel’s
results of operations and financial condition.
(vii)
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 141R, “Business
Combinations” (“SFAS 141R”), replacing
SFAS 141, “Business Combinations”. SFAS 141R
revises existing accounting guidance for how an acquirer
recognizes and measures in its financial statements the
identifiable assets, liabilities, any noncontrolling interests,
and the goodwill acquired. SFAS 141R is effective for
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. Nortel
plans to adopt the provisions of SFAS 141R on
January 1, 2009. The adoption of SFAS 141R will impact
the accounting for business combinations completed by Nortel on
or after January 1, 2009.
(viii)
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 160,
“Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial
Statements — An Amendment of ARB 51”
(“SFAS 160”). SFAS 160 establishes
accounting and reporting standards for the treatment of
noncontrolling interests in a subsidiary. Noncontrolling
interests in a subsidiary should be reported as a component of
equity in the consolidated financial statements and any retained
noncontrolling equity investment upon deconsolidation of a
subsidiary is initially measured at fair value. SFAS 160 is
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,2008. Nortel plans to adopt the provisions of SFAS 160 on
January 1, 2009. The adoption of SFAS 160 will result
in the reclassification of minority interests to
shareholders’ equity. Nortel is currently assessing any
further impacts on its results of operations and financial
condition.
3.
Accounting
changes
(a) Accounting
for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments
In February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155,
“Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial
Instruments — an amendment to FASB Statements
No. 133 and 140” (“SFAS 155”).
SFAS 155 simplifies the accounting for certain hybrid
financial instruments containing embedded derivatives.
SFAS 155 allows fair value measurement, at the option of
the entity, for any hybrid financial instrument that contains an
embedded derivative that otherwise would require bifurcation
under SFAS 133. In addition, it amends
SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and
Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of
Liabilities”, to eliminate certain restrictions on passive
derivative financial instruments that a qualifying
special-purpose entity can hold. SFAS 155 is effective for
all financial instruments acquired, issued or subject to a
re-measurement event occurring after the beginning of an
entity’s first fiscal year that begins after
September 15, 2006. Pursuant to SFAS 155, Nortel has
not elected to measure its hybrid instruments at fair value.
(b) Accounting
for Servicing of Financial Assets
In March 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 156,
“Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets —
an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140”
(“SFAS 156”). SFAS 156 simplifies the
accounting for assets and liabilities arising from loan
servicing contracts. SFAS 156 requires that servicing
rights be valued initially at fair value and subsequently either
(i) accounted for at fair value or (ii) amortized over
the period of estimated net servicing income (loss), with an
assessment for impairment or increased obligation each reporting
period. Nortel adopted SFAS 156 on January 1, 2007.
The adoption of SFAS 156 has not had a material impact on
Nortel’s results of operations and financial condition.
(c) Accounting
for Uncertainty in Income Taxes
In June 2006, the FASB issued FIN 48, clarifying the
accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an
entity’s financial statements in accordance with
SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes”
(“SFAS 109”). The interpretation prescribes a
recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the
financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax
position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return.
FIN 48 also provides accounting guidance on de-recognition,
classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim
periods, disclosure and transition. The evaluation of tax
positions under FIN 48 is a two-step process, whereby
(1) Nortel determines whether it is more likely than not
that the tax positions will be sustained based on the technical
merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that
meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, Nortel
would recognize the largest amount of tax benefit that has a
greater
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement
with the related tax authority. The adoption of FIN 48
resulted in an increase of $1 to opening accumulated deficit as
at January 1, 2007. For additional information, see
note 7.
On May 2, 2007, the FASB issued FSP
FIN 48-1,
“Definition of Settlement in FASB Interpretation 48”
(“FSP
FIN 48-1”).
FSP
FIN 48-1
amends FIN 48 to provide guidance on how an enterprise
should determine whether a tax position is effectively settled
for the purpose of recognizing previously unrecognized tax
benefits. Nortel applied the provisions of FSP
FIN 48-1
effective January 1, 2007. The adoption of FSP
FIN 48-1
has not had a material impact on Nortel’s results of
operations and financial condition.
(d) Accounting
for Sabbatical Leave and Other Similar Benefits
In June 2006, the EITF reached a consensus on EITF Issue
No. 06-2,
“Accounting for Sabbatical Leave and Other Similar Benefits
Pursuant to FASB Statement No. 43, Accounting for
Compensated Absences”
(“EITF 06-2”).
EITF 06-2
provides clarification surrounding the accounting for benefits
in the form of compensated absences, whereby an employee is
entitled to paid time off after working for a specified period
of time.
EITF 06-2
is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,2006. The adoption of
EITF 06-2
has not had a material impact on Nortel’s results of
operations and financial condition.
(e) How
Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental
Authorities Should Be Presented in the Income
Statement
In June 2006, the EITF reached a consensus on EITF Issue
No. 06-3,
“How Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to
Governmental Authorities Should Be Presented in the Income
Statement (That Is, Gross Versus Net Presentation)”
(“EITF 06-3”).
EITF 06-3
provides guidance on how taxes directly imposed on
revenue-producing transactions between a seller and customer
that are remitted to governmental authorities should be
presented in the income statement (i.e. gross versus net
presentation). Nortel elected to follow its existing policy of
net presentation allowed by
EITF 06-3
and, therefore, its adoption of
EITF 06-3
has not had any impact on Nortel’s results of operations
and financial condition.
(f)
Share-Based
Payment
On January 1, 2006, Nortel adopted SFAS 123R. Nortel
previously elected to account for employee share-based
compensation using the fair value method prospectively for all
awards granted or modified on or after January 1, 2003, in
accordance with SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for
Share-based Compensation — Transition and
Disclosure”. SAB No. 107, “Share-Based
Payment” (“SAB 107”), was issued by the SEC
in March 2005 and provides supplemental SFAS 123R
application guidance based on the views of the SEC. As a result
of the adoption of SFAS 123R in the first quarter of 2006,
Nortel recorded a gain of $9 or $0.02 per common share on a
basic and diluted basis as a cumulative effect of an accounting
change. There were no other material impacts on Nortel’s
results of operations and financial condition as a result of the
adoption of SFAS 123R. For additional disclosure related to
SFAS 123R, see note 18.
(g)
Employers’
Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement
Plans — an Amendment of FASB
Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R)
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158,
“Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and
Other Postretirement Plans — an Amendment of FASB
Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R)”
(“SFAS 158”). SFAS 158 requires an employer
to recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of a defined
benefit pension and post-retirement plan (other than a
multiemployer plan) as an asset or liability in its statement of
financial position and to recognize changes in that funded
status in the year in which the changes occur through
comprehensive income. Based on the funded status of
Nortel’s pension and post-retirement benefit plans as of
the measurement date of September 30, the adoption of
SFAS 158 has had the effect of increasing Nortel’s net
liabilities for pension and post-retirement benefits and
decreasing shareholders’ equity by approximately $142, net
of taxes, as of December 31, 2006.
Nortel uses a measurement date of September 30 to measure plan
assets and benefit obligations annually for the pension plans
and other post-retirement benefit plans that make up the
majority of plan assets and obligations.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
SFAS 158 also requires an employer to measure the funded
status of a plan as of the date of its year end statement of
financial position, with limited exceptions. SFAS 158
provides two approaches for an employer to transition to a
fiscal year end measurement date, both of which apply to Nortel
for its fiscal year ending December 31, 2008. Under the
first approach, an employer remeasures plan assets and benefit
obligations as of the beginning of the fiscal year that the
measurement date provisions are applied. Under the second
approach, an employer continues to use the measurements
determined for the prior fiscal year end reporting to estimate
the effects of the change. Net periodic benefit cost for the
period between the earlier measurement date and the end of the
fiscal year that the measurement date provisions are applied,
exclusive of any curtailment or settlement gain or loss, shall
be allocated proportionately between amounts to be recognized as
an adjustment of retained earnings and net periodic benefit cost
for the fiscal year that the measurement date provisions are
applied. Nortel has elected to adopt the second approach to
transition to a fiscal year end measurement date for its fiscal
year ending December 31, 2008 and is currently assessing
the impact on its results of operations and financial condition.
For additional information on Nortel’s pension and
post-retirement plans, see note 8.
4.
Consolidated
financial statement details
The following tables provide details of selected items presented
in the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for
each of the three years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and
2005, and the consolidated balance sheets as of
December 31, 2007 and 2006.
Consolidated
statements of operations
Cost of
revenues:
In August 2004, Nortel entered into a contract with Bharat
Sanchar Nigam Limited to establish a wireless network in India.
Nortel’s commitments for orders received as of
December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 under this contract have
resulted in estimated project losses in each of these years of
approximately $39, $13 and $148, respectively, which were
recorded as a charge to cost of revenues and accrued within
contractual liabilities in the years ended December 31,2007, 2006 and 2005.
Selling,
general and administrative expense:
SG&A expense includes bad debt (expense) recoveries of
($2), ($5) and $10 in the years ended December 31, 2007,
2006 and 2005, respectively.
Research
and development expense:
2007
2006
2005
R&D expense
$
1,723
$
1,939
$
1,874
R&D costs incurred on behalf of
others(a)
7
16
28
Total
$
1,730
$
1,955
$
1,902
(a)
These costs included R&D costs
charged to customers of Nortel pursuant to contracts that
provided for full recovery of the estimated costs of
development, material, engineering, installation and other
applicable costs, which were accounted for as contract costs.
Nortel recorded a recovery of $54 and $219 for the years ended
December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and an expense of
$2,474 for the year ended December 31, 2005, related to an
agreement to settle certain shareholder class action litigation.
For additional information see note 20.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
Other
operating income — net:
2007
2006
2005
Royalty license income — net
$
(31
)
$
(21
)
$
(13
)
Litigation charges (recovery)
(2
)
9
(10
)
Other — net
(2
)
(1
)
—
Other operating income —
net(a)
$
(35
)
$
(13
)
$
(23
)
(a)
Includes items that were previously
reported as non-operating and have been reclassified from
“Other income — net” to conform to current
presentation.
Other
income — net:
2007
2006
2005
Interest and dividend income
$
221
$
140
$
115
Gain (loss) on sales and write downs of investments
(5
)
(6
)
67
Currency exchange gains (losses) — net
176
(12
)
59
Other — net
33
77
31
Other income — net
$
425
$
199
$
272
Hedge ineffectiveness related to designated hedging
relationships that were accounted for in accordance with SFAS
No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and
Hedging Activities”, had no material impact on the net loss
for the year ended December 31, 2007 or 2006, and was
reported within Other Income — net in the consolidated
statements of operations.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
Inventories —
net:
2007
2006
Raw materials
$
610
$
725
Work in process
10
11
Finished goods
800
727
Deferred costs
1,698
1,952
3,118
3,415
Less: provision for inventories
(907
)
(1,007
)
Inventories — net
2,211
2,408
Less: long-term deferred
costs(a)
(209
)
(419
)
Current inventories — net
$
2,002
$
1,989
(a)
Long-term portion of deferred costs
is included in other assets.
Other
current assets:
2007
2006
Prepaid expenses
$
152
$
175
Income taxes recoverable
77
64
Current investments
15
51
Other
223
452
Other current assets
$
467
$
742
Investments:
Investments included balances of $101 and $97 as of
December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, related to
long-term investment assets held in an employee benefit trust in
Canada, and restricted as to its use in operations by Nortel.
Plant and
equipment — net:
2007
2006
Cost:
Land
$
38
$
35
Buildings
1,137
1,185
Machinery and equipment
2,176
2,048
Assets under capital lease
215
215
Sale lease-back assets
97
92
3,663
3,575
Less accumulated depreciation:
Buildings
(395
)
(444
)
Machinery and equipment
(1,608
)
(1,488
)
Assets under capital lease
(107
)
(96
)
Sale lease-back assets
(21
)
(17
)
(2,131
)
(2,045
)
Plant and equipment —
net(a)
$
1,532
$
1,530
(a)
There are no material assets held
for sale as of December 31, 2007. As of December 31,2006, assets were held for sale with a carrying value of $52,
related to owned facilities that were being actively marketed
for sale. These assets were written down in previous periods to
their estimated fair values less estimated costs to sell. The
write downs were included in special charges. Nortel disposed of
all the assets held for sale in 2007, with such disposition
having no material impact on net earnings (loss). The assets
held for sale had gross and net book values of approximately
$168 and $56, respectively, as of the date of their disposition.
Opening balances for Enterprise
Solutions, Carrier Networks and Metro Ethernet Networks have
been decreased by $28, $25 and $114, respectively, and the
opening balance for Global Services has been increased by $167,
to reflect the reclassification of Nortel’s network
implementation services to Global Services, as described in
note 5.
(b)
The addition of $43 relates to the
goodwill acquired as a result of the acquisition of Tasman
Networks Inc. (“Tasman Networks”) in 2006. See
note 9 for additional information.
(c)
Includes a disposal of $42 related
to the transfer of Nortel’s Calgary manufacturing plant
assets to Flextronics Telecom Systems Ltd.
(“Flextronics”) in 2006. See note 9 for
additional information.
(d)
Relates primarily to
reclassifications in goodwill previously recorded as a result of
the finalization of the purchase price allocation for Nortel
Government Solutions Incorporated (“NGS”), and
LG-Nortel (as defined in note 9). See note 9 for
additional information.
(e)
The addition of $18 relates to the
finalization of the purchase price adjustment with respect to
the LG-Nortel (as defined in note 9) joint venture.
See note 9 for additional information.
Intangible
assets — net:
2007
2006
Cost(a)
$
338
$
307
Less accumulated amortization
(125
)
(66
)
Intangible assets — net
$
213
$
241
(a)
Intangible assets are being
amortized over a weighted-average period of approximately
six years ending in 2013. Amortization expense for each of
the next five years commencing in 2008 is expected to be $58,
$52, $37, $22 and $18, respectively. The majority of
amortization expense is denominated in a foreign currency and
may fluctuate due to changes in foreign exchange rates.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
Other
accrued liabilities:
2007
2006
Outsourcing and selling, general and administrative related
provisions
$
306
$
400
Customer deposits
52
78
Product related provisions
126
93
Warranty provisions (note 12)
214
217
Deferred revenue
1,219
1,127
Advance billings in excess of revenues recognized to date on
contracts(a)
1,490
1,352
Miscellaneous taxes
32
75
Income taxes payable
96
72
Deferred income taxes
15
—
Tax uncertainties (note 7)
21
—
Interest payable
91
114
Global Class Action Settlement provision (note 20)
—
814
Other
163
261
Other accrued liabilities
$
3,825
$
4,603
(a)
Includes amounts which may be
recognized beyond one year due to the duration of certain
contracts.
Other
liabilities:
2007
2006
Pension benefit liabilities
$
1,109
$
1,965
Post-employment and post-retirement benefit liabilities
893
794
Restructuring liabilities (note 6)
180
177
Deferred revenue
400
919
Global Class Action Settlement provision (note 20)
—
1,680
Tax uncertainties
71
—
Other long-term provisions
222
275
Other liabilities
$
2,875
$
5,810
Minority
interests in subsidiary companies:
2007
2006
Preferred shares of NNL (Authorized: unlimited number of
Class A and Class B)
Series 5, issued November 26, 1996 for consideration
of Canadian
$400(a)
$
294
$
294
Series 7, issued November 28, 1997 for consideration
of Canadian
$350(b)
242
242
Other(c)
294
243
Minority interests in subsidiary companies
$
830
$
779
(a)
As of December 31, 2007 and
2006, 16 million Class A Series 5 preferred
shares were outstanding. Effective December 1, 2001,
holders of the Series 5 preferred shares are entitled to
receive, if declared, a monthly floating cumulative preferential
cash dividend based on Canadian prime rates.
(b)
As of December 31, 2007 and
2006, 14 million Class A Series 7 preferred
shares were outstanding. Effective December 1, 2002,
holders of the Series 7 preferred shares are entitled to
receive, if declared, a monthly floating non-cumulative
preferential cash dividend based on Canadian prime rates.
(c)
Other includes minority interests
in LG-Nortel (as defined in note 9) and other joint
ventures primarily in Europe and Asia.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
Consolidated
statements of cash flows
Change in
operating assets and liabilities excluding Global
Class Action Settlement — net:
2007
2006
2005
Accounts receivable — net
$
202
$
51
$
(280
)
Inventories — net
(66
)
(42
)
285
Deferred costs
223
97
(538
)
Income taxes
23
(20
)
(58
)
Accounts payable
42
(79
)
189
Payroll, accrued and contractual liabilities
(340
)
(257
)
213
Deferred revenue
(424
)
(229
)
161
Advance billings in excess of revenues recognized to date on
contracts
149
120
102
Restructuring liabilities
(7
)
(21
)
(149
)
Other
(233
)
(69
)
(142
)
Change in operating assets and liabilities excluding Global
Class Action Settlement — net
$
(431
)
$
(449
)
$
(217
)
Acquisitions
of investments and businesses — net of cash
acquired:
2007
2006
2005
Cash acquired
$
—
$
(1
)
$
(26
)
Total net assets acquired other than cash
(85
)
(146
)
(651
)
Total purchase price
(85
)
(147
)
(677
)
Less:
Cash acquired
—
1
26
Acquisitions of investments and businesses — net of
cash acquired
$
(85
)
$
(146
)
$
(651
)
Interest
and taxes paid:
2007
2006
2005
Cash interest paid
$
383
$
241
$
203
Cash taxes paid
$
91
$
43
$
48
5.
Segment
information
Segment
descriptions
In the first quarter of 2007, Nortel changed the name of its
Mobility and Converged Core Networks segment to Carrier Networks
(“CN”). Additionally, revenues from network
implementation services consisting of engineering, installation
and project management services bundled in customer contracts
and previously included with sales in each of its CN, Enterprise
Solutions (“ES”) and Metro Ethernet Networks
(“MEN”) segments have been reallocated to its Global
Services (“GS”) segment for management reporting
purposes beginning in 2007. The segments are described below.
The amounts reallocated to the GS segment were based primarily
on the stated value of the services in the respective bundled
customer arrangements. Prior period segment information has been
recast to conform to the current segment presentation.
•
CN provides mobility networking solutions using (i) Code
Division Multiple Access (“CDMA”), Global System
for Mobile Communication (“GSM”), and Universal Mobile
Telecommunication System (“UMTS”) radio access
technologies, and fixed and mobile networking solutions using
Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access
(“WiMAX”) radio access technology, and
(ii) carrier circuit and packet voice solutions. Mobility
networking refers to communications networks that enable end
users to be mobile while they send and receive voice and data
communications using wireless devices such as cellular
telephones, personal digital assistants, laptops and other
computing and communications devices. These networks use
specialized network access equipment and specialized core
networking equipment that enable an end user to be connected and
identified when not in a fixed location and to roam globally. In
addition, Nortel’s carrier circuit and packet voice
solutions provide a broad range of voice
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
solutions to its service provider customers for business and
residential subscribers, traditional, full featured voice
services as well as internet-based voice and multimedia
communications services using either circuit or packet-based
switching technologies. These service provider customers include
local and long distance telephone companies, wireless service
providers, cable operators and other communication service
providers. Increasingly, CN addresses customers who want to
provide services across both wireless as well as wired devices.
•
ES provides Unified Communications (“UC”) solutions to
enterprise customers using (i) Business Optimized
Communications and (ii) Business Optimized Networking.
Business Optimized Communications comprised of enterprise
circuit and packet voice solutions, software solutions for
multi-media messaging, conferencing and contact centers and
Service Oriented Architecture based communications enabled
applications. Business Optimized Networking solutions are
inclusive of data networking, wireless LAN, datacenter, and
security, Nortel’s UC solutions transform an
enterprise’s existing communications to deliver a unified,
real time, multi-media experience including voice, video, email
and instant messaging. Nortel’s ES customers consist of a
broad range of enterprises around the world, including large
businesses at their headquarters, data centers, call centers and
branch offices, small and medium-size businesses and home
offices, as well as government agencies, educational and other
institutions and utility organizations.
•
GS provides a broad range of services to address the
requirements of Nortel’s carrier and enterprise customers
throughout the entire lifecycle of their networks. The GS
portfolio is organized into four main service product groups:
(i) network implementation services, including network
integration, planning, installation, optimization and security
services, (ii) network support services, including
technical support, hardware maintenance, equipment spares
logistics and
on-site
engineers, (iii) network managed services, including
services related to the monitoring and management of customer
networks and providing a range of network managed service
options, and (iv) network application services, including
applications development, integration and communications-enabled
application solutions and hosted multimedia services.
Nortel’s GS market mirrors that of its carrier and
enterprise markets along with a broad range of customers in all
geographic regions where Nortel conducts business, including
wireline and wireless carriers, cable operators, small and
medium-size businesses, large global enterprises and all levels
of government.
•
MEN combines Nortel’s optical networking solutions and the
carrier portion of its data networking solutions to transform
its carrier and large enterprise customers’ networks to be
more scalable and reliable for the high speed delivery of
diverse multi-media communications services. By combining
Nortel’s optical expertise and data knowledge, Nortel
creates carrier Ethernet solutions that help service providers
and enterprises better manage increasing bandwidth demands.
Nortel differentiates its MEN solutions by using technology
innovation such as Provider Backbone Bridges, Provider Backbone
Transport, and 40G Dual Polarization Quadrature Phase Shift
Keying to deliver increased network capacity at lower cost per
bit and with a simpler operations paradigm. Both metropolitan,
or metro, and long haul networks are key focus areas as
bandwidth demands are increasing as a result of the growth of
network-based broadcast and on-demand video delivery, wireless
“backhaul” for a variety of data services including
video, as well as traditional business, internet, and private
line and voice services.
•
Other miscellaneous business activities and corporate functions,
including the operating results of NGS, do not meet the
quantitative criteria to be disclosed separately as reportable
segments and have been reported in “Other”. Costs
associated with shared services, such as general corporate
functions, that are managed on a common basis are allocated to
Nortel’s reportable segments based on usage determined
generally by headcount. A portion of other general and
miscellaneous corporate costs and expenses are allocated based
on a fixed charge established annually. Costs not allocated to
the reportable segments include employee share-based
compensation, differences between actual and budgeted employee
benefit costs, interest attributable to its long-term debt and
other non-operational activities, and are included in
“Other”.
Nortel’s president and chief executive officer (the
“CEO”) has been identified as the Chief Operating
Decision Maker in assessing segment performance and in deciding
how to allocate resources to the segments. The primary financial
measures used by the CEO in assessing performance and allocating
resources to the segments are management earnings (loss) before
income taxes (“Management EBT”) and operating margin.
Management EBT is a measure that includes the cost of revenues,
SG&A expense, R&D expense, interest expense, other
operating income — net, other income — net,
minority interests — net of tax and equity in net
earnings (loss) of associated companies — net of tax.
Interest attributable to long-
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
term debt is not allocated to a reportable segment and is
included in “Other”. Nortel believes that Management
EBT is determined in accordance with the measurement principles
most consistent with those used by Nortel in measuring the
corresponding amounts in its consolidated financial statements.
The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same
as those applied to the consolidated financial statements. The
CEO does not review asset information on a segmented basis in
order to assess performance and allocate resources.
Segments
The following tables set forth information by segment for the
years ended December 31:
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
Nortel had one customer, Verizon Communications Inc., that
generated revenues of approximately $1,149 and $1,416 or 11% and
12% of total consolidated revenues for the years ended
December 31, 2007 and 2006 respectively. The revenues from
this customer for the years ended December 31, 2007 and
2006 did not relate specifically to one of Nortel’s
reportable segments, but rather were generated throughout all of
Nortel’s reportable segments. For the year ended
December 31, 2005, no customer generated revenues greater
than 10% of consolidated revenues.
Geographic
information:
The following table sets forth external revenues by geographic
region based on the location of the customer for the years ended
December 31:
2007
2006
2005
U.S.
$
4,974
$
5,092
$
5,203
Europe, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”)
2,740
3,239
2,704
Canada
822
720
571
Asia
1,768
1,736
1,422
Caribbean and Latin America (“CALA”)
644
631
609
Total
$
10,948
$
11,418
$
10,509
Long-lived
assets:
The following table sets forth long-lived assets representing
plant and equipment — net, by geographic region as of
December 31:
2007
2006
U.S.
$
441
$
509
EMEA
206
213
Canada
690
627
Other
regions(a)
195
181
Total
$
1,532
$
1,530
(a)
The Asia and CALA regions.
6.
Special
charges
During the first quarter of 2007, as part of its continuing
efforts to increase competitiveness by improving profitability
and overall business performance, Nortel announced a
restructuring plan that includes workforce reductions of
approximately 2,900 positions and shifting an additional 1,000
positions from higher-cost locations to lower-cost locations.
During the year ended December 31, 2007, approximately 150
additional positions were identified and incorporated into the
plan with associated costs of approximately $15. Other revisions
to the original workforce plan included a change in strategy
regarding shared services, resulting in approximately 300 fewer
position reductions with associated costs of approximately $18.
The revised net position reduction is therefore expected to be
2,750. The reductions will occur through both voluntary and
involuntary terminations. In addition to the workforce
reductions, Nortel announced steps to achieve additional cost
savings by efficiently managing its various business locations
and consolidating real estate requirements. Collectively, these
efforts are referred to as the “2007 Restructuring
Plan”. Nortel originally estimated the total charges to
earnings and cash outlays associated with the 2007 Restructuring
Plan would be approximately $390 and $370, respectively, to be
incurred over fiscal 2007 and 2008. As a result of higher
voluntary terminations and redeployment of employees, Nortel
previously revised the total estimated charges to earnings and
cash outlays to be approximately $350 and $330, respectively. As
of the year ended December 31, 2007, Nortel now expects
total charges to earnings and cash outlays to be approximately
$340 and $320, respectively. Nortel currently expects that
workforce reductions and shifting of positions will account for
$260 of the estimated expense, and $80 will relate to real
estate consolidation. The workforce reductions are expected to
be completed by the end of the first quarter in 2009 and the
charges for ongoing lease costs are to be substantially incurred
by the end of 2024. Approximately $171 of the total charges
relating to the 2007 Restructuring Plan have been incurred in
2007.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
During the second quarter of 2006, in an effort to increase
competitiveness by improving profitability and overall business
performance, Nortel announced a restructuring plan that included
workforce reductions of approximately 1,900 employees (the
“2006 Restructuring Plan”). The workforce reductions
were expected to include approximately 350 middle management
positions throughout Nortel, with the balance of the reductions
to occur primarily in the U.S. and Canada and span all of
Nortel’s segments. During the third quarter of 2007, Nortel
revised the estimated number of workforce reduction, which
included both voluntary and involuntary reductions, to
1,750 employees compared to the original estimate of
1,900 employees. The change in the estimated workforce
reduction is primarily due to a reduction in the number of
affected middle management positions. Nortel originally
estimated the total charges to earnings and cash outlays
associated with the 2006 Restructuring Plan to be approximately
$100. During the third quarter of 2007, Nortel revised the total
costs expected down to $91 as a result of the change in the
estimated workforce reduction. During the fourth quarter 2007,
the program was determined to be substantially complete
resulting in a revised total cost of $85. During 2007, Nortel
incurred the remaining $17 resulting in total charges of $85 for
the 2006 Restructuring Plan. The cost revisions were primarily
due to higher voluntary attrition reducing the number of
involuntary actions requiring benefits.
During 2004 and 2001, Nortel implemented work plans to
streamline operations through workforce reductions and real
estate optimization strategies (the “2004 Restructuring
Plan” and the “2001 Restructuring Plan”). All of
the charges with respect to the workforce reductions have been
incurred and the remainder of the charges for ongoing lease
costs are to be substantially incurred by the end of 2016 for
the 2004 Restructuring Plan and the end of 2013 for the 2001
Restructuring Plan.
During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005,
Nortel continued to implement these restructuring work plans.
Provision balances recorded for each of the restructuring plans
have been summarized below as of December 31, 2007:
As of December 31, 2007 and
2006, the short-term provision balances were $100 and $97,
respectively, and the long-term provision balances were $180 and
$177, respectively.
The following table summarizes the total special charges
incurred for each of Nortel’s restructuring plans:
2007
2006
2005
Total
Special charges by Restructuring Plan:
2007 Restructuring Plan
$
171
$
—
$
—
$
171
2006 Restructuring Plan
17
68
—
85
2004 Restructuring Plan
9
20
180
209
2001 Restructuring Plan
13
17
(11
)
19
Total
$
210
$
105
$
169
$
484
Regular full-time (“RFT”) employee notifications
resulting in special charges for all three restructuring plans
were as follows:
Employees (approximate)
Direct(a)
Indirect(b)
Total
RFT employee notifications by period:
During 2005
61
893
954
During 2006
22
520
542
During 2007
217
1,654
1,871
RFT employee notifications for the three years ended
December 31, 2007
300
3,067
3,367
(a)
Direct employees includes employees
performing manufacturing, assembly, test and inspection
activities associated with the production of Nortel’s
products.
For the year ended December 31, 2007, Nortel recorded
special charges of $131 including revisions of ($6), related to
severance and benefit costs associated with a workforce
reduction of approximately 1,500 employees, of which
approximately 1,450 were notified of termination during the year
ended December 31, 2007. This portion of the workforce
reduction was primarily in the U.S., Canada, and EMEA. The real
estate initiative referred to above resulted in costs of $32
during the year ended December 31, 2007. Cash expenditures
related to real estate initiatives of $7 were incurred during
the year ended December 31, 2007. Approximately half of the
total restructuring expense related to the 2007 Restructuring
Plan was incurred by the end of 2007.
2007
Restructuring Plan — detail:
The following table outlines special charges incurred by segment
related to the 2007 Restructuring Plan for the year ended
December 31, 2007:
For the year ended December 31, 2007, Nortel recorded
special charges of $17, including revisions of ($8), related to
severance and benefit costs associated with a workforce
reduction of approximately 942 employees, of which
approximately 400 were notified of termination during the year
ended December 31, 2007. Nortel incurred total cash costs
related to the 2006 Restructuring Plan of approximately $48
during the year ended December 31, 2007. The provision
balance for the 2006 Restructuring Plan was drawn down to $8
during the year ended December 31, 2007.
Special charges of $68, including revisions of ($1) related to
severance and benefit costs associated with a workforce
reduction of approximately 910 employees, of which 542 were
notified of termination during the year ended December 31,2006. The workforce reduction was primarily in the U.S. and
Canada and extended across all of Nortel’s segments, with
the majority of the reductions occurring in the CN and ES
business segments.
2006
Restructuring Plan — detail:
The following table outlines special charges incurred by segment
related to the 2006 Restructuring Plan for each of the years
ended December 31, 2007 and 2006:
During the year ended December 31, 2007, the provision
balance for workforce reduction was drawn down to nil for the
2004 Restructuring Plan. The provision balance for contract
settlement and lease costs was drawn down by cash payments of
$11 for the 2004 Restructuring Plan during the year ended
December 31, 2007. For the 2004 Restructuring Plan, the
remaining provision, which is net of approximately $43 in
estimated sublease income, is expected to be substantially drawn
down by the end of 2016. Tax relief affecting vacated properties
in the United Kingdom (“U.K.”) has been repealed
effective April 2008 resulting in a charge of $2.
During the year ended December 31, 2006, Nortel recorded
revisions of $20 related to prior accruals.
Contract settlement and lease costs included revisions to prior
accruals of $8 for the year ended December 31, 2006, and
consisted of negotiated settlements to cancel or renegotiate
contracts, and net lease charges related to leased facilities
(comprised of office space) and leased furniture that were
identified as no longer required. These revisions occurred
primarily in the U.S. and EMEA and primarily in the CN
segment. The lease costs component, net of anticipated sublease
income, included costs relating to non-cancelable lease terms
from the date leased facilities ceased to be used and any
termination penalties. During the year ended December 31,2006, the provision balance for workforce reduction and contract
settlement and lease costs was drawn down by cash payments of
$21 and $21, respectively.
Workforce reduction charges of $70 including revisions to prior
accruals of $2 were related to severance and benefit costs
associated with 954 employees notified of termination
during the year ended December 31, 2005. The workforce
reduction was primarily in the U.S., Canada and EMEA, and
extended across all of Nortel’s segments.
Contract settlement and lease costs of $79 included revisions to
prior accruals of $7 and consisted of negotiated settlements to
cancel or renegotiate contracts and net lease charges related to
leased facilities (comprised of office space) and leased
furniture that were identified as no longer required primarily
in the U.S. and EMEA and in the CN and ES segments. These
lease costs, net of anticipated sublease income, included costs
relating to non-cancelable lease terms from the date leased
facilities ceased to be used and termination penalties.
Plant and equipment charges of $31 were related to current
period write downs to fair value less costs to sell owned
facilities and plant and manufacturing-related equipment.
During the year ended December 31, 2007, the provision
balance for the workforce reduction was drawn down to nil for
the 2001 Restructuring Plan. The provision balance for contract
settlement and lease costs was drawn down by cash payments of
$41 during the year ended December 31, 2007. The remaining
provision, net of approximately $155 in estimated sublease
income, is expected to be substantially drawn down by the end of
2013. Tax relief affecting vacated properties in the U.K. has
been repealed effective April 2008 resulting in a charge of $5.
Revisions of ($3) were recorded during the period related to
prior contract settlement and lease costs. The provision balance
for contract settlement and lease costs was drawn down by cash
payments of $107.
No new plant and equipment charges were incurred during 2005.
Revisions of ($3) to prior write downs of assets held for sale
related primarily to adjustments to original plans or estimated
amounts for certain facility closures.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
As described in note 5, segment Management EBT does not
include special charges. A significant portion of Nortel’s
provisions for workforce reductions and contract settlement and
lease costs are associated with shared services. These costs
have been allocated to the segments in the tables by segment
above, based generally on headcount.
7.
Income
taxes
During the year ended December 31, 2007, Nortel recorded a
tax expense of $1,114 on earnings from operations before income
taxes, minority interests and equity in net earnings (loss) of
associated companies of $270. The tax expense of $1,114 is
composed of several significant items, including $1,036 of net
valuation allowance increase including an increase of $1,064 in
Canada, offset by releases in Europe and Asia, $74 of income
taxes on profitable entities in Asia and Europe, including a
reduction of Nortel’s deferred tax assets in EMEA, $29 of
income taxes relating to tax rate reductions enacted during 2007
in EMEA and Asia, and other taxes of $17 primarily related to
taxes on preferred share dividends in Canada. This tax expense
is partially offset by a $25 benefit derived from various tax
credits, primarily R&D related incentives, and a $17
benefit resulting from true up of prior year tax estimates
including a $14 benefit in EMEA as a result of transfer pricing
adjustments.
During the year ended December 31, 2006, Nortel recorded a
tax expense of $60 on earnings from operations before income
taxes, minority interests and equity in net earnings (loss) of
associated companies of $141. The tax expense of $60 is largely
comprised of $69 of income taxes resulting from a reduction of
Nortel’s deferred tax assets in EMEA, $28 of various
corporate, minimum and withholding taxes including $15 of income
taxes on preferred share dividends in Canada and $13 resulting
from true up of prior year tax estimates including a $12 tax
expense in EMEA as a result of transfer pricing adjustments.
This tax expense is partially offset by $41 benefit derived from
various tax credits, primarily R&D related incentives and
$19 benefit resulting from valuation allowance reductions in
EMEA and Asia.
As of December 31, 2007, Nortel’s net deferred tax
assets were $3,323 reflecting temporary differences between the
financial reporting and tax treatment of certain current assets
and liabilities and non-current assets and liabilities, in
addition to the tax benefit of net operating loss carryforwards
and tax credit carryforwards.
As a result of having adopted FIN 48, Nortel recognized
approximately a $1 increase to reserves for uncertain tax
positions. This increase was accounted for as a $1 increase to
the January 1, 2007 accumulated deficit. Additionally,
Nortel reduced its gross deferred tax assets by approximately
$1,524, including a reduction of $749 related to the future tax
benefit of the Global Class Action Settlement, as
referenced in note 20, and $620 related to capital losses.
Nortel had approximately $1,750 of total gross unrecognized tax
benefits as of the adoption of FIN 48 at January 1,2007. As of December 31, 2007, Nortel’s gross
unrecognized tax benefit was $1,329. Of this total, $60
represented the amount of unrecognized tax benefits that would
favorably affect the effective income tax rate in future
periods, if recognized. The decrease since adoption of $421
resulted from a $638 decrease related to settlements, offset by
an increase of $92 for new uncertain tax positions arising in
2007, combined with an increase of $125 resulting from changes
to measurement of existing uncertain tax positions for changes
to foreign exchange rates, tax rates and other measurement
criteria. Included in the $638 of settlements is $620 related to
an agreed reduction of Nortel’s capital loss carryforward
in the U.K., $9 related to resolution of a previous uncertain
tax position in Korea, and $9 related to statute expiration in
Brazil of which $6 has favorably impacted the effective tax rate
for 2007.
During the year ended December 31, 2007, Nortel recognized
approximately $6 in interest and penalties. Nortel had
approximately $26 and $32 accrued for the payment of interest
and penalties as of January 1, 2007 and December 31,2007, respectively. There was a $7 decrease in interest accrual
directly related to positions settled during the year ended
December 31, 2007, offset by an increase of $13 of interest
and penalties accrued on existing positions during the year.
Nortel believes it is reasonably possible that $130 of its gross
unrecognized tax benefit will decrease during the twelve months
ending December 31, 2008. Of this amount, $57 will result
from the potential resolution of current advance pricing
negotiations, $61 will result from including unrecognized tax
benefits on amended income tax returns, and $7 will result from
the potential settlement of an audit exposure in South America.
It is anticipated that these potential decreases in unrecognized
tax benefits would not materially impact Nortel’s effective
tax rate with the exception of the potential $7 settlement of
audit exposure.
Nortel is subject to tax examinations in all major taxing
jurisdictions in which it operates and currently has
examinations open in Canada, the U.S., France, Australia,
Germany and Brazil. In addition, Nortel has ongoing audits in
other smaller jurisdictions including, but not limited to,
Italy, Poland, Colombia, the Philippines and Puerto Rico.
Nortel’s 2000 through 2007 tax years remain open in most of
these jurisdictions primarily as a result of ongoing
negotiations regarding Advance Pricing Arrangements
(“APAs”) affecting these periods.
Nortel regularly assesses the status of tax examinations and the
potential for adverse outcomes to determine the adequacy of the
provision for income and other taxes. Specifically, the tax
authorities in Brazil have completed an examination of prior
taxation years and have issued assessments in the amount of $86
for the taxation years of 1999 and 2000. In addition, the tax
authorities in France issued assessments in respect of the 2001,
2002 and 2003 taxation years. These assessments collectively
propose adjustments to increase taxable income of approximately
$1,236, additional income tax liabilities of $49 inclusive of
interest, as well as certain increases to withholding and other
taxes of approximately $81 plus applicable interest and
penalties. Nortel withdrew from discussions at the tax auditor
level during the first quarter of 2007 and is in the process of
entering into Mutual Agreement Procedures with competent
authority under the Canada-France tax treaty to settle the
dispute. Nortel believes that it has adequately provided for tax
adjustments that are more likely than not to be realized as a
result of any ongoing or future examinations.
In accordance with SFAS 109, Nortel reviews all available
positive and negative evidence to evaluate the recoverability of
its deferred tax assets. This includes a review of such evidence
as the carry forward periods of the significant tax assets,
Nortel’s history of generating taxable income in its
significant tax jurisdictions (namely Canada, the U.S., the U.K.
and France), Nortel’s cumulative profits or losses in
recent years, and Nortel’s projections of earnings in its
significant jurisdictions. On a jurisdictional basis, Nortel is
in a cumulative loss position in certain of its significant
jurisdictions. For these jurisdictions, Nortel continues to
maintain a valuation allowance against a portion of its deferred
income tax assets. Nortel has concluded that it is more likely
than not that the remaining deferred tax assets in these
jurisdictions will be realized.
Nortel had previously entered into APAs with the taxation
authorities of the U.S. and Canada in connection with its
intercompany transfer pricing and cost sharing arrangements
between Canada and the U.S. These arrangements expired in
1999 and 2000. In 2002, Nortel filed APA requests with the
taxation authorities of the U.S., Canada and the U.K. that
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
applied to the taxation years beginning in 2001. The APA
requests are currently under consideration and the tax
authorities are in the process of negotiating the terms of the
arrangements. Although Nortel continues to monitor the progress,
it is not a party to these negotiations. Nortel has applied the
transfer pricing methodology proposed in the APA requests in
preparing its tax returns and accounts beginning in 2001.
Nortel has requested that the APAs apply to the 2001 through
2005 taxation years. Nortel is also in the initial stages of
preparing a new APA request which Nortel anticipates will be
filed to include tax years 2007 through at least 2010 following
methods generally similar to those under negotiation for 2001
through 2005, with a request for rollback to 2006. Nortel
continues to apply the transfer pricing methodology proposed in
the APAs to its current year financial statements and has filed
its 2006 corporate income tax returns consistent with the
methodology described in its new APA request.
The outcome of the APA application requests is uncertain and
possible reallocation of losses, as they relate to the APA
negotiations, cannot be determined at this time. However, Nortel
believes that, more likely than not, the ultimate resolution of
these negotiations will not have a material adverse effect on
its consolidated financial position, results of operations or
cash flows. Despite Nortel’s current belief, if this matter
is resolved unfavorably, it could have a material adverse effect
on Nortel’s consolidated financial position, results of
operations and cash flows.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
The following is a reconciliation of income taxes, calculated at
the Canadian combined federal and provincial income tax rate, to
the income tax benefit (expense) included in the consolidated
statements of operations for each of the years ended December 31:
2007
2006
2005
Income taxes at Canadian rates
(2007 — 34.0%, 2006 — 34.0%,
2005 — 34.5%)
$
(92
)
$
(48
)
$
916
Difference between Canadian rates and rates applicable to
subsidiaries in
the U.S. and other jurisdictions
52
2
34
Valuation allowances on tax benefits
(938
)
(883
)
(163
)
Tax effect of tax rate changes
(29
)
—
—
Utilization of losses
—
36
18
Tax benefit of investment tax credits, net of valuation allowance
29
47
39
Shareholder litigation settlement (recovery)
—
749
(854
)
Adjustments to provisions and reserves
(10
)
(2
)
141
Foreign withholding and other taxes
(23
)
(28
)
(23
)
Corporate minimum taxes
(1
)
(3
)
(14
)
Impact of non-taxable (non-deductible) items and other
differences
(102
)
70
(13
)
Income tax benefit (expense)
$
(1,114
)
$
(60
)
$
81
Details of Nortel’s income (loss):
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes,
minority
interests and equity in net loss of associated companies:
Canadian, excluding gain (loss) on sales of businesses and assets
$
(740
)
$
(434
)
$
(2,652
)
U.S. and other, excluding gain (loss) on sale of businesses and
assets
979
369
43
Gain (loss) on sales of businesses and assets
31
206
(47
)
$
270
$
141
$
(2,656
)
Income tax benefit (expense):
Canadian, excluding gain (loss) on sales of businesses and assets
$
(1,070
)
$
16
$
10
U.S. and other, excluding gain (loss) on sales of businesses and
assets
(44
)
(73
)
71
Gain (loss) on sales of businesses and assets
—
(3
)
—
$
(1,114
)
$
(60
)
$
81
Income tax benefit (expense):
Current
$
(95
)
$
(29
)
$
(35
)
Deferred
(1,019
)
(31
)
116
Income tax benefit (expense)
$
(1,114
)
$
(60
)
$
81
Details of movement in valuation allowance
Opening valuation allowance
$
(4,431
)
$
(3,429
)
$
(3,718
)
Implementation of FIN 48, net of current period activity
1,676
—
—
Amounts charged to income tax benefit (expense)
(1,036
)
(847
)
(148
)
Amounts charged to other comprehensive loss
103
66
(58
)
U.K. capital loss settlement, net of FIN 48 implementation
555
—
—
Other (additions)
deductions(a)
(256
)
(221
)
495
Closing valuation allowance
$
(3,389
)
$
(4,431
)
$
(3,429
)
(a)
The significant components of other
(additions) deductions for 2007 include an increase of ($213)
related to certain operating losses in EMEA for prior years that
were added to our deferred tax asset, partially offset by the
effects of enacted tax rate changes of $108, with the remainder
relating to foreign exchange and reclassifications.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
The following table shows the significant components included in
deferred income taxes as of December 31:
2007
2006
Assets:
Tax benefit of loss carryforwards
$
3,262
$
4,609
Investment tax credits, net of deferred tax liabilities
1,458
1,358
Other tax credits
169
117
Deferred revenue
347
269
Provisions and reserves
302
180
Post-retirement benefits other than pensions
279
288
Plant and equipment
231
216
Pension plan liabilities
309
622
Deferred compensation
93
153
Other
294
184
Global Class Action Settlement
—
749
6,744
8,745
Valuation allowance
(3,389
)
(4,431
)
3,355
4,314
Liabilities:
Provisions and reserves
—
104
Plant and equipment
—
35
Unrealized foreign exchange and other
32
133
32
272
Net deferred income tax assets
$
3,323
$
4,042
Nortel recorded no tax benefit in 2005 relating to the
shareholder litigation settlement (see note 20) since
at that time, the determination of the amount of the settlement
that was deductible for income tax purposes could not be
reasonably determined as the definitive agreements in respect of
the settlement were not concluded. Such agreements were
concluded in 2006, and although there continues to be some
uncertainty as to the full extent of deductibility of the
settlement amount, Nortel had included the full shareholder
settlement expense in its components of deferred tax assets with
a corresponding valuation allowance at December 31, 2006.
As a result of the implementation of FIN 48 in 2007, Nortel
directly reduced the deferred tax asset component relating to
the shareholder settlement.
Nortel has not provided for foreign withholding taxes or
deferred income tax liabilities for temporary differences
related to the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries
since Nortel does not currently expect to repatriate earnings
that would create any material tax consequences. It is not
practical to reasonably estimate the amount of additional
deferred income tax liabilities or foreign withholding taxes
that may be payable should these earnings be distributed in the
future.
Nortel is in the process of amending a number of previously
filed tax returns as a result of the restatements of our
financial statements. While most of the significant unamended
tax returns reflected tax losses and Nortel does not expect any
material impact to either tax expense or deferred tax
liabilities, Nortel’s Canadian provincial tax returns could
result in an additional expense, when completed. Additionally,
tax credit carryforward amounts of approximately $477 in respect
of the 1994 through to 1997 taxation years have expired, and are
not included in the deferred tax assets as of December 31,2007. Nortel can restore a significant amount of the deferred
tax assets by executing a certain tax planning strategy that
involves filing amended tax returns.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
As of December 31, 2007, Nortel had the following net
operating and capital loss carryforwards and tax credits which
are scheduled to expire in the following years:
Net
Operating
Capital
Tax
Losses
Losses(a)
Credits(b)
2008 - 2010
$
43
$
26
$
533
2011 - 2013
58
10
304
2014 - 2019
391
19
237
2020 - 2027
2,313
—
364
Indefinitely
6,373
1,169
20
$
9,178
$
1,224
$
1,458
(a)
The capital losses related
primarily to the U.K. and may only be used to offset future
capital gains. Nortel has recorded a full valuation allowance
against this future tax benefit.
(b)
Global investment tax credits of
$29, $47 and $39 have been applied against the income tax
provision in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Unused tax
credits can be utilized to offset deferred taxes payable
primarily in Canada.
8.
Employee
benefit plans
Nortel maintains various retirement programs covering
substantially all of its employees, consisting of defined
benefit, defined contribution and investment plans.
Nortel has multiple capital accumulation and retirement
programs: defined contribution and investment programs available
to substantially all of its North American employees; the
flexible benefits plan, which includes a group personal pension
plan (the “Flexible Benefits Plan”), available to
substantially all of its employees in the U.K.; and traditional
defined benefit programs that are closed to new entrants.
Although these programs represent Nortel’s major retirement
programs and may be available to employees in combination
and/or as
options within a program, Nortel also has smaller pension plan
arrangements in other countries.
Nortel also provides other benefits, including post-retirement
benefits and post-employment benefits. Employees previously
enrolled in the capital accumulation and retirement programs
offering post-retirement benefits are eligible for company
sponsored post-retirement health care
and/or death
benefits, depending on age
and/or years
of service. Substantially all other employees have access to
post-retirement benefits by purchasing a Nortel-sponsored
retiree health care plan at their own cost.
Nortel’s policy is to fund defined benefit pension and
other post-retirement and post-employment benefits based on
accepted actuarial methods as permitted by regulatory
authorities. The funded amounts reflect actuarial assumptions
regarding compensation, interest and other projections. Pension
and other post-retirement and post-employment benefit costs
reflected in the consolidated statements of operations are based
on the projected benefit method of valuation. A measurement date
of September 30 is used annually to determine pension and other
post-retirement benefit measurements for the pension plans and
other post-retirement benefit plans that make up the majority of
plan assets and obligations.
In the second quarter of 2006, Nortel announced changes to its
North American pension and post-retirement plans effective
January 1, 2008. Nortel reallocated employees enrolled in
its traditional defined benefit pension plans to defined
contribution plans. In addition, Nortel eliminated
post-retirement health care benefits for employees who were not
age 50 with five years of service as of July 1, 2006.
For the 2007 year end measurement, the favorable impact of
increases in discount rates, pension asset returns, and
contributions made to the plans more than offset the unfavorable
foreign currency exchange impact driven by the strengthening of
the British Pound and Canadian Dollar against the
U.S. Dollar and other actuarial assumptions. As a result,
the unfunded status of Nortel’s defined benefit plans and
post-retirement plans decreased from $2,741 as of the
measurement date of September 30, 2006 to $1,937 as of the
measurement date of September 30, 2007.
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, which
requires an employer to recognize the overfunded or underfunded
status of a defined benefit pension and post-retirement plan
(other than a multiemployer plan) as an asset or liability in
its statement of financial position and to recognize changes in
that funded status in the year in which the
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
changes occur through comprehensive income of a business entity
or changes in unrestricted net assets of a
not-for-profit
organization. SFAS 158 also requires an employer to measure
the funded status of a plan as of the date of its year end
statement of financial position, with limited exceptions. Nortel
is required to initially recognize the funded status of its
defined benefit pension and post-retirement plans and to provide
the required disclosures as of December 31, 2006. The
requirement to measure plan assets and benefit obligations as of
the date of the employer’s fiscal year end statement of
financial position is effective for Nortel for its fiscal year
ending December 31, 2008.
The effect of the initial adoption of SFAS 158 was as
follows:
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
The following details the unfunded status of the defined benefit
plans and post-retirement benefits other than pensions, and the
associated amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets
as of December 31:
Defined Benefit Plans
Post-Retirement Benefits
2007
2006
2007
2006
Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation — beginning
$
9,210
$
8,952
$
670
$
883
Service cost
117
130
3
6
Interest cost
479
462
37
42
Plan participants’ contributions
7
6
10
10
Plan amendments
1
—
—
(63
)
Actuarial loss (gain)
(664
)
40
(7
)
(170
)
Special and contractual termination
benefits(a)
4
13
—
—
Curtailments(a)
(1
)
(337
)
—
—
Benefits paid
(594
)
(599
)
(46
)
(42
)
Foreign exchange
706
543
78
4
Benefit obligation — ending
$
9,265
$
9,210
$
745
$
670
Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets — beginning
$
7,139
$
6,456
$
—
$
—
Actual return on plan assets
562
551
—
—
Employer contributions
353
323
36
32
Plan participants’ contributions
7
6
10
10
Benefits paid
(594
)
(599
)
(46
)
(42
)
Foreign exchange
606
402
—
—
Fair value of plan assets — ending
$
8,073
$
7,139
$
—
$
—
Funded status of the plans
$
(1,192
)
$
(2,071
)
$
(745
)
$
(670
)
Contributions after measurement date
56
71
11
9
Net amount recognized
$
(1,136
)
$
(2,000
)
$
(734
)
$
(661
)
Amounts recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance
sheets consist of:
Other liabilities — long-term
$
(1,109
)
$
(1,965
)
$
(692
)
$
(625
)
Other liabilities — current
(49
)
(40
)
(42
)
(36
)
Other assets
22
5
—
—
Net amount recognized
$
(1,136
)
$
(2,000
)
$
(734
)
$
(661
)
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income
(loss) — before tax — consists of:
Prior service cost (credit)
$
12
$
13
$
(80
)
$
(71
)
Net actuarial loss (gain)
816
1,475
16
(2
)
Net amount recognized
$
828
$
1,488
$
(64
)
$
(73
)
(a)
Curtailments and special and
contractual termination benefits resulted from the 2006 and 2007
Restructuring Plan activity, as set out in note 6.
The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit plans
was $9,032 and $8,930 at December 31, 2007 and 2006,
respectively. The following details selected information for
defined benefit plans, all of which have accumulated benefit
obligations in excess of the fair value of plan assets as of
December 31:
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
The following details the amounts recognized in other
comprehensive income (loss), including foreign currency
translation adjustments, for the years ended December 31:
Post-Retirement
Defined Benefit Pension Plans
Benefits
2007
2006
2007
2006
Prior service cost (credit)
$
1
$
—
$
—
$
—
Amortization of prior service credit (cost)
(4
)
—
14
—
Net actuarial loss (gain)
(750
)
—
(10
)
—
Amortization of net actuarial loss
(105
)
—
—
—
Increase (decrease) in minimum pension liability adjustment
included in other comprehensive income (loss)
—
(130
)
—
—
Net recognized in other comprehensive income
$
(858
)
$
(130
)
$
4
$
—
The amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
that are expected to be recognized as components of pension
expense (credit) during the next fiscal year are as follows:
Defined Benefit
Post-Retirement
Pension Plan
Benefits
Total
Prior service cost (credit)
$
4
$
(10
)
$
(6
)
Net actuarial loss (gain)
$
41
$
—
$
41
The following details the components of net pension expense, all
related to continuing operations, and the underlying assumptions
for the defined benefit plans for the years ended
December 31:
2007
2006
2005
Pension expense:
Service cost
$
117
$
130
$
123
Interest cost
479
462
458
Expected return on plan assets
(504
)
(457
)
(405
)
Amortization of prior service cost
4
2
2
Amortization of net losses
105
130
118
Curtailment losses (gains)
(1
)
(6
)
12
Special and contractual termination benefits
4
13
21
Net pension expense
$
204
$
274
$
329
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit
obligations as of December 31:
Discount rate
5.8
%
5.1
%
5.1
%
Rate of compensation increase
4.5
%
4.5
%
4.4
%
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net pension
expense for years ended December 31:
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
The following details the net cost components, all related to
continuing operations, and underlying assumptions of
post-retirement benefits other than pensions for the years ended
December 31:
2007
2006
2005
Post-retirement benefit cost:
Service cost
$
3
$
6
$
8
Interest cost
37
42
44
Amortization of prior service cost
(14
)
(5
)
(4
)
Amortization of net losses (gains)
—
1
3
Curtailment losses (gains)
—
(29
)
—
Net post-retirement benefit cost
$
26
$
15
$
51
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit
obligations as of December 31:
Discount rate
5.8
%
5.4
%
5.4
%
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net
post-retirement benefit cost for years ended December 31:
Discount rate
5.4
%
5.4
%
5.9
%
Weighted-average health care cost trend rate
6.6
%
8.0
%
7.8
%
Weighted-average ultimate health care cost trend rate
4.7
%
4.8
%
4.8
%
Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect
on the amounts reported for health care plans. A one percentage
point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have
the following effects for the years ended December 31:
2007
2006
2005
Effect on aggregate of service and interest costs
1% increase
$
3
$
4
$
5
1% decrease
$
(2
)
$
(3
)
$
(4
)
Effect on accumulated post-retirement benefit obligations
1% increase
$
43
$
43
$
86
1% decrease
$
(36
)
$
(36
)
$
(70
)
As of December 31, 2007, the expected benefit payments for
the next ten years for the defined benefit plans and the
post-retirement benefits other than pensions are as follows,
along with the expected reimbursement amounts related to the
Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of
2003 (the “MPDIM Act”):
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
The target investment allocation percentages for plan assets and
the year end percentages based on actual asset balances of the
defined benefit plans as of December 31 are as follows:
2007
2006
Target
Actual
Target
Actual
Debt instruments
46
%
44
%
43
%
43
%
Equity securities
52
%
53
%
56
%
54
%
Other
2
%
3
%
1
%
3
%
The primary investment performance objective is to obtain
competitive rates of return on investments at or above their
assigned benchmarks while minimizing risk and volatility by
maintaining an appropriately diversified portfolio. The
benchmarks selected are industry-standard and widely-accepted
indices. The defined benefit plans maintain a long-term
perspective in regard to investment philosophy and return
expectations which are reflective of the fact that the
liabilities of the defined benefit plans mature over an extended
period of time. The investments have risk characteristics
consistent with underlying defined benefit plan demographics and
liquidity requirements, and are consistent and compliant with
all regulatory standards.
The primary method of managing risk within the portfolio is
through diversification among and within asset categories, and
through the utilization of a wide array of active and passive
investment managers. Broadly, the assets are allocated between
debt and equity instruments. Included within the debt
instruments are government and corporate fixed income
securities, money market securities, mortgage-backed securities
and inflation indexed securities. Generally, these debt
instruments are considered investment grade. Included in equity
securities are developed and emerging market stocks of companies
at a variety of capitalization levels. The securities are
predominantly publicly traded. The amount of employer and
related-party securities that the defined benefit plans may hold
is governed by the statutory limitations of the jurisdictions of
the applicable plans. Included in equity securities of the
defined benefit plans are Nortel Networks Corporation common
shares, held directly or through pooled funds, with an aggregate
market value of $2 (0.02% of total plan assets) and $4 (0.06% of
total plan assets) as of December 31, 2007 and 2006,
respectively.
As a policy, assets within the defined benefit plans are
reviewed to the target allocations at least on a quarterly basis
and adjustments made as appropriate. The plans commission
periodic asset and liability studies to determine the optimal
allocation of the portfolio’s assets. These studies
consider a variety of the plan characteristics, including
membership, benefits and liquidity needs, and utilize
mean-variance analysis of historic and projected investment
returns to develop a range of acceptable asset mixes among a
variety of asset classes.
To develop the expected long-term rate of return on assets
assumption, Nortel considered the weighted-average historical
returns and the future expectations for returns for each asset
class.
Nortel expects to make cash contributions of approximately $270
in 2008 to the defined benefit plans and approximately $50 in
2008 to the post-retirement benefit plans.
Under the terms of certain defined contribution plans, eligible
employees may contribute a portion of their compensation to an
investment plan. Based on the specific program in which the
employee is enrolled, Nortel matches a percentage of the
employee’s contributions up to a certain limit. In certain
other defined contribution plans, Nortel contributes a fixed
percentage of employees’ eligible earnings to a defined
contribution plan arrangement. The cost of these investment
plans was $97, $99 and $87 for the years ended December 31,2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
9.
Acquisitions,
divestitures and closures
Acquisitions
Tasman
Networks Inc.
On February 24, 2006, Nortel completed the acquisition of
Tasman Networks, an established communication equipment provider
that sells secure, high performance, wide area network IP
routers and converged service routers, for approximately $99 in
cash and assumed liabilities. The acquisition of Tasman Networks
gives Nortel access to low-latency technology to handle packets
in secure enterprise environments.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
Under the acquisition agreement, Nortel acquired 100% of the
common and preferred shares of Tasman Networks and the working
capital, property and equipment, contractual rights, licenses,
operating leases, intellectual property and employees related to
Tasman Networks’ business. The purchase price allocation of
$99 includes approximately $58 of intangible assets acquired and
$2 in net liabilities assumed, with the remaining $43 (including
$6 of acquisition costs) allocated to goodwill. The allocation
of the purchase price is based on management’s valuation of
the assets acquired and liabilities assumed.
In connection with the acquisition, Nortel acquired technology
that has been incorporated into certain of its existing router
products. Tasman Networks’ existing technology was valued
to reflect the present value of the operating cash flows
expected to be generated by the existing software technology
after taking into account the cost to realize revenue from the
technology, the relative risks of the product, and an
appropriate discount rate to reflect the time value of invested
capital. The fair value of the existing technology was
determined to be $35. Tasman Networks had a new router product
under development at the date of acquisition. Based on the stage
of development of the product at the time of the valuation, and
the expected applications of the router, Nortel valued this
technology under development separately at $16 based on its
expected cash flows, taking into account the cost to realize the
revenue from the technology, the relative risk of the product
and an appropriate discount rate to reflect the time value of
invested capital. The fair value of the non-contractual and
contractual customer relationships was similarly determined to
be $7.
Certain other intangibles, such as non-competition agreements,
trade names, patents and copyrights, were considered and
concluded to not exist. None of the goodwill, intangibles or
in-process research and development amounts is expected to be
deductible for tax purposes.
The following table sets out the purchase price allocation
information for Tasman Networks:
Purchase price
$
99
Assets acquired:
Other assets — net
$
6
Intangible assets — net
58
Goodwill
43
107
Less liabilities assumed:
Trade and other accounts payable
3
Other accrued liabilities
5
8
Fair value of net assets acquired
$
99
The fair values and amortization periods of the intangible
assets acquired are as follows:
Amortization
Fair Value
Period (Years)
Existing router technology
$
19
10
Access router technology
16
7
In-process research and development (“IPR&D”)
16
(a)
—
Non-contractual customer relationships
7
8
Total intangible assets
$
58
(a)
Nortel expensed $16 for in-process
research and development in the second quarter of 2006.
The results of operations of Tasman Networks have been
consolidated into Nortel’s results of operations as of
February 24, 2006, and were not material to Nortel’s
consolidated results of operations.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
LG-Nortel
Co. Ltd. business venture
On November 3, 2005, Nortel entered into a business venture
with LG Electronics Inc. (“LGE”), named LG-Nortel Co.
Ltd. (“LG-Nortel”). Certain assets of Nortel’s
South Korean distribution and services business were combined
with the service business and certain assets of LGE’s
telecommunications infrastructure business. In exchange for a
cash contribution of $155 paid to LGE, Nortel received 50% plus
one share of the equity in LG-Nortel. LGE received 50% less one
share of the equity in the business venture. The purpose of the
business venture is to create a world-class telecommunications
systems and related solutions supplier that leverages the
product portfolio, quality, reputation, and global brands of
Nortel and LGE. The business venture focuses primarily on
providing solutions to the Korean carrier and enterprise market
as well as leveraging LGE’s technologies and products on a
global scale. In conjunction with the formation of the business
venture, certain related party agreements were entered into
between LG-Nortel and Nortel, including those for product
distribution, trademark licences and R&D services. As a
result of the finalization of the purchase price adjustment, a
net deferred tax liability of $8 was recognized due to
differences between the adjusted value of the assets acquired
and liabilities assumed and LG-Nortel’s tax basis in those
assets and liabilities.
The following table sets out the purchase price allocation
information for LG-Nortel as at December 31, 2006:
Purchase price
$
155
Assets acquired:
Accounts receivable — net
$
165
Other current assets
26
Investments
14
Plant and equipment — net
17
Intangible assets — net
126
Deferred income taxes — net
2
Other assets — net
24
374
Less liabilities assumed:
Trade and other accounts payable
25
Payroll and benefit-related liabilities
12
Other accrued liabilities
11
Deferred income taxes — net
10
Other liabilities
61
Minority interest
100
219
Fair value of net assets acquired
$
155
The estimated fair values and amortization periods of other
intangible assets are as follows:
Amortization
Fair Value
Period (Years)
Customer relationships
$
56
5 to 9
Patents
29
10
Existing technologies
11
2 to 7
Trademark licensing agreement
9
5
Goodwill
8
—
IPR&D
5
1
Other
8
5
Total intangible assets
$
126
Intangible assets acquired by Nortel relating to the business
venture consisted of existing technology and related rights,
customer contracts and relationships, in-process research and
development, patents and trademark licensing agreements. Upon
valuation of this acquisition, existing technology and customer
relationships have been valued at $11 and $56,
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
respectively, under the income approach which reflects the
present value of the operating cash flows generated after taking
into account the cost to realize the revenue from the product,
the relative risks of the product, and an appropriate discount
rate to reflect the time value of invested capital. In-process
research and development, which comprised a total of six
projects expected to continue at the acquisition date, was
valued under the cost approach at $5. Patents were valued at an
appraisal value of $29 under the income approach. There were two
trademark licensing agreements granted to LG-Nortel: one from
Nortel which allows the worldwide non-exclusive use of the
‘Nortel’ trademark and the other from LGE which allows
the worldwide non-exclusive use of the ‘LG’ trademark.
The expected value of the benefits of selling products under the
LG-Nortel trademark was established at $9 using the differential
licensing fee approach. This difference in licensing rates was
tax-affected and the after-tax cash flows were discounted at an
appropriate rate.
Separately, LGE is entitled to payments from Nortel over a
two-year period based on the achievement by LG-Nortel of certain
business goals related to the 2006 and 2007 fiscal years, of up
to a maximum of $80. Nortel and LGE agreed that the payment
related to the 2006 fiscal year was $29 and this amount was
recognized and paid in 2007. Nortel has accrued $51 with respect
to the balance of its obligations. As at December 31, 2007,
this resulted in additional goodwill of $18.
The consolidated financial statements of Nortel include
LG-Nortel’s operating results from the date of
Nortel’s acquisition of its interest in the business
venture. Previously, Nortel disclosed LG-Nortel as a VIE under
FIN 46R. This initial determination was based on a
preliminary assessment that the manufacturing agreement between
LG-Nortel and LGE contained below-market pricing, which was
considered to be additional subordinated financial support under
FIN 46R. Upon finalization of the valuations performed
during 2006, it was determined that the pricing terms in this
agreement are at fair value. Therefore, LG-Nortel is not a VIE,
and accordingly is being consolidated under Accounting Research
Bulletin No. 51, “Consolidated Financial
Statements”, based on Nortel’s voting interests.
Nortel
Government Solutions Incorporated
On June 3, 2005, Nortel Networks Inc. (“NNI”), an
indirect subsidiary of Nortel, indirectly acquired approximately
26,693,725 shares of NGS, representing approximately 95.6%
of the outstanding shares of common stock of NGS, through a cash
tender offer at a price of $15.50 per share. The aggregate cash
consideration in connection with the acquisition of NGS
(including $33 paid on June 9, 2005, with respect to stock
options) was approximately $449, including estimated costs of
acquisition of $8. Nortel acquired more than 90% of the
outstanding shares of NGS pursuant to the tender offer. Any
shares that were not purchased in the tender offer ceased to be
outstanding and were converted into the right to receive cash in
the amount of $15.50 per share.
NGS provides professional technology services that enable
government entities to use the Internet to enhance productivity
and improve services to the public. NGS’s primary customers
are executive agencies and departments of the U.S. Federal
Government, the U.S. Federal Judiciary and prime
contractors to the U.S. government. Nortel expects the NGS
acquisition to allow Nortel to pursue opportunities in areas
that complement Nortel’s existing products and to increase
its competitiveness in the government market. In order to comply
with the U.S. National Industrial Security Program and to
mitigate foreign ownership, control or influence, voting control
of NGS must be vested in citizens of the U.S. Accordingly,
proxy holders for Nortel’s shares of NGS have been
appointed and approved by the U.S. Defense Security
Service. In accordance with a proxy agreement executed in July
2005, the proxy holders exercise all prerogatives of ownership
with complete freedom to act independently and have assumed full
responsibility for the voting stock. Notwithstanding, for
accounting purposes, Nortel has determined that NGS is a VIE and
Nortel is the primary beneficiary (see note 14).
This acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method.
Nortel has recorded approximately $278 of
non-amortizable
intangible assets associated with the acquisition of NGS, which
assets consist solely of goodwill. The goodwill of NGS is not
deductible for tax purposes, and has been allocated to
Nortel’s “Other” and “Enterprise
Solutions” reportable segments.
The allocation of the purchase price presented below is based on
management’s best estimate of the relative values of the
assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the NGS acquisition.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
The following table sets out the purchase price allocation
information for the NGS acquisition:
Purchase price
$
449
Assets acquired:
Cash and cash equivalents
$
26
Accounts receivable — net
65
Other current assets
34
Investments
8
Plant and equipment — net
32
Intangible assets — net
84
Goodwill
278
Other assets
5
532
Less liabilities assumed:
Trade and other accounts payable
6
Payroll and benefit-related liabilities
24
Other accrued liabilities
17
Long-term debt
33
Other liabilities
3
83
Fair value of net assets acquired
$
449
As a result of the acquisition of NGS, a net deferred tax
liability of $23 was recognized due to differences between the
estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed,
and NGS’s tax basis in those assets and liabilities. This
deferred tax liability is fully offset, however, by an
adjustment to Nortel’s deferred tax valuation allowance
because Nortel will be able to offset the tax liability by
drawing down previously unrecognized loss carryforwards.
The estimated fair values and amortization periods of other
intangible assets are as follows:
The consolidated financial statements of Nortel include
NGS’s operating results from the date of the acquisition.
The following unaudited pro forma information presents a summary
of consolidated results of operations of Nortel and NGS as if
the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2005, with pro
forma adjustments to give effect to amortization of intangible
assets and certain other adjustments:
2005
Revenues
$
10,618
Net earnings (loss)
$
(2,619
)
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share
$
(6.03
)
Divestitures
UMTS
access business divestiture
On December 31, 2006, Nortel completed the sale of
substantially all its assets and liabilities related to its UMTS
access products and services to Alcatel-Lucent. The sale,
structured as an asset and share transaction, resulted in gross
proceeds of $320, adjusted primarily for warranty liabilities,
for net proceeds of $306 all of which were received in the
fourth
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
quarter of 2006. In addition, Nortel provided Alcatel-Lucent
with a $23 promissory note in lieu of transferring working
capital, which was paid in the first quarter of 2007. The
proceeds are subject to post-closing adjustments for the
finalization of the book value of the assets transferred and
liabilities assumed by Alcatel-Lucent which are not expected to
be significant.
As a result of the sale, Nortel transferred $65 in net assets
comprised primarily of fixed assets and inventory, substantially
all existing UMTS access contracts, intellectual property, and
approximately 1,700 employees attributed to the UMTS access
products. Additionally, Nortel wrote off net assets of $18
related primarily to unbilled receivables, goodwill, prepaid
assets and deferred revenue and costs, and additional
liabilities of $26 were recorded, relating to transaction costs
payable to Alcatel-Lucent. Nortel retained its existing
LG-Nortel UMTS access customer contracts and will source the
UMTS access products and services from Alcatel-Lucent.
Nortel and Alcatel-Lucent have also agreed to provide certain
transitional services to each other in order to facilitate the
various aspects of the divesture. Nortel has committed to
provide R&D, manufacturing and real estate transition
services in addition to providing Alcatel-Lucent the right to
use all proprietary intellectual property used in Nortel UMTS
access products and services which are also common to other
Nortel products and services. In addition, Alcatel-Lucent has
options to extend its license rights to other Nortel Long Term
Evolution related and GSM technology for consideration of $50
and $15, respectively. These options expire on December 31,2008 and December 31, 2010, respectively.
Nortel recorded a net gain of $166 and deferred income of $5
primarily due to contingent liabilities related to a
loss-sharing arrangement based on the 2007 operating results for
Alcatel-Lucent.
As a result of post-closing adjustments during 2007, Nortel
recorded an adjustment to the net assets transferred of $3 and
realized an additional net gain of $10.
Manufacturing
operations
In 2004, Nortel entered into an agreement with Flextronics for
the divestiture of substantially all of Nortel’s remaining
manufacturing operations and related activities, including
certain product integration, testing, repair operations, supply
chain management, third party logistics operations and design
assets. Nortel and Flextronics have also entered into a
four-year supply agreement for manufacturing services (whereby
after completion of the transaction, Flextronics manages in
excess of $2,000 of Nortel’s annual cost of revenues) and a
three-year supply agreement for design services. Commencing in
the fourth quarter of 2004 and throughout 2005, Nortel completed
the transfer to Flextronics of certain of Nortel’s optical
design activities in Ottawa, Canada and Monkstown, Northern
Ireland and its manufacturing activities in Montreal and Calgary
in Canada and Chateaudun in France.
The sale agreement with Flextronics resulted in the transfer of
approximately 2,100 employees to Flextronics. Nortel has
received $599 of gross proceeds as of December 31, 2007. On
October 18, 2006, Nortel signed amendments to various
agreements with Flextronics, including the sale agreement, and
the supply and design services agreements to restructure
Nortel’s purchase commitments and increase Nortel’s
obligation to reimburse Flextronics for certain costs associated
with the transaction. Nortel received the final payment of $79
from Flextronics during 2006, which has been offset by cash
outflows attributable to direct transaction costs and other
costs associated with the transaction.
As of December 31, 2007, Nortel had transferred
approximately $404 of inventory and equipment to Flextronics
relating to the transfer of the optical design activities in
Monkstown, Northern Ireland and Ottawa, Canada and the
manufacturing activities in Montreal and Calgary in Canada and
Chateaudun, France. Flextronics had the ability to exercise its
unilateral rights to return certain inventory and equipment to
Nortel after the expiration of a specified period following each
respective transfer date of the activities at the aforementioned
facilities (up to fifteen months). Flextronics has exercised all
of its rights with respect to the inventory and equipment as at
December 31, 2007, and as a result, Nortel retained $10 of
inventory and equipment. Nortel has recognized a gain of $21 on
this transaction as of December 31, 2007 as a result of the
expiration and satisfaction of the rights held by Flextronics
described above.
Other long-term debt with various repayment terms and a
weighted-average interest rate of 7.17% for 2007 and 4.77% for
2006
4
5
Fair value adjustment attributable to hedged debt obligations
20
(1
)
Obligation associated with a consolidated VIE with interest rate
of 4.60% for 2007 and 3.7% for 2006
92
87
Obligations under capital leases and sale leasebacks with a
weighted-average interest rate of 9.16% for 2007 and 8.48% for
2006
223
223
4,514
4,464
Less: Long-term debt due within one year
698
18
Long-term debt
$
3,816
$
4,446
(a)
Notes were issued by Nortel
Networks Capital Corporation, an indirect wholly owned finance
subsidiary of NNL, and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed
by NNL.
As of December 31, 2007, the amounts of long-term debt
payable for each of the years ending December 31 consisted
of:
2008
$
698
2009
23
2010
24
2011
1,024
2012
601
Thereafter
2,144
Total long-term debt payable
$
4,514
(a)
(a)
Includes $70 of long-term debt
related to sale lease-backs with continuing involvement. See
note 13 for additional information.
Credit
facility
On February 14, 2006, Nortel’s indirect subsidiary,
NNI, entered into a one-year credit facility in the aggregate
principal amount of $1,300 (the “2006 Credit
Facility”). This facility consisted of (i) a senior
secured one-year term loan facility in the amount of $850, and
(ii) a senior unsecured one-year term loan facility in the
amount of $450. On July 5, 2006, the total amount owing
under the 2006 Credit Facility was repaid using the net proceeds
from the issuance of the July 2006 Notes (as defined below) and
the facility, the guarantee agreement and all of the collateral
arrangements securing it and Nortel’s and NNL’s public
debt were terminated.
Senior
notes offering
On July 5, 2006, NNL completed an offering of $2,000
aggregate principal amount of senior notes (the “July 2006
Notes”) to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to
Rule 144A and to persons outside the U.S. pursuant to
Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the “Securities Act”). The July 2006 Notes
consist of $450 of senior
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
fixed rate notes due 2016 (the “2016 Fixed Rate
Notes”), $550 of senior fixed rate notes due 2013 (the
“2013 Fixed Rate Notes”) and $1,000 of floating rate
senior notes due 2011 (the “2011 Floating Rate
Notes”). The 2016 Fixed Rate Notes bear interest at a rate
per annum of 10.75% payable semi-annually, the 2013 Fixed Rate
Notes bear interest at a rate per annum of 10.125%, payable
semi-annually, and the 2011 Floating Rate Notes bear interest at
a rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to the reserve-adjusted
LIBOR plus 4.25%, payable quarterly. As of December 31,2007, the 2011 Floating Rate Notes had an interest rate of
9.4925% per annum.
NNL may redeem all or a portion of the 2016 Fixed Rate Notes at
any time on or after July 15, 2011, at specified redemption
prices ranging from 105.375% to 100% of the principal amount
thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest. In addition, NNL may
redeem all or a portion of the 2013 Fixed Rate Notes at any time
and, prior to July 15, 2011, all or a portion of the 2016
Fixed Rates Notes, at a price equal to 100% of the principal
amount thereof plus a “make-whole” premium. On or
prior to July 15, 2009, NNL may also redeem up to 35% of
the original aggregate principal amount of any series of July
2006 Notes with proceeds of certain equity offerings at a
redemption price equal to (i) in the case of the 2016 Fixed
Rate Notes, 110.750% of the principal amount thereof,
(ii) in the case of the 2013 Fixed Rate Notes, 110.125% of
the principal amount thereof and (iii) in the case of the
2011 Floating Rate Notes, 100% of the principal amount so
redeemed plus a premium equal to the interest rate per annum of
such 2011 Floating Rate Notes applicable on the date of
redemption, in each case plus accrued and unpaid interest, if
any. In the event of certain changes in applicable withholding
taxes, NNL may redeem each series of July 2006 Notes in whole,
but not in part.
Upon a change of control, NNL is required within 30 days to
make an offer to purchase the July 2006 Notes then outstanding
at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the
July 2006 Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest. A “change
of control” is defined in the indenture governing the July
2006 Notes (the “Note Indenture”) as, among other
things, the filing of a Schedule 13D or Schedule TO
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, by any
person or group unaffiliated with Nortel disclosing that such
person or group has become the beneficial owner of a majority of
the voting stock of Nortel or has the power to elect a majority
of the members of the Board of Directors of Nortel, or Nortel
ceasing to be the beneficial owner of 100% of the voting power
of the common stock of NNL.
In connection with the issuance of the July 2006 Notes, Nortel,
NNL and NNI entered into a registration rights agreement with
the initial purchasers of the July 2006 Notes and are obligated
under that agreement to use their reasonable best efforts to
file with the SEC, and cause to become effective, a registration
statement relating to the exchange of the July 2006 Notes within
certain time periods, failing which holders of the July 2006
Notes would have been entitled to payment of certain additional
interest. Nortel filed a registration statement on
Form S-4
with the SEC on September 11, 2007, which was declared
effective on December 21, 2007.
The Note Indenture and related guarantees contain various
covenants that limit Nortel’s and NNL’s ability to
(i) create liens (other than certain permitted liens)
against assets of Nortel, NNL and its restricted subsidiaries to
secure funded debt in excess of certain permitted amounts
without equally and ratably securing the July 2006 Notes and
(ii) merge, consolidate and sell or otherwise dispose of
substantially all of the assets of any of Nortel, NNL and, so
long as NNI is a guarantor of the July 2006 Notes, NNI unless
the surviving entity or purchaser of such assets assumes the
obligations of Nortel, NNL or NNI, as the case may be, under the
July 2006 Notes and related guarantees, and no default exists
under the Note Indenture after giving effect to such merger,
consolidation or sale.
In addition, the Note Indenture and related guarantees contain
covenants that, at any time that the July 2006 Notes do not have
an investment grade rating, limit Nortel’s ability to
incur, assume, issue or guarantee additional funded debt
(including capital leases) and certain types of preferred stock,
or repurchase, redeem, retire or pay any dividends in respect of
any Nortel Networks Corporation common shares or NNL preferred
stock, in excess of certain permitted amounts or incur debt that
is subordinated to any other debt of Nortel, NNL or NNI, without
having that new debt be expressly subordinated to the July 2006
Notes and the guarantees. At any time that the July 2006 Notes
do not have an investment grade rating, Nortel’s ability to
incur additional indebtedness is tied to an Adjusted EBITDA to
fixed charges ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00, except that Nortel
may incur certain debt and make certain restricted payments
without regard to the ratio up to certain permitted amounts.
“Adjusted EBITDA” is generally defined as consolidated
earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization,
adjusted for certain restructuring charges and other one-time
charges and gains that will be excluded from the calculation of
Adjusted EBITDA. “Fixed charges” is defined in the
Note Indenture as consolidated interest expense plus dividends
paid on certain preferred stock.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
Following the issuance of the July 2006 Notes, Nortel entered
into interest rate swaps to convert the fixed interest rate
exposure under the 2016 Fixed Rate Notes and the 2013 Fixed Rate
Notes to a floating rate (see note 11 for further details).
NNL used $1,300 of the net proceeds from the issuance of the
July 2006 Notes to repay the 2006 Credit Facility and used the
remainder for general corporate purposes, including to replenish
cash outflows of $150 used to repay at maturity the outstanding
aggregate principal amount of the 7.40% notes due
June 15, 2006, and $575, plus accrued interest, deposited
into escrow on June 1, 2006, pursuant to the Global
Class Action Settlement (as defined in note 20).
Convertible
notes offering
On August 15, 2001, Nortel completed an offering of $1,800
of 4.25% Convertible Senior Notes, due on September 1,2008 (the “4.25% Notes due 2008”). The
4.25% Notes due 2008 pay interest on a semi-annual basis on
March 1 and September 1, which began March 1, 2002.
The 4.25% Notes due 2008 are convertible at any time by
holders into Nortel Networks Corporation common shares, at an
initial conversion price of $10 per common share, subject to
adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events. Nortel’s
1 for 10 common share consolidation on December 1, 2006
increased the initial conversion price to $100 from $10 and
decreased the number of Nortel Networks Corporation common
shares that could be issued upon the exercise of conversion
rights under the 4.25% Notes due 2008 from 180 million
Nortel Networks Corporation common shares to 18 million
Nortel Networks Corporation common shares. Nortel may redeem
some or all of the 4.25% Notes due 2008 in cash at any time
at a redemption price of 100.708% until August 31, 2007,
and 100% thereafter, plus accrued and unpaid interest and
additional interest, if any, to the date of the redemption. In
addition, Nortel may be required to redeem the 4.25% Notes
due 2008 in cash
and/or
Nortel Networks Corporation common shares under certain
circumstances such as a change in control, or Nortel may redeem
the 4.25% Notes due 2008 at its option under certain
circumstances such as a change in the applicable Canadian
withholding tax legislation. NNL has fully and unconditionally
guaranteed the 4.25% Notes due 2008. The guarantee is a
direct, unconditional and unsubordinated obligation of NNL.
On March 28, 2007, Nortel completed an offering of $1,150
aggregate principal amount of unsecured convertible senior notes
(the “Convertible Notes”) to repay a portion of the
4.25% Notes due 2008. The offering was made to qualified
institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the
Securities Act, and in Canada to qualified institutional buyers
that are also accredited investors pursuant to applicable
Canadian private placement exemptions. The Convertible Notes
consist of $575 principal amount of Senior Convertible Notes due
2012 (the “2012 Notes”) and $575 of Senior Convertible
Notes due 2014 (the “2014 Notes”). In each case, the
principal amount of Convertible Notes includes $75 issued
pursuant to the exercise in full of the over-allotment options
granted to the initial purchasers. The 2012 Notes pay interest
semi-annually at a rate per annum of 1.75% and the 2014 Notes
pay interest semi-annually at a rate per annum of 2.125%.
The 2012 Notes and 2014 Notes are each convertible into Nortel
Networks Corporation common shares at any time based on an
initial conversion rate of 31.25 Nortel Networks Corporation
common shares per $1,000.00 principal amount of Convertible
Notes (which is equal to an initial conversion price of $32.00
per common share). This rate is not considered to represent a
beneficial conversion option. In each case, the conversion rate
is subject to adjustment if certain events occur, such as a
change of control. Holders who convert their Convertible Notes
in connection with certain events that result in a change in
control may be entitled to a “make-whole” premium in
the form of an increase in the conversion rate.
Upon a change of control, Nortel would be required to offer to
repurchase the Convertible Notes for cash at 100% of the
outstanding principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid
interest and additional interest, if any, up to but not
including the date of repurchase.
Nortel may redeem in cash the 2012 Notes and the 2014 Notes at
any time on or after April 15, 2011 and April 15,2013, respectively, at repurchase prices equal to 100.35% and
100.30% of their outstanding principal amounts, respectively,
plus accrued and unpaid interest and any additional interest up
to but excluding the applicable redemption date. Nortel may
redeem each series of Convertible Notes at any time in cash at a
repurchase price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal
amount, together with accrued and unpaid interest and any
additional interest to the redemption date, in the event of
certain changes in applicable Canadian withholding taxes.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
The Convertible Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed
by NNL and initially guaranteed by NNI. The Convertible Notes
are senior unsecured obligations of Nortel and rank pari passu
with all of its other senior obligations. Each guarantee is the
senior unsecured obligation of the respective guarantor and
ranks pari passu with all other senior obligations of that
guarantor.
In connection with the issuance of the Convertible Notes,
Nortel, NNL and NNI entered into a registration rights agreement
obligating Nortel to file with the SEC, prior to or on
October 5, 2007, and to use its reasonable best efforts to
cause to become effective prior to or on January 5, 2008, a
resale shelf registration statement covering the Convertible
Notes, the related guarantees and the Nortel Networks
Corporation common shares issuable upon conversion of the
Convertible Notes. Holders of the Convertible Notes will be
entitled to the payment of certain additional interest if any of
the conditions above, or certain other conditions, are not met.
Nortel filed a resale shelf registration statement on
Form S-3
with the SEC on September 24, 2007, which was declared
effective on December 21, 2007.
The net proceeds from the sale of the Convertible Notes was
approximately $1,127 after deducting commissions payable to the
initial purchasers and other offering expenses. On
September 28, 2007, Nortel redeemed at par value $1,125,
plus accrued and unpaid interest, of its $1,800 outstanding
principal amount of 4.25% Notes due 2008. As at
December 31, 2007 the outstanding $675 principal amount of
4.25% Notes due 2008 has been reclassified as long-term
debt due within one year.
11.
Financial
instruments and hedging activities
Risk
management
Nortel’s net earnings (loss) and cash flows may be
negatively impacted by fluctuation in interest rates, foreign
exchange rates and equity prices. To effectively manage these
market risks, Nortel enters into foreign currency forwards,
foreign currency swaps, foreign currency option contracts,
interest rate swaps and equity forward contracts. Nortel does
not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading
purposes.
Foreign
currency risk
Nortel enters into option contracts to limit its exposure to
exchange fluctuations on future revenue or expenditure streams
expected to occur within the next twelve months, and forward
contracts, which are denominated in various currencies, to limit
its exposure to exchange fluctuations on existing assets and
liabilities and on future revenue or expenditure streams
expected to occur within the next twelve months. If option and
forward contracts meet specified criteria they are designated as
cash flow hedges to hedge currency exposures in future revenue
or expenditure streams. Option and forward contracts that do not
meet the criteria for hedge accounting are also used to
economically hedge the impact of fluctuations in exchange rates
on existing assets and liabilities and on future revenue and
expenditure streams.
As at December 31, 2007, no cash flow hedges have met the
criteria for hedge accounting and therefore are considered
non-designated hedging strategies in accordance with
SFAS 133.
The following table provides the total notional amounts of the
purchase and sale of currency options and forward contracts as
of December 31:
2007(a)
2006(b)
Net
Net
Buy
Sell
Buy / (Sell)
Buy
Sell
Buy / (Sell)
Options(c):
Canadian Dollar
$
27
$
27
$
0
$
0
$
0
$
0
Forwards(c):
Canadian Dollar
$
130
$
398
$
(268
)
$
395
$
427
$
(32
)
British Pound
£745
£262
£483
£626
£24
£602
Euro
22€
5€
17€
22€
44€
(22€
)
Other (U.S. Dollar)
$
0
$
14
$
(14
)
$
0
$
33
$
(33
)
(a)
All notional amounts of option and
forward contracts will mature no later than the end of 2008.
(b)
All notional amounts of option and
forward contracts matured no later than the end of 2007.
(c)
All amounts are stated in source
currency.
Nortel did not execute any foreign currency swaps in 2007 and
had no such agreements in place as of December 31, 2007.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
Interest
rate risk
Nortel enters into interest rate swap contracts to minimize the
impact of interest rate fluctuations on the fair value of its
long-term debt. These contracts swap fixed interest rate
payments for floating rate payments and certain swaps are
designated as fair value hedges. The fair value adjustment
related to the effective portion of interest rate swaps and the
corresponding fair value adjustment to the hedged debt
obligation included within long-term debt are recorded to
interest expense within the consolidated statements of
operations. These swap contracts have remaining terms to
maturity of up to nine years.
A portion of Nortel’s long-term debt is subject to changes
in fair value resulting from changes in market interest rates.
Nortel has hedged a portion of this exposure to interest rate
volatility using fixed for floating interest rate swaps. On
July 5, 2006, Nortel entered into interest rate swaps to
convert the fixed interest rate exposure under the 2016 Fixed
Rate Notes and the 2013 Fixed Rate Notes to a floating rate
equal to LIBOR plus 4.9% and LIBOR plus 4.4%, respectively.
Nortel entered into these interest rate swaps to minimize the
impact of interest rate volatility on the consolidated
statements of operations. Nortel is assessing hedge
effectiveness in accordance with SFAS 133. Nortel has
concluded that this hedging strategy is effective at offsetting
changes in the fair value of the 2013 Fixed Rate Notes. The
interest rate swap hedging the 2016 Fixed Rate Notes has not met
the hedge effectiveness criteria and remained a non-designated
hedging strategy as of December 31, 2007. The cumulative
impact to net earnings was a $16 gain for the year ended
December 31, 2007.
The following table provides a summary of interest rate swap
contracts and their aggregated weighted-average rates as of
December 31:
From time to time, Nortel enters into equity forward contracts
to hedge the variability in future cash flows associated with
certain compensation obligations that vary based on future
Nortel Networks Corporation common share prices. As of
December 31, 2007, Nortel did not have any equity forward
contracts outstanding.
Fair
value
The estimated fair values of Nortel’s outstanding financial
instruments approximate amounts at which they could be exchanged
in a current transaction between willing parties. The fair
values are based on estimates using present value and other
valuation techniques that are significantly affected by the
assumptions used concerning the amount and timing of estimated
future cash flows and discount rates that reflect varying
degrees of risk. Specifically, the fair value of interest rate
swaps and forward contracts reflected the present value of the
expected future cash flows if settlement had taken place on
December 31, 2007 and 2006; the fair value of option
contracts reflected the cash flows due to or by Nortel if
settlement had taken place on December 31, 2007 and 2006;
and the fair value of long-term debt instruments reflected a
current yield valuation based on observed market prices as of
December 31, 2007 and 2006. Accordingly, the fair value
estimates are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that
Nortel could potentially realize in a current market exchange.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
The following table provides the carrying amounts and fair
values for financial assets and liabilities for which fair value
differed from the carrying amount and fair values recorded for
derivative financial instruments in accordance with
SFAS 133 as of December 31:
2007
2006
Carrying
Fair
Carrying
Fair
Amount
Value
Amount
Value
Financial liabilities:
Long-term debt due within one year
$
698
$
688
$
18
$
17
Long-term debt
$
3,816
$
3,491
$
4,446
$
4,486
Derivative financial instruments net asset (liability)
position:
Comprised of other assets of $14
and other liabilities of $31 as of December 31, 2007, and
other assets of $41 and other liabilities of $15 as of
December 31, 2006.
Concentrations
of risk
Nortel from time to time uses derivatives (“financial
instruments”) to limit exposures related to foreign
currency, interest rate and equity price risk. Credit risk on
these financial instruments arises from the potential for
counterparties to default on their contractual obligations to
Nortel. Nortel is exposed to credit risk in the event of
non-performance, but does not anticipate non-performance by any
of the counterparties to its financial instruments. Nortel
limits its credit risk by dealing with counterparties that are
considered to be of reputable credit quality. The maximum
potential loss on all financial instruments may exceed amounts
recognized in the consolidated financial statements of $77, due
to the risk associated with such financial instruments.
Nortel’s maximum exposure to credit loss in the event of
non-performance by a counterparty to a financial instrument is
limited to those financial instruments that had a positive fair
value of $106 as of December 31, 2007. Nortel’s cash
and cash equivalents are maintained with several financial
institutions in the form of short term money market instruments,
the balances of which, at times, may exceed the amount of
insurance provided on such deposits. Generally, these deposits
may be redeemed upon demand and are maintained with financial
institutions with reputable credit and therefore are expected to
bear minimal credit risk. Nortel seeks to mitigate such risks by
spreading its risk across multiple counterparties and monitoring
the risk profiles of these counterparties.
Nortel performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and,
with the exception of certain financing transactions, does not
require collateral from its customers. Nortel’s customers
are primarily in the enterprise and service provider markets.
Nortel’s global orientation has resulted in a large number
of diverse customers which minimizes concentrations of credit
risk.
Nortel receives certain of its components from sole suppliers.
Additionally, Nortel relies on a limited number of contract
manufacturers and suppliers to provide manufacturing services
for its products. The inability of a contract manufacturer or
supplier to fulfill supply requirements of Nortel could
materially impact future operating results.
Transfers
of receivables
In 2007, 2006 and 2005, Nortel entered into various agreements
to transfer certain of its receivables. These receivables were
transferred at discounts of $2, $12 and $19 from book value for
the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005,
respectively, at annualized discount rates of approximately 0%
to 8%, 0% to 8% and 2% to 8% for the years ended
December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Certain
receivables have been sold with limited recourse for each of the
years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.
Under certain agreements, Nortel has continued as servicing
agent and/or
has provided limited recourse. The fair value of these servicing
obligations is based on the market value of servicing the
receivables, historical payment patterns and appropriate
discount rates as applicable. Generally, trade receivables that
are sold do not experience prepayments. Also,
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
Nortel has not historically experienced significant credit
losses with respect to receivables sold with limited recourse
and, as such, no liability was recognized.
As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, total accounts receivable
transferred and under Nortel’s management were $45 and
$204, respectively.
There is a possibility that the actual performance of
receivables or the cost of servicing the receivables will differ
from the assumptions used to determine fair values at the
transfer date and at each reporting date. Assuming hypothetical,
simultaneous, unfavorable variations of up to 20% in credit
losses, discount rate used and cost of servicing the
receivables, the pre-tax impact on the value of the retained
interests and servicing assets would not be significant.
Proceeds from receivables for the years ended December 31 were
as follows:
2007
2006
2005
Proceeds from new transfers of financial assets
$
43
$
202
$
298
Proceeds from collections reinvested in revolving period
transfers
$
12
$
189
$
260
Repurchases of receivables
$
(39
)
$
(26
)
$
—
12.
Guarantees
Nortel has entered into agreements that contain features which
meet the definition of a guarantee under FIN 45 as
described in note 2. As of December 31, 2007, Nortel
had accrued $1 in respect of its non-contingent obligations
associated with these agreements and $9 with respect to its
contingent obligations that are considered probable to occur. A
description of the major types of Nortel’s outstanding
guarantees as of December 31, 2007 is provided below:
(a) Business
sale and business combination agreements
(i) In connection with agreements for the sale of portions
of its business, including certain discontinued operations,
Nortel has typically retained the liabilities that relate to
business events occurring prior to the sale, such as tax,
environmental, litigation and employment matters. Nortel
generally indemnifies the purchaser of a Nortel business in the
event that a third party asserts a claim against the purchaser
that relates to a liability retained by Nortel. Some of these
types of guarantees have indefinite terms while others have
specific terms extending to January 2012.
Nortel has also entered into guarantees related to the escrow of
shares in business combinations in prior periods. These types of
agreements generally include terms that require Nortel to
indemnify counterparties for losses incurred from litigation
that may be suffered by counterparties arising under such
agreements. These types of indemnities apply over a specified
period of time from the date of the business combinations and do
not provide for any limit on the maximum potential amount.
Nortel is unable to estimate the maximum potential liability for
these types of indemnification guarantees as the business sale
agreements generally do not specify a maximum amount and the
amounts are dependent upon the outcome of future contingent
events, the nature and likelihood of which cannot be determined.
As of December 31, 2007, no liability has been accrued in
the consolidated financial statements with respect to these
indemnification agreements.
Historically, Nortel has not made any significant payments under
such indemnification agreements.
(ii) In conjunction with the sale of a certain subsidiary
to a third party, Nortel guaranteed to the purchaser that
specified annual sales volume levels would be achieved by the
business sold over a ten-year period ending December 31,2007. The maximum amount that Nortel may be required to pay
under the volume guarantee as of December 31, 2007 is $10.
Nortel’s guarantee to the purchaser was governed by the
laws of the purchaser’s jurisdiction. As such, the
purchaser has the right to claim such payments under the volume
guarantee, for a period of ten years, or until January 31,2018, under the statute of limitations of such jurisdiction. A
liability of $9 has been accrued in the consolidated financial
statements as of December 31, 2007 with respect to the
contingent obligation associated with this guarantee.
Historically, Nortel has not made any significant payments under
such indemnification agreements.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
(b)
Intellectual
property indemnification obligations
Nortel has periodically entered into agreements with customers
and suppliers which include intellectual property
indemnification obligations that are customary in the industry.
These types of guarantees typically have indefinite terms;
however, under some agreements, Nortel has provided specific
terms extending out to September 2009. These agreements
generally require Nortel to compensate the other party for
certain damages and costs incurred as a result of third party
intellectual property claims arising from these transactions.
The nature of the intellectual property indemnification
obligations generally prevents Nortel from making a reasonable
estimate of the maximum potential amount it could be required to
pay to its customers and suppliers. As of December 31,2007, no liability has been accrued in the consolidated
financial statements with respect to Nortel’s intellectual
property indemnification obligations.
Historically, Nortel has not made any significant
indemnification payments under such agreements.
(c) Lease
agreements
Nortel has entered into agreements with its lessors to guarantee
the lease payments of certain assignees of its facilities.
Generally, these lease agreements relate to facilities Nortel
vacated prior to the end of the term of its lease. These lease
agreements require Nortel to make lease payments throughout the
lease term if the assignee fails to make scheduled payments.
Most of these lease agreements also require Nortel to pay for
facility restoration costs at the end of the lease term if the
assignee fails to do so. These lease agreements have expiration
dates through June 2015. The maximum amount that Nortel may be
required to pay under these types of agreements is estimated to
be $42 as of December 31, 2007. Nortel generally has the
ability to attempt to recover such lease payments from the
defaulting party through rights of subrogation.
Historically, Nortel has not made any significant payments under
these types of guarantees.
(d) Other
indemnification agreements
(i) Nortel has agreed to indemnify the banks and their
agents under its credit facilities against costs or losses
resulting from changes in laws and regulations which would
increase the banks’ costs or reduce their return and from
any legal action brought against the banks or their agents
related to the use of loan proceeds.
On February 14, 2003, NNL entered into an agreement with
Export Development Canada (“EDC”) regarding
arrangements to provide support for certain performance-related
obligations arising out of normal course business (the “EDC
Support Facility”). Nortel has also agreed to indemnify EDC
under the EDC Support Facility against any legal action brought
against EDC that relates to the provision of support under the
EDC Support Facility. This indemnification generally applies to
issues that arise during the term of the EDC Support Facility.
As of December 31, 2007, there was approximately $146 of
outstanding support utilized under the EDC Support Facility,
approximately $89 of which was outstanding under the revolving
small bond
sub-facility,
with the remaining balance outstanding under the revolving large
bond
sub-facility.
Effective December 14, 2007, NNL and EDC amended and
restated the EDC Support Facility, among other things to extend
the maturity date to December 31, 2011 and to provide for
automatic renewal each subsequent year, unless either party
provides written notice to the other of its intent to terminate.
Nortel is unable to estimate the maximum potential liability for
these types of indemnification guarantees as the agreements
typically do not specify a maximum amount and the amounts are
dependent upon the outcome of future contingent events, the
nature and likelihood of which cannot be determined at this
time. As of December 31, 2007, no liability has been
accrued in the consolidated financial statements with respect to
these indemnification agreements.
Historically, Nortel has not made any significant
indemnification payments under such agreements.
(ii) Nortel has agreed to indemnify certain of its
counterparties in certain receivables securitization
transactions. The indemnifications provided to counterparties in
these types of transactions may require Nortel to compensate
counterparties for costs incurred as a result of changes in laws
and regulations (including tax legislation) or in the
interpretations of such laws and regulations, or as a result of
regulatory penalties that may be suffered by the counterparty as
a consequence of the transaction. Certain receivables
securitization transactions include indemnifications requiring
the
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
repurchase of the receivables, under certain conditions, if the
receivable is not paid by the obligor. As of December 31,2007, Nortel had approximately $45 of securitized receivables
which were subject to repurchase, in which case Nortel would
assume from the purchaser of the receivables all rights to
collect such receivables. The indemnification provisions
generally expire upon the earlier of either the expiration of
the securitization agreements, which extend through 2008, or
collection of the receivable amounts by the purchaser.
As of December 31, 2007, no amount has been accrued in the
consolidated financial statements with respect to these
indemnification agreements.
Nortel has made payments of $39 and $26 in the years ended
December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively,
under such agreements relating to the repurchase of certain
receivables.
(iii) Nortel has also entered into other agreements that
provide indemnifications to counterparties in certain
transactions including investment banking agreements, guarantees
related to the administration of capital trust accounts,
guarantees related to the administration of employee benefit
plans, indentures for its outstanding public debt and asset sale
agreements (in addition to the business sale agreements noted
above). These indemnification agreements generally require
Nortel to indemnify the counterparties for costs incurred as a
result of changes in laws and regulations (including tax
legislation) or in the interpretations of such laws and
regulations
and/or as a
result of losses from litigation that may be suffered by the
counterparties arising from the transactions. These types of
indemnification agreements normally extend over an unspecified
period of time from the date of the transaction and do not
typically provide for any limit on the maximum potential payment
amount. In addition, Nortel has entered into indemnification
agreements with certain of its directors and officers for the
costs reasonably incurred in any proceeding in which they become
involved by reason of their position as directors or officers to
the extent permitted under applicable law.
The nature of such agreements prevents Nortel from making a
reasonable estimate of the maximum potential amount it could be
required to pay to its counterparties and directors and
officers. The difficulties in assessing the amount of liability
result primarily from the unpredictability of future changes in
laws, the inability to determine how laws apply to
counterparties and the lack of limitations on the potential
liability. As of December 31, 2007, no liability has been
accrued in the consolidated financial statements with respect to
these indemnification agreements.
Historically, Nortel has not made any significant
indemnification payments under such agreements.
(iv) Nortel has identified specified price trade-in rights
in certain customer arrangements that qualify as guarantees.
These types of guarantees generally apply over a specified
period of time and extend through to June 2010. Nortel is unable
to estimate the maximum potential liability for these types of
indemnification guarantees as the agreements typically do not
specify a maximum amount and the amounts are dependent upon the
outcome of future contingent events, the nature and likelihood
of which cannot be determined at this time. As of
December 31, 2007, no significant liability has been
accrued in the consolidated financial statements with respect to
these indemnification agreements.
Historically, Nortel has not made any significant
indemnification payments under such agreements.
(v) On March 17, 2006, in connection with the Global
Class Action Settlement (as defined in note 20),
Nortel announced that it had reached an agreement with the lead
plaintiffs on the related insurance and corporate governance
matters, including Nortel’s insurers agreeing to pay $229
in cash towards the settlement and Nortel agreeing with its
insurers to certain indemnification obligations. Nortel believes
that these indemnification obligations would be unlikely to
materially increase its total cash payment obligations under the
Global Class Action Settlement. Nortel is aware of three
claims made to the insurers by former officers, but based on
information available at this time, Nortel is not able to make a
reasonable estimate of the amount for which Nortel may be
liable. As a result, Nortel has not recorded a contingent
liability as of December 31, 2007 with respect to its
indemnification obligations. The insurers’ payments would
not reduce the amounts payable by Nortel for the Global
Class Action Settlement, as disclosed in note 20.
Nortel has not made any significant payments as at
December 31, 2007 for its guarantees related to the Global
Class Action Settlement.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
Product
warranties
The following summarizes the accrual for product warranties that
was recorded as part of other accrued liabilities in the
consolidated balance sheets as of December 31:
2007
2006
Balance at the beginning of the year
$
217
$
206
Payments
(182
)
(267
)
Warranties issued
267
281
Revisions
(88
)
(3
)
Balance at the end of the year
$
214
$
217
13.
Commitments
Bid,
performance-related and other bonds
Nortel has entered into bid, performance-related and other bonds
associated with various contracts. Bid bonds generally have a
term of less than twelve months, depending on the length of the
bid period for the applicable contract. Other bonds primarily
relate to warranty, rental, real estate and customs contracts.
Performance-related and other bonds generally have a term of
twelve months and are typically renewed, as required, over the
term of the applicable contract. The various contracts to which
these bonds apply generally have terms ranging from one to five
years. Any potential payments which might become due under these
bonds would be related to Nortel’s non-performance under
the applicable contract. Historically, Nortel has not had to
make material payments under these types of bonds and does not
anticipate that any material payments will be required in the
future.
The following table sets forth the maximum potential amount of
future payments under bid, performance-related and other bonds,
net of the corresponding restricted cash and cash equivalents,
as of December 31:
2007
2006
Bid and performance-related
bonds(a)
$
155
$
231
Other
bonds(b)
54
30
Total bid, performance-related and other bonds
$
209
$
261
(a)
Net of restricted cash and cash
equivalent amounts of $5 and $7 as of December 31, 2007 and
2006, respectively.
(b)
Net of restricted cash and cash
equivalent amounts of $27 and $628 as of December 31, 2007
and 2006, respectively.
Venture
capital financing
Nortel has entered into agreements with selected venture capital
firms where the venture capital firms make and manage
investments in
start-up
businesses and emerging enterprises. The agreements require
Nortel to fund requests for additional capital up to its
commitments when and if requests for additional capital are
solicited by any of the venture capital firms. Nortel had
remaining commitments, if requested, of $23 as of
December 31, 2007. These commitments expire at various
dates through to 2017.
Purchase
commitments
Nortel has entered into purchase commitments with certain
suppliers under which it commits to buy a minimum amount or
percentage of designated products or services in exchange for
price guarantees or similar concessions. In certain of these
agreements, Nortel may be required to acquire and pay for such
products or services up to the prescribed minimum or forecasted
purchases. As of December 31, 2007, Nortel had aggregate
purchase commitments of $40 compared with $83 as of
December 31, 2006. In accordance with Nortel’s
agreements with certain of its inventory suppliers, Nortel
records a liability for firm, noncancelable, and unconditional
purchase commitments for quantities purchased in excess of
future demand forecasts.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
The following table sets forth the expected purchase commitments
to be made over the next several years:
Total
2008
2009
2010
Thereafter
Obligations
Purchase commitments
$
28
$
9
$
3
$
—
$
40
Amounts paid by Nortel under the above purchase commitments
during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
were $31, $470 and $1,134, respectively.
Operating
leases and other commitments
As of December 31, 2007, the future minimum payments under
operating leases, sale lease-backs with continuing involvement,
outsourcing contracts, special charges related to lease
commitments accrued for as part of restructuring contract
settlement, and lease costs and related sublease recoveries
under contractual agreements consisted of:
Rental expense on operating leases for the years ended
December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, net of applicable
sublease income, amounted to $326, $196 and $175, respectively.
Expenses related to outsourcing contracts for the years ended
December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 amounted to $133, $93 and
$96, respectively, and were for services provided to Nortel
primarily related to a portion of its information services
function. The amount payable under Nortel’s outsourcing
contracts is variable to the extent that Nortel’s workforce
fluctuates from the baseline levels contained in the contracts.
The table above shows the minimum commitment contained in the
outsourcing contracts.
Nortel
and Microsoft Corporation Alliance
In the third quarter of 2006, Nortel and Microsoft Corporation
(“Microsoft”) entered into a four-year agreement, with
provisions for extension, to form a strategic alliance to
jointly develop, market and sell communications solutions. Under
the agreement, Nortel and Microsoft agreed to form joint teams
to collaborate on product development spanning enterprise,
mobile and wireline carrier solutions. The agreement engages the
companies at the technology, marketing and business levels and
includes joint product development, solutions and systems
integration and
go-to-market
initiatives. Both companies will invest resources in marketing,
business development and delivery.
Microsoft will make available to Nortel up to $52 in marketing
and telephony systems integration funds to be offset against
marketing costs incurred by Nortel, and up to $40 in research
and development funds over the initial four year term of the
agreement. Payments are received by Nortel upon Nortel achieving
certain mutually agreed upon performance metrics. Microsoft will
recoup its payment of research and development funds by
receiving payments from Nortel of 5% of revenue over a mutually
agreed upon enterprise voice and application business base plan.
Any research and development funds that have not been recouped
must be repaid in full by Nortel to Microsoft by March 31,2012. As of December 31, 2007, Nortel has not received any
of the research and development funds from Microsoft.
Microsoft and Nortel will each retain all revenues from sales or
licenses of each party’s respective software, sales or
leasing of each party’s respective hardware and delivery of
services to customers and partners in accordance with separate
agreements with each parties’ respective channel partners
and/or
customers.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
14.
Financing
arrangements and variable interest entities
Customer
financing
Generally, Nortel facilitates customer financing agreements
through customer loans, and Nortel’s commitment to extend
future financing is generally subject to conditions related to
funding, fixed expiration or termination dates, specific
interest rates and qualified purposes. Nortel only provides
direct customer financing where a compelling strategic customer
or technology purpose supports such financing.
Total customer financing as of December 31, 2007 and 2006
was $6 and $10, respectively, which included undrawn commitments
of nil and $1, respectively. During the years ended
December 31, 2007 and 2006, Nortel reduced undrawn customer
financing commitments by $1 and $49, respectively, as a result
of the expiration or cancellation of commitments and changing
customer business plans.
During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005,
Nortel recorded net customer financing bad debt expense of $4,
$4 and $4, respectively, as a result of settlements and
adjustments to other existing provisions. The recoveries and
expense were included in the consolidated statements of
operations within SG&A expense.
During the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, Nortel
did not enter into any new agreements to restructure
and/or
settle customer financing and related receivables. During the
year ended December 31, 2005, Nortel entered into certain
agreements to restructure
and/or
settle various customer financing and related receivables,
including rights to accrued interest. As a result of these
transactions, Nortel received cash consideration of
approximately $112 ($36 of the proceeds was included in
discontinued operations) to settle outstanding receivables of
approximately $102 with a net carrying value of $101 ($33 of the
net carrying value was included in discontinued operations).
Consolidation
of variable interest entities
Certain lease financing transactions of Nortel were structured
through single transaction VIEs that did not have sufficient
equity at risk, as defined in FIN 46R. Effective
July 1, 2003, Nortel prospectively began consolidating two
VIEs for which Nortel was considered the primary beneficiary
following the guidance of FIN 46, on the basis that Nortel
retained certain risks associated with guaranteeing recovery of
the unamortized principal balance of the VIEs debt, which
represented the majority of the risks associated with the
respective VIEs activities. The amount of the guarantees will be
adjusted over time as the underlying debt matures. During 2004,
the debt related to one of the VIEs was extinguished and as a
result consolidation of this VIE was no longer required. As of
December 31, 2007, Nortel’s consolidated balance sheet
included $92 of long-term debt (see note 10) and $91
of plant and equipment — net related to the remaining
VIE. These amounts represented both the collateral and maximum
exposure to loss as a result of Nortel’s involvement with
the VIE.
On June 3, 2005, Nortel acquired NGS, a VIE for which
Nortel is considered the primary beneficiary under FIN 46R.
The consolidated financial results of Nortel include NGS’s
financial statements consolidated from the date of the
acquisition (see note 9).
Nortel consolidates certain assets and liabilities held in
certain employee benefit and life insurance trusts in Canada and
the U.K., VIEs for which Nortel is considered the primary
beneficiary under FIN 46R.
Nortel has other financial interests and contractual
arrangements which would meet the definition of a variable
interest under FIN 46R, including investments in other
companies and joint ventures, customer financing arrangements,
and guarantees and indemnification arrangements. As of
December 31, 2007 and 2006, none of these other interests
or arrangements were considered significant variable interests
and, therefore, are not disclosed in Nortel’s financial
statements.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
15.
Capital
stock
Common
shares
Nortel is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Nortel
Networks Corporation common shares without nominal or par value.
The outstanding number of Nortel Networks Corporation common
shares and prepaid forward purchase contracts included in
shareholders’ equity consisted of the following as of
December 31:
Nortel Networks Corporation Common
shares issued as part of the purchase price consideration.
During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005,
Nortel Networks Corporation common shares were cancelled as earn
out provisions were forfeited pursuant to their applicable
agreements.
(b)
Relates to Nortel Networks
Corporation common shares surrendered by members and former
members of Nortel’s core executive team for cancellation in
connection with the voluntary undertaking by each such
individual to pay over a three year period an amount equal to
the return to profitability bonus paid in 2003.
(c)
Included in additional paid in
capital in the consolidated balance sheets. During the years
ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, nil, nil and 6,484
Nortel Networks Corporation common shares were issued as a
result of the early settlement of nil, nil and 384 prepaid
forward purchase contracts, respectively. The net proceeds from
the settled contracts of nil, nil and $82, respectively, were
transferred from additional paid-in capital to Nortel Networks
Corporation common shares.
(d)
Relates to Nortel Networks
Corporation common shares issued and issuable in connection with
the equity component of the Global Class Action Settlement,
as described in note 20.
Preferred
shares
Nortel is authorized to issue an unlimited number of
Class A preferred shares, which rank senior to the
Class B preferred shares and the Nortel Networks
Corporation common shares upon a distribution of capital or
assets, and an unlimited number of Class B preferred
shares, which rank junior to the Class A preferred shares
and senior to the Nortel Networks Corporation common shares upon
a distribution of capital or assets, in each case without
nominal or par value. Each of the Class A and Class B
preferred shares is issuable in one or more series, each series
having such rights, restrictions and provisions as determined by
the Board of Directors of Nortel at the time of issue. None of
the Class A or Class B preferred shares of Nortel has
been issued.
Shareholder
rights plan
At the Nortel annual and special shareholders’ meeting on
June 29, 2006, shareholders approved the reconfirmation and
amendment of Nortel’s shareholder rights plan, which will
expire at the annual meeting of shareholders to be held in 2009
unless it is reconfirmed at that time. Under the rights plan,
Nortel issues one right for each Nortel common share
outstanding. These rights would become exercisable upon the
occurrence of certain events associated with an unsolicited
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
takeover bid and would, if exercised, permit shareholders that
are not making an unsolicited takeover bid to purchase Nortel
Networks Corporation common shares at a significant discount.
16.
Earnings
(loss) per common share
The following table details the weighted-average number of
Nortel Networks Corporation common shares outstanding for the
purposes of computing basic and diluted earnings (loss) per
common share for the following periods:
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share
- from continuing operations
$
(1.98
)
$
0.06
$
(6.02
)
- from discontinued operations
0.00
0.00
0.00
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share
$
(1.98
)
$
0.06
$
(6.02
)
(a)
Shares issuable as a result of the
Global Class Action Settlement of 49,087,756 for the year
ended December 31, 2007 have been included in the
calculation of basic and diluted weighted average number of
shares outstanding with effect from March 20, 2007. For
additional information, see note 20.
(b)
As a result of net loss from
operations for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2005,
all potential dilutive securities in these years were considered
anti-dilutive.
(c)
The impact of the minimum number of
common shares to be issued upon settlement of the prepaid
forward purchase contracts on a weighted-average basis was nil,
nil, and 4 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and
2005, respectively. As of December 31, 2006, all common
shares to be issued pursuant to the prepaid forward purchase
contracts had been settled.
(d)
All potential dilutive securities
issuable related to the Convertible Notes for the years ended
December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were anti-dilutive.
Change in foreign currency translation
adjustment(a)
301
284
(147
)
Balance at the end of the year
783
482
198
Unrealized gain (loss) on investments — net
Balance at the beginning of the year
39
31
33
Change in unrealized gain (loss) on investments
(13
)
8
(2
)
Balance at the end of the
year(b)
26
39
31
Unrealized derivative gain (loss) on cash flow
hedges — net
Balance at the beginning of the year
(10
)
7
18
Change in unrealized derivative gain (loss) on cash flow
hedges(c)
10
(17
)
(11
)
Balance at the end of the year
—
(10
)
7
Minimum pension liability-net
Balance at the beginning of the year
—
(1,084
)
(915
)
Change in minimum pension liability
adjustment(d)
—
94
(169
)
Adoption of FASB Statement No. 158 —
net(e)
—
990
—
Balance at the end of the year
—
—
(1,084
)
Unamortized Pension and Post-Retirement Plan actuarial
losses and prior service cost — net
Balance at the beginning of the year
(1,132
)
—
—
Adoption of FASB Statement No. 158 —
net(e)
—
(1,132
)
—
Change in unamortized pension and post-retirement actuarial
losses and prior service
cost(f)
560
—
—
Balance at the end of the year
(572
)
(1,132
)
—
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
$
237
$
(621
)
$
(848
)
(a)
The change in the foreign currency
translation adjustment was not adjusted for income taxes since
it related to indefinite term investments in
non-U.S. subsidiaries.
(b)
Certain securities deemed
available-for-sale
by Nortel were measured at fair value. Unrealized holding gains
(losses) related to these securities were excluded from net
earnings (loss) and were included in accumulated other
comprehensive income (loss) until realized. Unrealized gain
(loss) on investments was net of tax of nil for each of the
years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005. During the
years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, realized
(gains) losses on investments of nil, $5 and ($9), respectively,
were reclassified to other income (expense) — net in
the consolidated statements of operations.
(c)
During the years ended
December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, net derivative gains of
$10, $14 and $18 were reclassified to other income
(expense) — net. Unrealized derivative gain (loss) on
cash flow hedges is net of tax of nil, nil and nil for the years
ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
(d)
Represents non-cash charges to
shareholders’ equity related to the increase in the minimum
required recognizable liability associated with Nortel’s
pension plans (see note 8). The change in minimum pension
liability adjustment is presented net of tax of nil, $24 and $6
for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005,
respectively.
(e)
Represents non-cash charges to
shareholders’ equity related to the adoption of
SFAS 158 (see note 8). The charge is presented net of
tax of $60 for the year ended December 31, 2006.
(f)
Represents non-cash charges to
shareholders’ equity related to the change in unamortized
pension and post-retirement actuarial losses and prior service
cost (see note 8). The charge is presented net of tax of
$91 for the year ended December 31, 2007.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
18.
Share-based
compensation plans
Stock
options
Prior to 2006, Nortel granted options to employees to purchase
Nortel Networks Corporation common shares under two existing
stock option plans, the Nortel 2000 Stock Option Plan (the
“2000 Plan”) and the Nortel 1986 Stock Option Plan, as
Amended and Restated (the “1986 Plan”). Under these
two plans, options to purchase Nortel Networks Corporation
common shares could be granted to employees and, under the 2000
Plan, options could also be granted to directors of Nortel. The
options under both plans entitle the holders to purchase one
Nortel Networks Corporation common share at a subscription price
of not less than 100% (as defined under the applicable plan) of
the market value on the effective date of the grant.
Subscription prices are stated and payable in U.S. Dollars
for U.S. options and in Canadian Dollars for Canadian
options. Options granted prior to 2003 generally vest
331/3%
each year over a three-year period on the anniversary date of
the grant. Commencing in 2003, options granted generally vest
25% each year over a four-year period on the anniversary of the
date of grant. The term of an option cannot exceed ten years.
The Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Boards of
Directors of Nortel and NNL (the “CHRC”) administers
both plans. Nortel meets its obligations under both plans by
issuing Nortel Networks Corporation common shares. Nortel
Networks Corporation common shares remaining available for grant
after December 31, 2005 under the 2000 Plan and the 1986
Plan (and including common shares that become available upon
expiration or termination of options granted under such plans)
have been rolled over and are available for grant under the
Nortel 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the “SIP”) effective
January 1, 2006.
In 2005, Nortel’s shareholders approved the SIP, a
share-based compensation plan, which permits grants of stock
options, including incentive stock options, SARs, PSUs, and RSUs
to employees of Nortel and its subsidiaries. Nortel also meets
its obligations under the SIP by issuing Nortel Networks
Corporation common shares. On November 6, 2006, the SIP was
amended and restated effective as of December 1, 2006, to
adjust the number of Nortel Networks Corporation common shares
available for grant thereunder to reflect the 1 for 10
consolidation of Nortel Networks Corporation issued and
outstanding common shares. The subscription price for each share
subject to an option shall not be less than 100% (as defined
under the SIP) of the market value of Nortel Networks
Corporation common shares on the date of the grant. Subscription
prices are stated and payable in U.S. Dollars for
U.S. options and in Canadian Dollars for Canadian options.
Options granted under the SIP generally vest 25% each year over
a four-year period on the anniversary of the date of grant. The
CHRC also administers the SIP. Options granted under the SIP may
not become exercisable within the first year (except in the
event of death), and in no case shall the term of an option
exceed ten years. All stock options granted have been classified
as equity instruments based on the settlement provisions of the
share-based compensation plans.
Stand-alone SARs or SARs in tandem with options may be granted
under the SIP. As of December 31, 2007, no tandem SARs have
been granted under the SIP. Upon the exercise of a vested
stand-alone SAR, a holder will be entitled to receive payment,
in cash, common shares or any combination thereof of an amount
equal to the excess of the market value of a common share of
Nortel on the date of exercise over the subscription or base
price under the SAR. Generally, stand-alone SARs awarded under
the SIP vest in equal installments on the first four anniversary
dates of the grant date of the award.
As of December 31, 2007, the maximum number of Nortel
Networks Corporation common shares authorized by the
shareholders and reserved for issuance by the Board of Directors
of Nortel under each of the 1986 Plan, 2000 Plan and SIP is as
follows:
Maximum
(Number of common
shares in thousands)
1986 Plan
Issuable to employees
46,972
(a)
2000 Plan
Issuable to employee and non-employee
directors(b)
Nortel Networks Corporation common
shares which were remaining available for grant after
December 31, 2005 under the 1986 and the 2000 Plan
rolled-over to the SIP effective January 1, 2006. Nortel
Networks Corporation common shares that become available upon
expiration or termination of options granted under such plans
will also roll-over to the SIP.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
(b)
Under the 2000 Plan, a maximum of
50 Nortel Networks Corporation common shares were authorized by
the shareholders and reserved for issuance to non-employee
directors.
In January 1995, a key contributor stock option program (the
“Key Contributor Program”) was established and options
have been granted under the 1986 Plan and the 2000 Plan in
connection with this program. Under this program, a participant
was granted concurrently an equal number of initial options and
replacement options. The initial options and the replacement
options expire ten years from the date of grant. The initial
options have an exercise price equal to the market value of a
Nortel Networks Corporation common share on the date of grant
and the replacement options have an exercise price equal to the
market value of a Nortel Networks Corporation common share on
the date all of the initial options are fully exercised,
provided that in no event will the exercise price be less than
the exercise price of the initial options. Replacement options
are generally exercisable commencing 36 months after the
date all of the initial options are fully exercised, provided
that the participant beneficially owns a number of Nortel
Networks Corporation common shares at least equal to the number
of common shares subject to the initial options less any Nortel
Networks Corporation common shares sold to pay for options
costs, applicable taxes and brokerage costs associated with the
exercise of the initial options. No Key Contributor Program
options were granted for the years ended December 31, 2007,
2006 and 2005.
During the year ended December 31, 2007, approximately
249,395 Nortel Networks Corporation common shares were issued
pursuant to the exercise of stock options granted under the 1986
Plan and 152,210 Nortel Networks Corporation common shares were
issued pursuant to the exercise of stock options granted under
the 2000 Plan. During the year ended December 31, 2007,
approximately 4,536,536 stock options, 2,120,646 RSUs and
522,850 PSUs were granted under the SIP. During the year ended
December 31, 2007, there were 420,570 Nortel Networks
Corporation common shares issued pursuant to the vesting of RSUs
granted under the SIP. During the year ended December 31,2007, there were 6,327 stock options exercised under the SIP.
During the year ended December 31, 2007, there were no PSUs
that vested under the SIP. During the year ended
December 31, 2007, Nortel granted 91,512 stand-alone SARs
under the SIP, of which 84,692 are outstanding as of
December 31, 2007.
Nortel also assumed stock option plans in connection with the
acquisition of various companies. Nortel Networks Corporation
common shares are issuable upon the exercise of options under
the assumed stock option plans, although no further options may
be granted under the assumed plans. The vesting periods for
options granted under these assumed stock option plans may
differ from the SIP, 2000 Plan and 1986 Plan, but the assumed
plans are not considered significant to Nortel’s overall
use of share-based compensation.
The following is a summary of the total number of outstanding
stock options and the maximum number of stock options available
for grant:
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
The following tables summarize information about stock options
outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2007:
Options Outstanding
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Weighted-
Aggregate
Number
Contractual
Average
Intrinsic
Outstanding
Life
Exercise
Value
Range of exercise prices
(Thousands)
(In years)
Price
(Thousands)
$0.00 - $20.20
480
8.5
$
17.90
$
69
$20.21 - $23.90
6,137
6.4
$
22.49
$
—
$23.91 - $27.80
5,932
8.3
$
26.36
$
—
$27.81 - $36.00
3,646
7.5
$
31.62
$
—
$36.01 - $52.00
1,831
4.6
$
39.75
$
—
$52.01 - $72.00
3,194
3.2
$
65.37
$
—
$72.01 - $80.00
2,005
5.6
$
76.57
$
—
$80.01 - $120.00
2,797
3.3
$
104.43
$
—
$120.01 - $180.00
625
0.9
$
155.38
$
—
$180.01 - $1,209.93
2,563
1.6
$
373.33
$
—
29,210
5.6
$
75.30
$
69
Fully vested options and options expected to vest as of
December 31, 2007
27,396
5.4
$
78.27
$
69
Options Exercisable
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Weighted-
Aggregate
Number
Contractual
Average
Intrinsic
Exercisable
Life
Exercise
Value
Range of exercise prices
(Thousands)
(In years)
Price
(Thousands)
$0.00 - $20.20
105
4.7
$
17.09
$
67
$20.21 - $23.90
4,127
5.4
$
23.10
$
—
$23.91 - $27.80
1,405
7.3
$
27.15
$
—
$27.81 - $36.00
1,385
6.0
$
32.16
$
—
$36.01 - $52.00
1,712
4.4
$
39.84
$
—
$52.01 - $72.00
3,194
3.2
$
65.37
$
—
$72.01 - $80.00
1,554
5.5
$
76.56
$
—
$80.01 - $120.00
2,561
3.1
$
105.17
$
—
$120.01 - $180.00
591
0.9
$
155.89
$
—
$180.01 - $1,209.93
2,563
1.6
$
373.33
$
—
19,197
(a)
4.2
$
98.67
$
67
(a)
Total number of exercisable options
for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 were 19,197
and 18,958, respectively. During the periods of March 10,2004 to June 1, 2005, and March 10, 2006 to
June 6, 2006, the exercise of otherwise exercisable stock
options was suspended due to Nortel and NNL not being in
compliance with certain reporting requirements of U.S. and
Canadian securities regulators.
The aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding and exercisable
stock options provided in the preceding table represents the
total pre-tax intrinsic value of outstanding and exercisable
stock options based on Nortel’s closing stock price of
$15.09 as of December 31, 2007, the last trading day for
Nortel Networks Corporation common shares in 2007, which is
assumed to be the price that would have been received by the
stock option holders had all stock option holders exercised and
sold their options on that date. The total number of
in-the-money
options exercisable as of December 31, 2007 was 6,816.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
Nonvested
shares
Nortel’s nonvested share awards consist of (i) options
granted under all of Nortel’s stock option plans and
(ii) RSU and PSU awards granted under the SIP. The fair
value of each nonvested share award is calculated using the
stock price on the date of grant. A summary of the status of
nonvested share awards as of December 31, 2007, and changes
throughout the year ended December 31, 2007, is presented
below.
RSU awards do not have an exercise
price, therefore grant date weighted-average fair value has been
calculated. The grant date fair value for the RSU awards is the
stock price on the date of grant.
(b)
PSU awards do not have an exercise
price, therefore grant date weighted-average fair value has been
calculated. The grant date fair value for the PSU awards was
determined using a Monte Carlo simulation model.
As of December 31, 2007, there was $92 of total
unrecognized compensation cost related to Nortel’s stock
option awards that is expected to be recognized over a
weighted-average period of 1.9 years. As of
December 31, 2007, there was $45 of total unrecognized
compensation cost related to Nortel’s RSU awards granted
which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average
period of 2.2 years. As of December 31, 2007, there
was $9 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to
Nortel’s PSU awards granted which is expected to be
recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.5 years.
The following is a summary of the total number of outstanding
RSU awards granted:
RSU awards do not have an exercise
price, therefore grant date weighted-average fair value has been
calculated. The grant date fair value for the RSU awards is the
stock price on the date of grant.
(b)
There were no RSUs issued prior to
January 1, 2005 as a part of the SIP.
(c)
The total fair value of RSUs under
the SIP settled during the years ended December 31, 2007,
2006 and 2005 were $9, $4 and nil, respectively.
PSU awards do not have an exercise
price, therefore grant date weighted-average fair value has been
calculated. The grant date fair value for the PSU awards was
determined using a Monte Carlo simulation model.
Under the Nortel Networks Corporation Directors’ Deferred
Share Compensation Plan and the Nortel Networks Limited
Directors’ Deferred Share Compensation Plan, non-employee
directors can elect to receive all or a portion of their
compensation for services rendered as a director of Nortel or
NNL, any committees thereof, and as board or committee
chairperson, in share units, in cash or a combination of share
units and cash. DSUs are credited on a quarterly basis, and the
number of share units received is equal to the amount of fees
expressed in U.S. Dollars, converted to Canadian Dollars,
divided by the market value expressed in Canadian Dollars of
Nortel Networks Corporation common shares on the last trading
day of the quarter. Generally, the share units are settled on
the fourth trading day following the release of Nortel’s
financial results after the director ceases to be a member of
the boards of directors of Nortel and NNL, and each share unit
entitles the holder to receive one Nortel Networks Corporation
common share. The value of the DSU and the related compensation
expense is determined and recorded based on the current market
price of the underlying Nortel Networks Corporation common
shares on the date of the grant. Common shares are purchased on
the open market to settle outstanding share units. As of
December 31, 2007 and 2006, the number of share units
outstanding and the DSU expense were not material to
Nortel’s results of operations and financial condition.
Limited
share purchase plan (“LSPP”)
In November 2007, Nortel adopted a limited share purchase plan
as a vehicle to enable certain executive officers of Nortel and
NNL to purchase Nortel Networks Corporation common shares. The
plan allows certain executives to satisfy share ownership
guidelines while continuing to comply with an exemption from the
SEC short survey market rules. Under the LSPP, the officers
purchase Nortel Networks Corporation common shares at a market
price, which is calculated based on the five day weighted
average share price to the purchase request date. There are
450,000 Nortel Networks Corporation common shares available for
purchase under the LSPP. As of December 31, 2007, the
number of shares outstanding and the related compensation
expense was not material to Nortel’s results of operations
and financial condition.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
Employee
stock purchase plans
Nortel has ESPPs to facilitate the acquisition of common shares
of Nortel by eligible employees. On June 29, 2005, the
shareholders of Nortel approved three new stock purchase plans,
the Nortel Global Stock Purchase Plan, the Nortel
U.S. Stock Purchase Plan and the Nortel Stock Purchase Plan
for Members of the Savings and Retirement Program, each of which
have been launched in jurisdictions throughout the world.
The ESPPs are designed to have four offering periods each year,
with each offering period beginning on the first day of each
calendar quarter. Eligible employees are permitted to have up to
10% of their eligible compensation deducted from their pay
during each offering period to contribute towards the purchase
of Nortel Networks Corporation common shares. The Nortel
Networks Corporation common shares are purchased by an
independent broker through the facilities of the TSX
and/or NYSE,
and held by a custodian on behalf of the plan participants.
For eligible employees, Nortel Networks Corporation common
shares were purchased on the TSX at fair market value but
employees effectively paid only 85% of that price as a result of
Nortel contributing the remaining 15% of the price.
The purchases under the ESPPs for the years ended December 31
are shown below:
2007
2006(b)
2005(b)
(Number of shares in thousands)
Nortel Networks Corporation common shares
purchased(a)
1,286
294
78
Weighted-average price of shares purchased
$
20.26
$
25.43
$
30.68
(a)
Compensation expense was recognized
for Nortel’s portion of the contributions. Nortel
contributed an amount equal to the difference between the market
price and the employee purchase price.
(b)
During the periods of
March 10, 2004 to June 1, 2005, and March 10,2006 to June 6, 2006, purchases under the ESPPs were
suspended due to Nortel and NNL not being in compliance with
certain reporting requirements of U.S. and Canadian
securities regulators.
Share-based
compensation
Effective January 1, 2006, Nortel adopted SFAS 123R,
as set out in note 2.
In accordance with SFAS 123R, Nortel did not accelerate the
recognition of expense for those awards that applied to
retirement-eligible employees prior to the adoption of the new
guidance, but rather expensed those awards over the vesting
period. Therefore, an expense of approximately $4 was recognized
during the year ended December 31, 2006 that would not have
been recognized had Nortel accelerated recognition of the
expense prior to January 1, 2006, the adoption date of
SFAS 123R.
SFAS 123R requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time
of grant in order to estimate the amount of share-based awards
that will ultimately vest. Since share-based compensation
expense recognized in the consolidated statements of operations,
for the year ended December 31, 2006, is based on awards
ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for estimated
forfeitures. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R, Nortel
recognized forfeitures as they occurred. In the year ended
December 31, 2006, Nortel recorded a gain of $9 as a
cumulative effect of an accounting change as a result of the
change in accounting for forfeitures under SFAS 123R. In
Nortel’s pro forma information required under SFAS 123
for the periods prior to fiscal 2006, Nortel accounted for
forfeitures as they occurred.
In November 2005, the FASB issued FASB FSP
No. 123R-3,
“Transition Election Related to Accounting for the Tax
Effects of Share-Based Payment Awards” (“FSP
FAS 123R-3”).
Nortel elected to adopt the alternative transition method to
SFAS 123R in accounting for the tax effects of share-based
payment awards to employees. The elective method comprises a
computational component that establishes a beginning balance of
the Additional Paid In Capital (“APIC”) pool related
to employee compensation and a simplified method to determine
the subsequent impact on the APIC pool of employee awards that
are fully vested and outstanding upon the adoption of
SFAS 123R. As of December 31, 2006, the APIC balance
was nil, and there were no other material impacts as a result of
the adoption of FSP
FAS 123R-3.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
Share-based compensation recorded during the years ended
December 31 was as follows:
2007
2006
2005
Share-based compensation:
Stock option expense
$
76
$
93
(b)
$
87
RSU
expense(a)
23
8
1
PSU expense
6
2
—
DSU
expense(a)
—
—
1
Total share-based compensation reported — net of tax
$
105
$
103
$
89
(a)
Compensation related to employer
portion of RSUs and DSUs was net of tax of nil in each period.
(b)
Includes a reduction of stock
option expense of approximately $9, recognized during the first
quarter of 2006, to align Nortel’s recognition of stock
option forfeitures with the adoption of SFAS 123R.
Nortel estimates the fair value of stock options and SARs using
the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model, consistent with
the provisions of SFAS 123R and SAB 107. The key input
assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock options and
SARs include the grant price of the options, the expected term
of the options, the volatility of Nortel’s stock, the
risk-free interest rate and Nortel’s dividend yield. Nortel
believes that the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model
sufficiently captures the substantive characteristics of the
option and SAR awards and is appropriate to calculate the fair
values of Nortel’s stock options.
The following ranges of assumptions were used in computing the
fair value of stock options and SARs for purposes of expense
recognition, for the following years ended December 31:
2007
2006
2005
Black-Scholes Merton assumptions
Expected dividend yield
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
Expected
volatility(a)
41.39%-53.56%
60.08%-73.66%
85.35%-87.01%
Risk-free interest
rate(b)
3.07%-4.92%
4.57%-5.04%
3.70%-4.44%
Expected option life in
years(c)
3.39-4.00
4.00
4.00
Range of fair value per unit granted
$2.41-$11.86
$9.97-$12.26
$17.87-$21.22
(a)
The expected volatility of
Nortel’s stock is estimated using the daily historical
stock prices over a period equal to the expected term.
(b)
Nortel used the five-year
U.S. government treasury bill rate to approximate the
four-year risk free rate.
(c)
The expected term of the stock
options is estimated based on historical grants with similar
vesting periods.
The fair value of RSU awards is calculated using an average of
the high and low stock prices from the highest trading volume of
either the NYSE or the TSX on the date of the grant. Nortel
estimates the fair value of PSU awards using a Monte Carlo
simulation model. Certain assumptions used in the model include
(but are not limited to) the following:
2007
2006
Monte Carlo assumptions
Beta (range)
1.20-1.88
2.0-2.1
Risk-free interest rate
(range)(a)
3.37%-4.66%
4.79%-5.10%
Equity risk premium
—
5.00%
(a)
The risk-free interest rate used
was the three-year U.S. government treasury bill rate.
As of December 31, 2007, the annual forfeiture rates
applied to Nortel’s stock option plans, SARs, RSU and PSU
awards were 18.12%, 18.12%, 15.60%, and 14.49%, respectively.
The total income tax benefit recognized in the statements of
operations for share-based award compensation was nil for each
of the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
Cash received from exercise under all share-based payment
arrangements was $10, $2 and $6 for the years ended
December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Tax
benefits realized by Nortel related to these exercises were nil
for each of the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and
2005.
19.
Related
party transactions
In the ordinary course of business, Nortel engages in
transactions with certain of its equity-owned investees and
certain other business partners. These transactions are sales
and purchases of goods and services under usual trade terms and
are measured at their exchange amounts.
Transactions with related parties for the years ended December
31 are summarized as follows:
LGE holds a minority interest in
LG-Nortel. Nortel’s sales and purchases relate primarily to
certain inventory-related items. As of December 31, 2007,
accounts payable to LGE was net $31, compared to $76 as at
December 31, 2006.
(b)
LG-Nortel currently owns a minority
interest in Vertical. Vertical supports LG-Nortel’s efforts
to distribute Nortel’s products to the North American
market.
(c)
Nortel currently owns a minority
interest in Sasken. Nortel’s purchases from Sasken relate
primarily to software and other software development-related
purchases. As of December 31, 2007, accounts payable to
Sasken was $1, compared to $2 as at December 31, 2006.
(d)
Nortel holds a minority interest in
GNTEL through its business venture LG-Nortel. Nortel’s
purchases from GNTEL relate primarily to installation and
warranty services. As of December 31, 2007, accounts
payable to GNTEL was net $31, compared to net $17 as at
December 31, 2006.
As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, accounts receivable from
related parties were $6 and $13, respectively. As of
December 31, 2007 and 2006, accounts payable to related
parties were $67 and $97, respectively.
20.
Contingencies
Subsequent to Nortel’s announcement on February 15,2001, in which it provided revised guidance for its financial
performance for the 2001 fiscal year and the first quarter of
2001, Nortel and certain of its then-current officers and
directors were named as defendants in several purported class
action lawsuits in the U.S. and Canada (collectively, the
“Nortel I Class Actions”). These lawsuits in the
U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York,
where all the U.S. lawsuits were consolidated, the Ontario
Superior Court of Justice, the Supreme Court of British Columbia
and the Quebec Superior Court were filed on behalf of
shareholders who acquired securities of Nortel during certain
periods between October 24, 2000 and February 15,2001. The lawsuits alleged, among other things, violations of
U.S. federal and Canadian provincial securities laws. These
matters also have been the subject of review by Canadian and
U.S. securities regulatory authorities.
Subsequent to Nortel’s announcement on March 10, 2004,
in which it indicated it was likely that Nortel would need to
revise its previously announced unaudited results for the year
ended December 31, 2003 and the results reported in certain
of its quarterly reports in 2003, and to restate its previously
filed financial results for one or more earlier periods, Nortel
and certain of its then-current and former officers and
directors were named as defendants in several purported class
action lawsuits in the U.S. and Canada (collectively, the
“Nortel II Class Actions”). These lawsuits
in the U.S. District
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
Court for the Southern District of New York, the Ontario
Superior Court of Justice and the Quebec Superior Court were
filed on behalf of shareholders who acquired securities of
Nortel during certain periods between February 16, 2001 and
July 28, 2004. The lawsuits alleged, among other things,
violations of U.S. federal and Canadian provincial
securities laws, negligence, misrepresentations, oppressive
conduct, insider trading and violations of Canadian corporation
and competition laws in connection with certain of Nortel’s
financial results. These matters are also the subject of
investigations by Canadian and U.S. securities regulatory
and criminal investigative authorities.
During 2006, Nortel entered into agreements to settle all of the
Nortel I Class Actions and Nortel II
Class Actions (the “Global Class Action
Settlement”) concurrently, except one related Canadian
action described below. In December 2006 and January 2007, the
Global Class Action Settlement was approved by the courts
in New York, Ontario, British Columbia and Quebec, and became
effective on March 20, 2007.
Under the terms of the Global Class Action Settlement,
Nortel agreed to pay $575 in cash plus accrued interest and
issue approximately 62,866,775 Nortel Networks Corporation
common shares (representing approximately 14.5% of Nortel
Networks Corporation common shares outstanding as of
February 7, 2006, the date an agreement in principle was
reached with the plaintiffs in the U.S. class action
lawsuits). Nortel will also contribute to the plaintiffs
one-half of any recovery from its ongoing litigation against
certain of its former senior officers who were terminated for
cause in 2004, which seeks the return of payments made to them
in 2003 under Nortel’s bonus plan. The total settlement
amount includes all plaintiffs’ court-approved
attorneys’ fees. On June 1, 2006, Nortel placed $575
plus accrued interest of $5 into escrow and classified this
amount as restricted cash. As a result of the Global
Class Action Settlement, Nortel established a litigation
reserve and recorded a charge in the amount of $2,474 to its
full-year 2005 financial results, $575 of which related to the
cash portion of the Global Class Action Settlement, while
$1,899 related to the equity component. The equity component of
the litigation reserve was adjusted each quarter from February
2006 through March 20, 2007 to reflect the fair value of
the Nortel Networks Corporation common shares issuable.
The effective date of the Global Class Action Settlement
was March 20, 2007, on which date the number of Nortel
Networks Corporation common shares issuable in connection with
the equity component was fixed. As such, a final measurement
date occurred for the equity component of the settlement and the
value of the shares issuable was fixed at their fair value of
$1,626 on the effective date.
Nortel recorded a shareholder litigation settlement recovery of
$54 during the first quarter of 2007 as a result of the final
fair value adjustment for the equity component of the Global
Class Action Settlement made on March 20, 2007. In
addition, the litigation reserve related to the equity component
was reclassified to additional paid-in capital within
shareholders’ equity on March 20, 2007 as the number
of issuable Nortel Networks Corporation common shares was fixed
on that date. The reclassified amount will be further
reclassified to Nortel Networks Corporation common shares as the
shares are issued. On the effective date of March 20, 2007,
Nortel also removed the restricted cash and corresponding
litigation reserve related to the cash portion of the
settlement, as the funds became controlled by the escrow agents
and Nortel’s obligation has been extinguished. The
administration of the settlement will be a complex and lengthy
process. Plaintiffs’ counsel will submit lists of claims
approved by the claims administrator to the appropriate courts
for approval. Once all the courts have approved the claims, the
process of distributing cash and share certificates to claimants
will begin. Although Nortel cannot predict how long the process
will take, approximately 4% of the settlement shares have been
issued, and Nortel currently expects the issuance of the balance
to commence in the first half of 2008.
Nortel’s insurers have agreed to pay $229 in cash toward
the settlement and Nortel has agreed to certain indemnification
obligations with them. Nortel believes that it is unlikely that
these indemnification obligations will materially increase its
total cash payment obligations under the Global
Class Action Settlement. See note 12 for additional
information.
Under the terms of the Global Class Action Settlement,
Nortel also agreed to certain corporate governance enhancements.
These enhancements included the codification of certain of
Nortel’s current governance practices in the written
mandate for its Board of Directors and the inclusion in its
Statement of Corporate Governance Practices contained in
Nortel’s annual proxy circular and proxy statement of
disclosure regarding certain other governance practices.
In August 2006, Nortel reached a separate agreement in principle
to settle a class action lawsuit in the Ontario Superior Court
of Justice that is not covered by the Global Class Action
Settlement, subject to court approval (the “Ontario
Settlement”). In February 2007, the court approved the
Ontario Settlement. The settlement did not have a material
impact
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
on Nortel’s financial condition and an accrued liability
was recorded in the third quarter of 2006 for the related
settlement, which was paid in the first quarter of 2007.
Nortel and NNL had been under investigation by the SEC since
April 2004 in connection with previous restatements of their
consolidated financial statements. As a result of discussions
with the Enforcement Staff of the SEC for purposes of resolving
the investigation, Nortel recorded an accrual in its condensed
consolidated financial statements in the second quarter of 2007
in the amount of $35, which it believed represented the best
estimate for the liability associated with this matter at that
time. In October 2007, Nortel and NNL reached a settlement on
all issues with the SEC in connection with its investigation of
the previous restatements of Nortel’s and NNL’s
financial results. As part of the settlement, Nortel agreed to
pay a civil penalty of $35 and a disgorgement in the amount of
one U.S. Dollar, and Nortel and NNL consented to be
restrained and enjoined from future violations of the antifraud,
reporting, books and records and internal control provisions of
U.S. federal securities laws. Further, Nortel and NNL are
required to provide to the SEC quarterly written reports
detailing the progress in implementing Nortel’s and
NNL’s remediation plan and actions to address their
remaining weakness relating to revenue recognition. This
reporting requirement began following the filing of the
quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
September 30, 2007 and is expected to end following the
filing of this report and delivery of the corresponding
remediation progress report, based upon the elimination of
Nortel’s remaining material weakness and full
implementation of Nortel’s remediation plan.
In April 2004, Nortel also announced that it was under
investigation by the Ontario Securities Commission (the
“OSC”) in connection with the same matters as the SEC
investigation. In May 2007, Nortel and NNL entered into a
settlement agreement with the Staff of the OSC in connection
with its investigation. On May 22, 2007, the OSC issued an
order approving the settlement agreement, which fully resolves
all issues with the OSC. Under the terms of the OSC order,
Nortel and NNL are required to deliver to the OSC Staff
quarterly and annual written reports detailing, among other
matters, their progress in implementing their remediation plan.
This reporting obligation began following the filing of the
Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2007 and is expected to end
following the filing of this report and delivery of the
corresponding remediation progress report, based upon the
elimination of its remaining material weakness relating to
revenue recognition and the completion of their remediation
plan. The OSC order did not impose any administrative penalty or
fine. However, Nortel made a payment to the OSC in the amount
CAD $1 million as a contribution toward the cost of its
investigation.
In May 2004, Nortel received a federal grand jury subpoena for
the production of certain documents, including financial
statements and corporate, personnel and accounting records, in
connection with an ongoing criminal investigation being
conducted by the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the
Northern District of Texas, Dallas Division. In August 2005,
Nortel received an additional federal grand jury subpoena
seeking additional documents, including documents relating to
the Nortel Retirement Income Plan and the Nortel Long-Term
Investment Plan. This investigation is ongoing. A criminal
investigation into Nortel’s financial accounting situation
by the Integrated Market Enforcement Team of the Royal Canadian
Mounted Police is also ongoing.
Beginning in December 2001, Nortel, together with certain of its
then-current and former directors, officers and employees, was
named as a defendant in several purported class action lawsuits
pursuant to the United States Employee Retirement Income
Security Act. These lawsuits have been consolidated into a
single proceeding in the U.S. District Court for the Middle
District of Tennessee. This lawsuit is on behalf of participants
and beneficiaries of the Nortel Long-Term Investment Plan, who
held shares of the Nortel Networks Stock Fund during the class
period, which has yet to be determined by the court. The lawsuit
alleges, among other things, material misrepresentations and
omissions to induce participants and beneficiaries to continue
to invest in and maintain investments in Nortel Networks
Corporation common shares through the investment plan. The court
has not yet ruled as to whether the plaintiff’s proposed
class action should be certified.
In January 2005, Nortel and NNL filed a Statement of Claim in
the Ontario Superior Court of Justice against Messrs. Frank
Dunn, Douglas Beatty and Michael Gollogly, their former senior
officers who were terminated for cause in April 2004, seeking
the return of payments made to them under Nortel’s bonus
plan in 2003.
In April 2006, Mr. Dunn filed a Notice of Action and
Statement of Claim in the Ontario Superior Court of Justice
against Nortel and NNL asserting claims for wrongful dismissal,
defamation and mental distress, and seeking punitive, exemplary
and aggravated damages,
out-of-pocket
expenses and special damages, indemnity for legal expenses
incurred as a result of
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
civil and administrative proceedings brought against him by
reason of his having been an officer or director of the
defendants, pre-judgment interest and costs.
In May and October 2006, respectively, Messrs. Gollogly and
Beatty filed Statements of Claim in the Ontario Superior Court
of Justice against Nortel and NNL asserting claims for, among
other things, wrongful dismissal and seeking compensatory,
aggravated and punitive damages, and pre-and post-judgment
interest and costs.
In June 2005, Ipernica Limited (formerly known as QSPX
Development 5 Pty Ltd), an Australian patent holding firm, filed
a lawsuit against Nortel in the U.S. District Court for the
Eastern District of Texas alleging patent infringement. In April
2007, the jury reached a verdict to award damages to the
plaintiff in the amount of $28. Post-trial motions have been
filed. The trial judge will next enter a judgment that could
range from increasing the damages award against Nortel to a
reversal of the jury’s verdict.
Except as otherwise described herein, in each of the matters
described above, the plaintiffs are seeking an unspecified
amount of monetary damages. Nortel is unable to ascertain the
ultimate aggregate amount of monetary liability or financial
impact to Nortel of the above matters, which, unless otherwise
specified, seek damages from the defendants of material or
indeterminate amounts or could result in fines and penalties.
With the exception of $2,474 and the related fair value
adjustments, which Nortel recorded in 2006 and first quarter of
2007 financial results as a result of the Global
Class Action Settlement and the accrued liability for the
Ontario Settlement, Nortel has not made any provisions for any
potential judgments, fines, penalties or settlements that may
result from these actions, suits, claims and investigations.
Except for the Global Class Action Settlement, Nortel
cannot determine whether these actions, suits, claims and
proceedings will, individually or collectively, have a material
adverse effect on its business, results of operations, financial
condition or liquidity. Except for matters encompassed by the
Global Class Action Settlement and the Ontario Settlement,
Nortel intends to defend these actions, suits, claims and
proceedings, litigating or settling cases where in
management’s judgment it would be in the best interest of
shareholders to do so. Nortel will continue to cooperate fully
with all authorities in connection with the regulatory and
criminal investigations.
Nortel is also a defendant in various other suits, claims,
proceedings and investigations which arise in the normal course
of business.
Environmental
matters
Nortel’s business is subject to a wide range of
continuously evolving environmental laws in various
jurisdictions. Nortel seeks to operate its business in
compliance with these changing laws and regularly evaluates
their impact on operations, products and facilities. Existing
and new laws may cause Nortel to incur additional costs. In some
cases, environmental laws affect Nortel’s ability to import
or export certain products to or from, or produce or sell
certain products in, some jurisdictions, or have caused it to
redesign products to avoid use of regulated substances. Although
costs relating to environmental compliance have not had a
material adverse effect on the business, results of operations,
financial condition or liquidity to date, there can be no
assurance that such costs will not have a material adverse
effect going forward. Nortel continues to evolve compliance
plans and risk mitigation strategies relating to the new laws
and requirements. Nortel intends to design and manufacture
products that are compliant with all applicable legislation and
meet its quality and reliability requirements.
Nortel has a corporate environmental management system standard
and an environmental program to promote such compliance.
Moreover, Nortel has a periodic, risk-based, integrated
environment, health and safety audit program. Nortel’s
environmental program focuses its activities on design for the
environment, supply chain and packaging reduction issues. Nortel
works with its suppliers and other external groups to encourage
the sharing of non-proprietary information on environmental
research.
Nortel is exposed to liabilities and compliance costs arising
from its past generation, management and disposal of hazardous
substances and wastes. As of December 31, 2007, the
accruals on the consolidated balance sheet for environmental
matters were $26. Based on information available as of
December 31, 2007 and 2006, management believes that the
existing accruals are sufficient to satisfy probable and
reasonably estimable environmental liabilities related to known
environmental matters. Any additional liabilities that may
result from these matters, and any additional liabilities that
may result in connection with other locations currently under
investigation, are not expected to have a material adverse
effect on the business, results of operations, financial
condition and liquidity of Nortel.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements — (Continued)
Nortel has remedial activities under way at 12 sites which are
either currently or previously owned or occupied facilities. An
estimate of Nortel’s anticipated remediation costs
associated with all such sites, to the extent probable and
reasonably estimable, is included in the environmental accruals
referred to above in an approximate amount of $26.
Nortel is also listed as a potentially responsible party under
the U.S. Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation
and Liability Act (“CERCLA”) at four Superfund sites
in the U.S. (at three of the Superfund sites, Nortel is
considered a de minimis potentially responsible party). A
potentially responsible party within the meaning of CERCLA is
generally considered to be a major contributor to the total
hazardous waste at a Superfund site (typically 1% or more,
depending on the circumstances). A de minimis potentially
responsible party is generally considered to have contributed
less than 1% (depending on the circumstances) of the total
hazardous waste at a Superfund site. An estimate of
Nortel’s share of the anticipated remediation costs
associated with such Superfund sites is expected to be de
minimis and is included in the environmental accruals of $26
referred to above.
Liability under CERCLA may be imposed on a joint and several
basis, without regard to the extent of Nortel’s
involvement. In addition, the accuracy of Nortel’s estimate
of environmental liability is affected by several uncertainties
such as additional requirements which may be identified in
connection with remedial activities, the complexity and
evolution of environmental laws and regulations, and the
identification of presently unknown remediation requirements.
Consequently, Nortel’s liability could be greater than its
current estimate.
21.
Subsequent
events
2008
Restructuring Plan
On February 27, 2008, as part of its further efforts to
increase competitiveness by improving profitability and overall
business performance, Nortel announced a restructuring plan that
includes workforce reductions of approximately 2,100 positions
and shifting an additional approximate 1,000 positions from
higher-cost locations to lower-cost locations. The reductions
will occur through both voluntary and involuntary terminations.
In addition to the workforce reductions, Nortel announced steps
to achieve additional cost savings by efficiently managing its
various business locations and further consolidating real estate
requirements. Collectively, these efforts are referred to as the
“2008 Restructuring Plan”. Nortel expects total
charges to earnings and cash outlays related to workforce
reductions to be approximately $205, which will be substantially
incurred over fiscal 2008 and 2009. Nortel expects total charges
to earnings related to consolidating real estate to be
approximately $70 including approximately $25 related to fixed
asset write downs, to be incurred over fiscal 2008 and 2009, and
cash outlays of approximately $45 to be incurred through 2024.
22.
Supplemental
condensed consolidating financial information
On July 5, 2006, NNL completed an offering of the July 2006
Notes to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to
Rule 144A and to persons outside the United States pursuant
to Regulation S under the Securities Act. The July 2006
Notes consist of the 2016 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2013 Fixed Rate
Notes and the 2011 Floating Rate Notes. The July 2006 Notes are
fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Nortel and initially
guaranteed by NNI.
On March 28, 2007, Nortel completed an offering of $1,150
aggregate principal amount of Convertible Notes to qualified
institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the
Securities Act and in Canada to qualified institutional buyers
that are also accredited investors pursuant to applicable
Canadian private placement exemptions. The Convertible Notes
consist of $575 principal amount of the 2012 Notes and $575
principal amount of the 2014 Notes. The Convertible Notes are
fully and unconditionally guaranteed by NNL and initially
guaranteed by NNI. See note 10 for more information.
The guarantee by NNI of the July 2006 Notes or the Convertible
Notes will be released if the July 2006 Notes or the Convertible
Notes, as applicable, are rated Baa3 or higher by Moody’s
and BBB− or higher from Standard & Poor’s,
in each case, with no negative outlook.
The following supplemental condensed consolidating financial
data has been prepared in accordance with
Rule 3-10
of
Regulation S-X
promulgated by the SEC and illustrates, in separate columns, the
composition of Nortel, NNL, NNI as the Guarantor Subsidiary of
the July 2006 Notes and the Convertible Notes, the subsidiaries
of Nortel that are not issuers or guarantors of the July 2006
Notes and the Convertible Notes (the “Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries”), eliminations and the
Investments in subsidiaries are accounted for using the equity
method for purposes of the supplemental consolidating financial
data. Net earnings (loss) of subsidiaries are therefore
reflected in the investment account and net earnings (loss). The
principal elimination entries eliminate investments in
subsidiaries and intercompany balances and transactions. The
financial data may not necessarily be indicative of the results
of operations or financial position had the subsidiaries been
operating as independent entities. The accounting policies
applied by Nortel, NNL and the Guarantor and
Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries in the condensed consolidating financial
information are consistent with those set out in note 2.
Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations
for the year ended December 31, 2007:
The following is a summary of the unaudited quarterly results of
operations for fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006. The fourth quarter
2007 has not been previously reported.
Nortel believes all adjustments necessary for a fair
presentation of the results for the periods presented have been
made.
4th Quarter
3rd Quarter
2nd Quarter
1st Quarter
2007
2006
2007
2006
2007
2006
2007
2006
(Millions of U.S. Dollars, except per share amounts)
See notes 3, 4, 6, 9, 15 and 20 to the audited consolidated
financial statements for the impact of accounting changes,
reclassifications, special charges, acquisitions, divestitures
and closures, capital stock and the shareholder litigation
settlement expense related to the class action litigation
settlement, respectively, that affect the comparability of the
above selected financial data. Additionally, the following
significant items were recorded in the fourth quarter of 2007:
•
During the fourth quarter of 2007, Nortel incurred a non-cash
charge of $1,064 to increase the valuation allowance against the
Canadian deferred tax asset due to changes in the Canadian tax
profile.
•
During the fourth quarter of 2007, Nortel recognized a gain in
currency exchange of $40 as a result of the strengthening of the
Canadian Dollar against the U.S. Dollar.
To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of Nortel Networks
Corporation
We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Nortel
Networks Corporation and subsidiaries (“Nortel”) as of
December 31, 2006 and for each of the two years in the
period ended December 31, 2006, and have issued our reports
thereon dated March 15, 2007 except as to notes 4, 5,
6 and 22 which are as of September 7, 2007 (which report on
the consolidated financial statements expressed an unqualified
opinion and includes a separate report titled Comments by
Independent Registered Chartered Accountants on Canada-United
States of America Reporting Difference referring to changes in
accounting principles that have a material effect on the
comparability of the financial statements); such consolidated
financial statements and reports are included elsewhere in this
Form 10-K
and are incorporated herein by reference. Our audits also
included the consolidated financial statement schedule of Nortel
listed in Item 15. This consolidated financial statement
schedule is the responsibility of Nortel’s management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits. In
our opinion, such consolidated financial statement schedule,
when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial
statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material
respects, the information set forth therein.
Changes
in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
Financial Disclosure
None.
ITEM 9A.
Controls
and Procedures
Management
Conclusions Concerning Disclosure Controls and
Procedures
We carried out an evaluation under the supervision and with the
participation of management, including the CEO and CFO (Mike S.
Zafirovski and Paviter S. Binning, respectively), pursuant to
Rule 13a-15
under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, or the Exchange Act, of the effectiveness of our
disclosure controls and procedures as at December 31, 2007.
Based on this evaluation, management, including the CEO and CFO,
have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures as at
December 31, 2007 were effective to provide reasonable
assurance that information required to be disclosed in the
reports we file and submit under the Exchange Act is recorded,
processed, summarized and reported as and when required and that
it is accumulated and communicated to our management, including
the CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions
regarding required disclosure.
Management’s
Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining
adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in
Rules 13a-15(f)
under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial
reporting is intended to provide reasonable assurance regarding
the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
U.S. GAAP. Our internal control over financial reporting
includes those policies and procedures that:
•
pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable
detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and
dispositions of our assets;
•
provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as
necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in
accordance with U.S. GAAP, and that receipts and
expenditures are being made only in accordance with
authorizations of management and the Board of Directors; and
•
provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely
detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our
assets that could have a material effect on the financial
statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In making its assessment of internal control over financial
reporting, management used the criteria issued by the Committee
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in
Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Management, including the
CEO and CFO, assessed the effectiveness of our internal control
over financial reporting, and concluded that we maintained
effective internal control over financial reporting as at
December 31, 2007.
Our independent registered public accounting firm that audited
the financial statements in this report has issued an
attestation report expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of
internal control over financial reporting as at
December 31, 2007, which report appears at the end of this
Item 9A.
Elimination
of the Material Weakness Reported in the 2006 Annual Report;
Remedial Measures
For purposes of this report, the term “material
weakness” means a deficiency (within the meaning in
Rule 12b-5
of the Exchange Act), or a combination of deficiencies, in
internal control over financial reporting such that there is a
reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our
annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or
detected on a timely basis.
Material
Weakness Elimination
As of December 31, 2006, we reported the following material
weakness in our internal control over financial reporting
(a material weakness in the area of revenue was first
identified by management and Deloitte & Touche LLP
over the course of the Second Restatement process in 2004):
Lack of sufficient cross-functional communication and
coordination, including further definition of roles and
responsibilities, with respect to the scope and timing of
customer arrangements, insufficient segregation of duties in
certain areas, delayed implementation of Nortel review processes
and personnel for the LG-Nortel joint
venture, and insufficient controls over certain end user
computing applications, all of which impact upon the appropriate
application of U.S. GAAP to revenue generating transactions.
Specifically, we did not sufficiently and effectively
communicate and coordinate between and among the various finance
and non-finance organizations in a consistent manner across the
company on the scope and terms of customer arrangements,
including the proper identification of all undelivered
obligations that may impact upon revenue
recognition, which deficiency was compounded by the complexity
of our customer arrangements, in order to ensure that related
revenues were accurately recorded in accordance with
U.S. GAAP. As well, we require further definition of roles
and responsibilities, and further enhancement of segregation of
duties, in particular with respect to the front-end processes
around customer arrangements and with respect to access to
computer systems, to ensure these revenues are identified and
recorded in a timely and accurate manner. With regard to the
LG-Nortel joint venture, which was formed in November 2005 and
included in management’s assessment of internal control
over financial reporting starting in January 2006, these
deficiencies were compounded by delays in putting in place
review processes and personnel with appropriate knowledge,
experience and training in U.S. GAAP. Further, we utilize
various end user computing applications (for example,
spreadsheets) to support accounting for revenue generating
transactions, which are not sufficiently protected from
unauthorized changes and sufficiently reviewed for completeness
and accuracy.
During 2007, we developed and implemented internal controls to
address this material weakness. An extensive analysis of the
revenue recognition-related processes was undertaken in the
second quarter of 2007. Control points were created or
identified leading to a better understanding of the overall
process, identifying the specific areas that required
improvement, in particular with respect to flow of information
between different groups within Nortel necessary to ensure
proper accounting treatment. The following are the key changes
in internal control over financial reporting and remedial
measures implemented that addressed the material weakness.
Cross-Functional
Communication and Coordination
In 2007, we developed and implemented plans to put in place
additional controls within the revenue recognition processes, in
particular with respect to cross-functional interactions to
enable information regarding customer arrangements including
proper identification of all undelivered obligations to flow
completely and accurately throughout the revenue cycle. In the
second quarter of 2007, we instituted regular meetings between
the various groups involved in the revenue process to enhance a
regular flow of information including a review of key revenue
recognition matters to ensure a consistent understanding of the
proper accounting treatment for specific arrangements. Also in
the second quarter of 2007, we put in place a quarterly
communication from our Global Revenue Governance group, or GRG,
that summarizes higher risk transactions or circumstances with
guidance on the corresponding appropriate accounting treatment
in order to assist in the identification of, and appropriate
accounting for, similar circumstances. Further, to supplement
the existing contract review process performed by the GRG, we
implemented in the fourth quarter of 2007 a contract review
process performed by our Contract Assurance group for contracts
with revenue between $2 million and $5 million, to
confirm the application of appropriate accounting treatment, and
determine whether further review by the GRG is warranted.
Additional controls established in the third quarter of 2007
include enhanced measures to validate the timing of
product/service deliveries at or near a quarter end, review of
significant new product/service introductions to determine which
accounting guidance literature is applicable and confirmation of
deliverables with sales engineers
and/or
technical teams for contracts above a certain threshold.
As part of the extensive process, we also considered whether the
deficiencies were indicative of broader control issues and
whether additional training was required on a specific aspect of
revenue recognition.
New guidelines and training were developed and implemented in
the second half of 2006 and throughout 2007 to improve the
understanding of revenue recognition policies, procedures and
applications throughout the company. We developed and deployed
additional training courses and tools, such as implementation
aids for revenue recognition guidelines, for employees in both
finance and non-finance roles (see “Other Remedial Measures
- People” below).
Segregation
of Duties
The focus of the remedial measures around the segregation of
duties issues involved Nortel’s corporate security policy
and resolving segregation of duties conflicts within
applications. In the third quarter of 2007, we implemented a
semi-annual review for key finance applications in order to
monitor and address segregation of duties conflicts within those
applications. As well, in the third quarter of 2007, we
developed segregation of duties matrices for each of these key
finance applications which are used by those individuals
responsible for approving user access and established an annual
review of these segregation of duties matrices.
LG-Nortel
During the course of 2006, we strengthened the finance function
in the LG-Nortel joint venture, including installing a new
leader of this function who has an extensive background with
U.S. GAAP. In the second quarter of 2007, we established an
LG-Nortel finance training policy, including mandatory training
requirements for the LG-Nortel finance team monitored by the CFO
of the joint venture. The 2007 mandatory training was aimed at
providing the team with adequate knowledge in U.S. GAAP and
was completed by all mandatory finance personnel. In addition,
since December 31, 2006, we appointed an individual in the
GRG with the appropriate U.S. GAAP knowledge and experience
to be fully dedicated to the review of the joint venture
contracts on a timely basis, in accordance with our revenue
arrangement review policy.
End
User Computing Applications
Throughout 2007, we improved controls to enhance protection
against unauthorized changes to and errors in the completeness
and accuracy of end user computing applications. 2006 was the
first year that the new end user computing application controls
were implemented across Nortel. In the second quarter of 2007,
we established a corporate procedure requiring the
implementation of access and change controls, as well as
controls over the accuracy and completeness of end-user
computing applications. Training was provided to those
individuals required to execute the policy over significant end
user computing applications in the revenue process.
Continuous
Improvement
Management’s assessment of the remediation of the revenue
related material weakness identified certain areas in our
revenue recognition processes where continued enhancements to
internal controls are appropriate. Areas of focus include
revenue impact of post original execution contract changes,
revenue related manual journal entries, the application of our
revenue recognition guidance and processes for entitling
post-contract services. Nortel has developed and is continuing
to develop, specific action plans to address these areas.
Other
Remedial Measures
At the recommendation of the Audit Committee, in January 2005
the Board of Directors adopted all of the recommendations for
remedial measures contained in the summary of findings submitted
to the Audit Committee in January 2005 by WilmerHale and Huron
Consulting Services LLC or the Independent Review Summary,
included in Item 9A of the 2003 Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
Those governing remedial principles were designed to prevent
recurrence of the inappropriate accounting conduct found in the
Independent Review Summary, to rebuild a finance environment
based on transparency and integrity, and to ensure sound
financial reporting and comprehensive disclosure. The governing
remedial principles included:
•
establishing standards of conduct to be enforced through
appropriate discipline;
•
infusing strong technical skills and experience into the Finance
organization;
•
requiring comprehensive, ongoing training on increasingly
complex accounting standards;
•
strengthening and improving internal controls and processes;
•
establishing a compliance program throughout the Company that is
appropriately staffed and funded;
•
requiring management to provide clear and concise information,
in a timely manner, to the Board of Directors to facilitate its
decision-making; and
•
implementing an information technology platform that improves
the reliability of financial reporting and reduces the
opportunities for manipulation of results.
See the Independent Review Summary for further information
concerning these governing principles as they relate to three
identified categories — people, processes and
technology.
During 2007, we continued to build on the remedial actions
undertaken in 2005 and 2006 and continued to implement the
recommendations for remedial measures in the Independent Review
Summary. The following are the key remedial measures implemented
throughout 2007 that, in addition to the remedial measures
outlined in our 2006 Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
resulted in our fully addressing the recommendations in the
Independent Review Summary.
In 2007, we undertook a review of skill sets and training of
individuals in key Finance positions. We established core
competencies for each position and completed a verification
process to determine whether individuals occupying those
positions have the necessary skill sets and training. Results
and action plans were reflected in individuals’
professional development plans.
During 2007, our Global Finance Training and Communications Team
(“GFCT”) continued to develop and offer (on a
mandatory basis for targeted employee populations as
appropriate) ongoing training, including both courses offered
prior to 2007 and new offerings. The new course offerings
included the following areas of focus: common complexities
within Nortel revenue arrangements and their related impact on
revenue recognition, roles and responsibilities for verification
of global orders and reconciliation requirements, criteria to
establish objective and reliable evidence of fair value for
elements offered in revenue arrangements, and revenue
recognition for order management. The GFCT together with Finance
leaders regularly reviews and revises as appropriate the
mandatory Finance and non-Finance employees for training. In
2007, we continued to have in place minimum annual training
thresholds for our Finance employees based on job complexity
levels. We track training completion through a training
registration system and provides quarterly progress reporting to
our Finance leadership team.
Technology
In an effort to improve our financial reporting systems and
capabilities, to simplify our multiple accounting systems, and
to reduce the number of manual journal entries, we retained an
outside consulting firm to advise on the appropriateness of
implementing a global software platform from software vendor SAP
that would consolidate many of our systems into a single
integrated financial software system. Based on that advice, we
adopted the SAP platform to integrate processes and systems, and
undertook an assessment of existing financial systems and
processes to determine the most effective implementation of
standard SAP software. We completed the finance design and build
for the initial scope of the SAP system, including general
ledger functionality, by August 2006, and deployed the initial
scope including functionality for the general ledger,
inter-company accounts, consolidation, direct accounts payable
and accounts receivable, in May 2007. The second quarter of 2007
financial close process was the first on the SAP system. In
August 2007, we deployed additional functionalities on the SAP
system for direct tax, indirect purchasing, fixed assets and
treasury activities, which included a solution to bring research
and development project cost data into the system. We conducted
extensive training on the use of the SAP system.
Conclusion
As at December 31, 2007, management, in considering the
remedial measures and other actions to improve internal control
over financial reporting described above, has concluded that the
material weakness has been eliminated and that the
recommendations in the Independent Review Summary have been
fully implemented.
Changes
in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Apart from actions related to the remedial measures described
above, during the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2007,
the following additional change occurred in our internal control
over financial reporting that materially affected, or is
reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control
over financial reporting.
•
On October 1st, 2007, SAP was implemented in the Guangdong
Nortel (GDNT) joint venture. This implementation resulted in the
automation of a number of controls in several financial
processes including, accounts receivable, accounts payable,
intercompany, manual journal entries, revenue recognition,
foreign exchange, U.S. GAAP translation and financial close
processes.
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Nortel Networks Corporation:
We have audited Nortel Networks Corporation’s internal
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007,
based on criteria established in “Internal
Control — Integrated Framework” issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission. Nortel Networks Corporation’s management is
responsible for maintaining effective internal control over
financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness
of internal control over financial reporting included in
Item 9A to the Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on Nortel Networks
Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting
based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control
over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of
internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk
that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the
design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on
the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other
procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We
believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. A
company’s internal control over financial reporting
includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to
the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail,
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions
of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation of financial statements in accordance with
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that
receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in
accordance with authorizations of management and directors of
the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use,
or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a
material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Nortel Networks Corporation maintained, in all
material respects, effective internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria
established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
consolidated balance sheet of Nortel Networks Corporation as of
December 31, 2007, and the related consolidated statements
of operations, changes in equity and comprehensive income (loss)
and cash flows for the year then ended, and our report dated
February 27, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion on those
consolidated financial statements.
/s/ KPMG
LLP
Chartered Accountants, Licensed Public Accountants
Directors,
Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
The information required by this item is included under the
headings “Election of Directors”, “Executive
Officers and Certain Other Non-Executive Board Appointed
Officers”, “Security Ownership of Directors and
Management — Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership
Reporting Compliance”, and “Statement of Corporate
Governance Practices — Code of Ethics”,
“— Nomination of Directors” and
‘— Board Committees — Audit Committees
of the Company and NNL” in our 2008 proxy circular and
proxy statement relating to our 2008 Annual Meeting of
Shareholders filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A
promulgated under the Exchange Act, or our 2008 Proxy Circular
and Proxy Statement, and is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 11.
Executive
Compensation
The information required by this item is included under the
headings “Executive Compensation”, “Compensation
Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and
“Compensation Committee Report” in our 2008 Proxy
Circular and Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by
reference.
ITEM 12.
Security
Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and
Related Stockholder Matters
The information required by this item is included under the
headings “Equity-Based Compensation Plans”,
“Voting Shares” and “Security Ownership of
Directors and Management” in our 2008 Proxy Circular and
Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 13.
Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director
Independence
The information required by this item is included under the
headings “Transactions with Related Persons and
Indebtedness — Transactions with Related Persons”
and “Statement of Corporate Governance
Practices — Board Composition” and
“— Independence of Directors” in our 2008
Proxy Circular and Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by
reference.
ITEM 14.
Principal
Accountant Fees and Services
Auditor
Independence
The information required by this item is included under the
heading “Auditor Independence” in our 2008 Proxy
Circular and Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by
reference.
Individual financial statements of entities accounted for by the
equity method have been omitted because no such entity
constitutes a “significant subsidiary” requiring such
disclosure at December 31, 2007.
Pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC, Nortel has
filed certain agreements as exhibits to this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
These agreements may contain representations and warranties by
the parties. These representations and warranties have been made
solely for the benefit of the other party or parties to such
agreements and (i) may have been qualified by disclosures
made to such other party or parties, (ii) were made only as
of the date of such agreements or such other date(s) as may be
specified in such agreements and are subject to more recent
developments, which may not be fully reflected in Nortel’s
public disclosure, (iii) may reflect the allocation of risk
among the parties to such agreements and (iv) may apply
materiality standards different from what may be viewed as
material to investors. Accordingly, these representations and
warranties may not describe Nortel’s actual state of
affairs at the date hereof and should not be relied upon.
The items listed as Exhibits 10.2 to 10.17, 10.20, 10.21,
10.27 to 10.35, 10.37, 10.38, 10.40 to 10.45, 10.55, 10.63 to
10.65, 10.68 to 10.79 relate to management contracts or
compensatory plans or arrangements.
Exhibit
No
Description
*2
.
Amended and Restated Arrangement Agreement involving BCE Inc.,
Nortel Networks Corporation, formerly known as New Nortel Inc.,
and Nortel Networks Limited, formerly known as Nortel Networks
Corporation, made as of January 26, 2000, as amended and
restated March 13, 2000 (including Plan of Arrangement
under Section 192 of the Canada Business Corporations
Act) (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to Nortel Networks
Corporation’s Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated May 1, 2000).
By-Law No. 1 of Nortel Networks Corporation (filed as
Exhibit 3.2 to Nortel Networks Corporation’s Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2000).
*4
.1
Amended and Restated Shareholders Rights Plan Agreement dated as
of February 28, 2006 between Nortel Networks Corporation
and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as rights agent
(filed as Exhibit 3 to Nortel Networks Corporation’s
Form 8-A12B/A
dated June 29, 2006).
*4
.2
Indenture dated as of November 30, 1988, between Nortel
Networks Limited and The Toronto-Dominion Bank
Trust Company, as trustee, related to debt securities
authenticated and delivered thereunder, which comprised the
6% Notes due September 1, 2003, and the
6.875% Notes due September 1, 2023 issued by Nortel
Networks Limited (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Nortel Networks
Corporation’s Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1999).
*4
.3
Indenture dated as of February 15, 1996, among Nortel
Networks Limited, as issuer and guarantor, Nortel Networks
Capital Corporation, formerly Northern Telecom Capital
Corporation, as issuer, and The Bank of New York, as trustee,
related to debt securities and guarantees authenticated and
delivered thereunder, which comprised the 7.40% Notes due
2006 and the 7.875% Notes due 2026 (filed as
Exhibit 4.1 to Registration Statement on
Form S-3
(No. 333-1720)
of Nortel Networks Limited and Nortel Networks Capital
Corporation).
*4
.4
Indenture dated as of August 15, 2001 between Nortel
Networks Corporation, Nortel Networks Limited, as guarantor, and
Bankers Trust Company, as trustee, related to convertible
debt securities and guarantees authenticated and delivered
thereunder, which comprised the 4.25% Convertible Senior
Notes due 2008 (filed as Exhibit 4 to Nortel Networks
Corporation’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 30, 2001).
*4
.5
Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 1, 2007 to
Indenture dated as of July 5, 2006 among Nortel Networks
Limited, Nortel Networks Corporation, Nortel Networks Inc. and
The Bank of New York, as trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to
Nortel Networks Corporation’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended March 31, 2007).
*4
.6
First Supplemental Indenture dated as of July 5, 2006 to
Indenture dated as of July 5, 2006 among Nortel Networks
Limited, Nortel Networks Corporation, Nortel Networks Inc. and
The Bank of New York, as trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to
Nortel Networks Corporation’s Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated July 6, 2006).
*4
.7
Indenture dated as of July 5, 2006 among Nortel Networks
Limited, Nortel Networks Corporation, Nortel Networks Inc. and
The Bank of New York, as trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to
Nortel Networks Corporation’s Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated July 6, 2006).
Purchase Agreement dated June 29, 2006 among Nortel
Networks Limited, Nortel Networks Corporation, Nortel Networks
Inc. and the representative of the initial purchasers with
regards to U.S.$1,000,000,000 Floating Rate Senior Notes due
2011, U.S.$550,000,000 10.125% Senior Notes due 2013,
U.S.$450,000,000 10.750% Senior Notes due 2016 (filed as
Exhibit 10.1 to Nortel Networks Corporation’s Current
Report on
Form 8-K
dated July 6, 2006).
*4
.9
Registration Rights Agreement dated July 5, 2006 among
Nortel Networks Limited, Nortel Networks Corporation, Nortel
Networks Inc. and the representative of the initial purchasers
with regards to U.S.$1,000,000,000 Floating Rate Senior Notes
due 2011, U.S.$550,000,000 10.125% Senior Notes due 2013,
U.S.$450,000,000 10.750% Senior Notes due 2016 (filed as
Exhibit 10.2 to Nortel Networks Corporation’s Current
Report on
Form 8-K
dated July 6, 2006).
*4
.10
Indenture dated as of March 28, 2007 among Nortel Networks
Corporation, Nortel Networks Limited, Nortel Networks Inc. and
The Bank of New York, as trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to
Nortel Networks Corporation’s current report on
Form 8-K
dated March 28, 2007).
*4
.11
Purchase Agreement dated March 22, 2007 among Nortel
Networks Corporation, Nortel Networks Limited, Nortel Networks
Inc. and the representatives of initial purchasers (filed as
Exhibit 10.1 to Nortel Networks Corporation’s current
report on
Form 8-K
dated March 28, 2007).
*4
.12
Registration Rights Agreement dated March 28, 2007 among
Nortel Networks Corporation, Nortel Networks Limited, Nortel
Networks Inc. and the representatives of the initial purchasers
(filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Nortel Networks
Corporation’s current report on
Form 8-K
dated March 28, 2007).
*10
.1
Third Amended and Restated Reciprocal Credit Agreement dated as
of December 19, 2002 between Nortel Networks Corporation,
Nortel Networks Limited and the other parties who have executed
the agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Nortel Networks
Corporation’s Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2002).
*10
.2
Nortel Networks Supplementary Executive Retirement Plan, as
amended effective October 18, 2001 and October 23,2002 (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Nortel Networks
Corporation’s Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2002).
*10
.3
Statement describing the retirement arrangements of the former
President and Chief Executive Officer (filed as
Exhibit 10.5 to Nortel Networks Corporation’s Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2001).
*10
.4
Assumption Agreement between Nortel Networks Corporation and
Nortel Networks Limited dated March 5, 2001, regarding the
assumption and agreement by Nortel Networks Corporation to
perform certain covenants and obligations of Nortel Networks
Limited under the Nortel Networks Limited Executive Retention
and Termination Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.25 to Nortel
Networks Corporation’s Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2000).
*10
.5
Nortel Networks Corporation Executive Retention and Termination
Plan, as amended and restated, effective from June 26,2002, amended and restated with effect from June 1, 2007
including the name change to Nortel Networks Corporation Change
in Control Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Nortel Networks
Corporation’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2007).
Supplementary Pension Credits Arrangement (filed as
Exhibit 10.14 to Nortel Networks Corporation’s
Registration Statement dated August 28, 1975 on
Form S-1
(No. 2-71087)).
*10
.8
Statements describing the right of certain executives in Canada
to defer all or part of their short-term and long-term incentive
awards (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Nortel Networks
Limited’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2000).
*10
.9
Statement describing eligibility for the Group Life Insurance
Plan for directors who are not salaried employees of Nortel
Networks Corporation (filed as Exhibit 10.30 to Nortel
Networks Corporation’s Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2002).
*10
.10
Amended general description of cash bonus for employees and
executives of Nortel Networks Corporation and Nortel Networks
Limited as originally filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Nortel
Networks Corporation’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 30, 2002 (filed as
Exhibit 10.01 to the Nortel Networks Corporation’s
Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2003).
Nortel Networks Corporation 2000 Stock Option Plan as amended
effective May 1, 2000 and January 31, 2002 (filed as
Exhibit 10.2 to Nortel Networks Corporation’s
Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended March 31, 2002).
*10
.15
Nortel Networks/BCE 1985 Stock Option Plan (Plan of Arrangement
2000) (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Nortel Networks
Corporation’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended March 31, 2000).
*10
.16
Nortel Networks/BCE 1999 Stock Option Plan (Plan of Arrangement
2000) (filed as Exhibit 10.6 to Nortel Networks
Corporation’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended March 31, 2000).
*10
.17
Nortel Networks U.S. Deferred Compensation Plan (filed as
Exhibit 4.3 to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to
Nortel Networks Corporation’s Registration Statement dated
May 16, 2000 on
Form S-8
(No. 333-11558)).
Master Indemnity Agreement dated as of February 14, 2003
between Nortel Networks Limited and Export Development Canada,
amended and restated as of October 24, 2005 (filed as
Exhibit 10.3 to Nortel Networks Corporation’s Current
Report on
Form 8-K
dated October 28, 2005).
*10
.20
Letter dated June 23, 2003 from the former President and
Chief Executive Officer of Nortel Networks, to the Joint
Leadership Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of
Nortel Networks Corporation and Nortel Networks Limited
regarding the voluntary return for cancellation of certain stock
options to purchase common shares of Nortel Networks Corporation
(filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Nortel Networks
Corporation’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2003).
*10
.21
Summary statement of terms of initial compensation arrangements
related to the president and chief executive officer approved by
the Board of Directors of Nortel Networks Corporation and Nortel
Networks Limited as of April 29, 2004 (filed as
Exhibit 10.1 to Nortel Networks Corporation’s
Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2004).
*10
.22
Asset Purchase Agreement dated June 29, 2004 among Nortel
Networks Limited, Flextronics International Ltd. and Flextronics
Telecom Systems, Ltd., amended as of November 1, 2004,
February 7, 2005, August 22, 2005 and twice as of
May 8, 2006 (filed as Exhibits 10.2 and 10.3 to Nortel
Networks Corporation’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2006).
**10
.23
Amended and Restated Master Contract Manufacturing Services
Agreement dated June 29, 2004 between Nortel Networks
Limited and Flextronics Telecom Systems, Ltd., amended as of
November 1, 2004 and May 8, 2006 (most recently filed
as Exhibit 99.1 to Nortel Networks Corporation’s
current report on
Form 8-K
dated June 4, 2007).
**10
.24
Master Repair Services Agreement dated June 29, 2004
between Nortel Networks Limited and Flextronics Telecom Systems
Limited, amended as of February 8, 2005 and May 8,2006 (most recently filed as Exhibit 99.2 to Nortel
Networks Corporation’s current report on
Form 8-K
dated June 4, 2007).
Master Contract Logistics Services Agreement dated June 29,2004 between Nortel Networks Limited and Flextronics Telecom
Systems, Ltd., amended as of February 8, 2005 (most
recently filed as Exhibit 99.3 to Nortel Networks
Corporation’s current report on
Form 8-K
dated June 4, 2007).
**10
.26
Letter Agreement dated June 29, 2004 among Nortel Networks
Limited, Flextronics International Ltd. and Flextronics Telecom
Systems, Ltd. amended and restated as of May 8, 2006 (filed
as Exhibit 10.6 to Nortel Networks Corporation’s
Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2006).
*10
.27
Letter, dated January 10, 2005, to Mr. Lynton (Red)
Wilson, the Chairman of the Board of Nortel Networks
Corporation, and modified March 1, 2005 and delivered on
August 11, 2005 from certain officers of Nortel Networks
Corporation (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Nortel Networks
Corporation’s Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated August 18, 2005).
*10
.28
Peter W. Currie, Executive Vice-President and Chief Financial
Officer, Letter Agreement dated February 4, 2007
terminating the remuneration arrangement previously filed as
Exhibit 10.2 to Nortel Networks Corporation’s
Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended March 31, 2005 (filed as
Exhibit 10.4 to Nortel Networks Corporation’s
Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended March 31, 2007).
*10
.29
Summary statement of terms of the additional special pension
benefits for the Vice-Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
approved by the Joint Leadership Resources Committee of the
Board of Directors of Nortel Networks Corporation and Nortel
Networks Limited and the Independent members of the Board of
Directors of Nortel Networks Corporation and Nortel Networks
Limited on March 22, 2005 (filed as Exhibit 10.8 to
Nortel Networks Corporation’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended March 31, 2005).
*10
.30
The Nortel 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (as filed with the 2005
Proxy Statement) as Amended and Restated on November 6,2006 with effect on December 1, 2006 (filed as
Exhibit 10.87 to Nortel Networks Corporation’s Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2006).
*10
.31
Summary statement of the interest payable on the special pension
benefits for the Vice-Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of
Nortel Networks Corporation and Nortel Networks Limited approved
by the Joint Leadership Resources Committee of the Board of
Directors of Nortel Networks Corporation and Nortel Networks
Limited and the independent members of the Board of Directors of
Nortel Networks Corporation and Nortel Networks Limited on
May 27, 2005 (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Nortel Networks
Corporation’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2005).
*10
.32
Form of Indemnity Agreement effective on or as of June 29,2005 entered into between Nortel Networks Corporation and each
of the following Directors: Harry J. Pearce, Ronald W. Osborne,
Richard D. McCormick, John A. MacNaughton, James B. Hunt, Jr.
and Jalynn H. Bennett (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Nortel
Networks Corporation’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2005).
*10
.33
Summary of remuneration, retirement compensation and group life
insurance of the Chairman of the Board, Directors and Chairman
of Committees of Nortel Networks Corporation effective
June 29, 2005 (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Nortel
Networks Corporation’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2005).
*10
.34
Summary of remuneration, retirement compensation and group life
insurance of the Chairman of the Board, Directors and Chairman
of Committees of Nortel Networks Limited effective June 29,2005 (filed as Exhibit 10.6 to Nortel Networks
Corporation’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2005).
*10
.35
Forms of Instruments of Grant generally provided to optionees
granted options under the Nortel Networks Corporation 1986 Stock
Option Plan, as Amended and Restated or the Nortel Networks
Corporation 2000 Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.9
to Nortel Networks Corporation’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2005).
*10
.36
Proxy Agreement effective as of July 29, 2005 with respect
to Capital Stock of Nortel Government Solutions Inc. by and
among Nortel Networks Corporation, Nortel Networks Limited,
Nortel Networks Inc., Nortel Government Solutions Inc., James
Frey, Thomas McInerney, Gregory Newbold, and the United States
Department of Defense (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Nortel
Networks Corporation’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 30, 2005).
*10
.37
Escrow Agreement dated as of March 1, 2005 and as entered
into on August 11, 2005 between Nortel Networks
Corporation, Computershare Trust Company of Canada and
certain officers of Nortel Networks Corporation (filed as
Exhibit 10.3 to Nortel Networks Corporation’s
Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 30, 2005).
Termination Agreement dated September 7, 2005 between
Nicholas DeRoma, Chief Legal Officer and Nortel Networks
Corporation (filed as Exhibit 10.06 to Nortel Networks
Corporation’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 30, 2005). The Agreement
terminated the remuneration arrangement previously filed as
Exhibits 10.3 and 10.4 to Nortel Networks
Corporation’s Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2001.
*10
.39
Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of April 25, 2005, by
and among Nortel Networks Inc., PS Merger Sub, Inc. and PEC
Solutions, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 99(d)(1) to Nortel
Networks Inc. Current Report on Form SC TO-T dated
May 3, 2005 and filed as Exhibit 10.9 to Nortel
Networks Corporation’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended March 31, 2005).
*10
.40
William A. Owens letter agreement entered into on
December 1, 2005, concerning the cessation of
Mr. Owens’ responsibilities as Vice-Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer of Nortel Networks Corporation and Nortel
Networks Limited effective November 15, 2005 (filed as
Exhibit 10.68 to Nortel Network Corporation’s Annual
Report on
Form 10-K/A
for the year ended December 31, 2005). The letter agreement
terminated the employment arrangements previously filed as
Exhibit 10.2 to Nortel Networks Corporation’s
Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 30, 2004.
*10
.41
Nicholas DeRoma, former Chief Legal Officer, Letter Agreement
dated December 20, 2005 amending the Termination Agreement
dated September 7, 2005 (filed as Exhibit 10.69 to
Nortel Networks Corporation’s Annual Report on
Form 10-K/A
for the year ended December 31, 2005).
*10
.42
Steve Pusey, Executive Vice-President and President, Eurasia,
Letter Agreement dated September 29, 2005 concerning a
retention bonus (filed as Exhibit 10.70 to Nortel Networks
Corporation’s Annual Report on
Form 10-K/A
for the year ended December 31, 2005).
*10
.43
Mike Zafirovski, President and Chief Executive Officer,
Indemnity Agreement dated January 18, 2006 with effect from
October 31, 2005 (filed as Exhibit 10.72 to Nortel
Networks Corporation’s Annual Report on
Form 10-K/A
for the year ended December 31, 2005).
*10
.44
Pascal Debon letter agreement dated February 21, 2006,
concerning the cessation of Mr. Debon’s
responsibilities as Senior Advisor of Nortel Networks
Corporation and Nortel Networks Limited effective
December 23, 2005 (filed as Exhibit 10.75 to Nortel
Networks Corporation’s Annual Report on
Form 10-K/A
for the year ended December 31, 2005).
*10
.45
Brian McFadden letter agreement dated February 21, 2006,
concerning the cessation of Mr. McFadden’s
responsibilities as Chief Research Officer of Nortel Networks
Corporation and Nortel Networks Limited effective
December 23, 2005 (filed as Exhibit 10.76 to Nortel
Networks Corporation’s Annual Report on
Form 10-K/A
for the year ended December 31, 2005).
*10
.46
Notice of Blackout to Nortel Networks Corporation’s Board
of Directors and Executive Officers Regarding Suspension of
Trading dated March 10, 2006 (filed as Exhibit 99.2 to
Nortel Networks Corporation’s Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated March 10, 2006)
*10
.47
Commitment Letter dated February 1, 2006 among Nortel
Networks Corporation, Nortel Networks Inc., J.P. Morgan
Securities Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Citigroup Global
Markets Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Nortel Networks
Corporation’s Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated February 2, 2006).
*10
.48
Commitment Advice Letter Agreement dated February 1, 2006
among Nortel Networks Corporation, Nortel Networks Inc., Royal
Bank of Canada and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. (filed as
Exhibit 10.2 to Nortel Networks Corporation’s Current
Report on
Form 8-K
dated February 2, 2006).
*10
.49
Commitment Advice Letter Agreement dated February 1, 2006
among Nortel Networks Corporation, Nortel Networks Inc., Export
Development Canada and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. (filed
as Exhibit 10.3 to Nortel Networks Corporation’s
Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated February 2, 2006).
*10
.50
Securities Demand Letter dated February 1, 2006 among
Nortel Networks Corporation, Nortel Networks Inc.,
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
(filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Nortel Networks
Corporation’s Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated February 2, 2006).
*10
.51
Credit Agreement dated February 14, 2006 among Nortel
Networks Inc., the lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank,
N.A., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Citigroup Global
Markets, Inc., Citicorp USA, Inc., Royal Bank of Canada as
amended May 9, 2006 and May 19, 2006 (filed as
Exhibit 10.1 to Nortel Networks Corporation’s Current
Report on
Form 8-K
dated May 19, 2006).
*10
.52
Guarantee Agreement dated February 14, 2006 among Nortel
Networks Inc., Nortel Networks Limited, Nortel Networks
Corporation, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., and Export Development
Canada. (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Nortel Networks
Corporation’s Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated February 21, 2006).
U.S. Security Agreement dated February 14, 2006 among
Nortel Networks Inc., the subsidiary lien grantors from time to
time party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank and Export Development
Canada. (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Nortel Networks
Corporation’s Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated February 21, 2006).
*10
.54
Canadian Security Agreement dated February 14, 2006 among
Nortel Networks Limited, Nortel Networks Corporation, the
subsidiary lien grantors from time to time party thereto,
JPMorgan Chase Bank and Export Development Canada (filed as
Exhibit 10.4 to Nortel Networks Corporation’s Current
Report on
Form 8-K
dated February 21, 2006).
*10
.55
Forms of Instruments of Award as amended on April 11, 2007
generally provided to recipients of Restricted Stock Units and
Performance Stock Units granted under the Nortel 2005 Stock
Incentive Plan, as Amended and Restated and Form of Instrument
of Grant as amended on April 4, 2007 generally provided to
recipients of stock options granted under the Nortel 2005 Stock
Incentive Plan, as Amended and Restated (filed as
Exhibit 10.6 to Nortel Networks Corporation’s
Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended March 31, 2007).
*10
.56
Stipulation and Agreement of Settlement, dated June 20,2006, in the matter captioned In re Nortel Networks Corp.
Securities Litigation, United States District Court for the
Southern District of New York, Consolidated Civil Action
No. 01 Civ. 1855 (RMB) (filed as Exhibit 99.1 to
Nortel Networks Corporation’s current report on
Form 8-K
dated December 12, 2007).
*10
.57
Stipulation and Agreement of Settlement, dated June 20,2006, in the matter captioned In re Nortel Networks Corp.
Securities Litigation, United States District Court for the
Southern District of New York, Master File
No. 05-MD1659
(LAP) (filed as Exhibit 99.2 to Nortel Networks
Corporation’s current report on
Form 8-K
dated December 12, 2007).
*10
.58
Court Order, dated June 20, 2006, in the matter captioned
Frohlinger et. al. v. Nortel Networks Corporation et.
al., Ontario Superior Court of Justice, Court File
No. 02-CL-4605
(Ont.Sup.Ct.J.) (filed as Exhibit 10.12 to Nortel Networks
Corporation’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2006).
*10
.59
Court Order, dated June 20, 2006, in the matter captioned
Association de Protection des Epargnants et. al.
Investisseurs du Québec v. Corporation Nortel
Networks, Superior Court of Quebec, District of Montreal,
No. 500
06-000126-017
(filed as Exhibit 10.13 to Nortel Networks
Corporation’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2006).
*10
.60
Court Order, dated June 20, 2006, in the matter captioned
Jeffery et. al. v. Nortel Networks Corporation et.
al., Supreme Court of British Columbia, Vancouver Registry
Court File No. S015159 (B.C.S.C.) (filed as
Exhibit 10.14 to Nortel Networks Corporation’s
Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2006).
*10
.61
Court Order, dated June 20, 2006, in the matter captioned
Gallardi v. Nortel Networks Corporation et. al.,
Ontario Superior Court of Justice, Court File
No. 05-CV-285606CP
(Ont.Sup.Ct.J.) (filed as Exhibit 10.15 to Nortel Networks
Corporation’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2006).
*10
.62
Court Order, dated June 20, 2006, in the matter captioned
Skarstedt v. Corporation Nortel Networks, Superior Court of
Quebec, District of Montreal,
No. 500-06-000277-059
(filed as Exhibit 10.16 to Nortel Networks
Corporation’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2006).
*10
.63
Resolution effective June 28, 2006 for Mike Zafirovski,
President and Chief Executive Officer of NNC and NNL outlining
acceptance by Boards of Directors of Nortel Networks Corporation
and Nortel Networks Limited of the voluntary reduction by
Mr. Zafirovski of a special lifetime annual pension benefit
by 29% resulting in a payout of US$355,000 per year rather than
US$500,000 per year (filed as Exhibit 10.17 to Nortel
Networks Corporation’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2006).
*10
.64
Form of indemnity agreement entered into between Nortel Networks
Corporation and members of the Board of Directors of Nortel
Networks Corporation on or after September 6, 2006 (filed
as Exhibit 10.4 to Nortel Network Corporation’s
Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 30, 2006).
*10
.65
Summary statement of employment terms and conditions for Mike
Zafirovski, President and Chief Executive Officer,
November 15, 2005 as approved by the Joint Leadership
Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of Nortel Networks
Corporation and Nortel Networks Limited and the Independent
members of the Board of Directors of Nortel Networks Corporation
and Nortel Networks Limited on October 16, 2005 and form of
instrument of award for restricted stock units and form of
instrument of award for stock options granted on
November 15, 2005 under the Nortel 2005 Stock Incentive
Plan to Mike Zafirovski, President and Chief Executive Officer
(filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Nortel Networks
Corporation’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 30, 2006).
Agreement between Nortel Networks Limited and Flextronics
Telecom Systems, Inc. dated October 13, 2006, amending the
asset purchase agreement dated June 29, 2004 among Nortel,
and Flextronics International Ltd., and Flextronics Telecom,
which was filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Nortel Networks
Corporation’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2004, as amended from time
to time, the amended and restated master contract manufacturing
services agreement dated as of June 29, 2004, which was
filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Nortel Networks Corporation’s
Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2004, as amended from time
to time, and the letter agreement dated June 29, 2004,
which was filed as Exhibit 10.7 to Nortel Networks
Corporation’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2004, as amended and
restated (filed as Exhibit 10.88 to Nortel Networks
Corporation’s Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2006).
*10
.67
Share and Asset Sale Agreement between Nortel Networks Limited
and Alcatel-Lucent dated December 4, 2006, as amended
December 29, 2006 and June 28, 2007 (filed as
Exhibit 10.5 to Nortel Networks Corporation’s
Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2007).
*10
.68
Dion Joannou letter agreement dated July 27, 2007
concerning the cessation of Mr. Joannou’s
responsibilities as President, North America of Nortel Networks
Corporation and Nortel Networks Limited effective
August 31, 2007 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Nortel
Networks Corporation’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 30, 2007).
*10
.69
Compensation and Human Resources Committee Policy on Company
Aircraft dated July 31, 2007 (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to
Nortel Networks Corporation’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 30, 2007).
*10
.70
Paviter Binning, Executive Vice-President and Chief Financial
Officer of Nortel Networks Corporation and Nortel Networks
Limited, Employment Letter dated September 28, 2007 (filed
as Exhibit 10.3 to Nortel Networks Corporation’s
Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 30, 2007).
10
.71
Nortel Networks Corporation Share Purchase Plan for S. 16
Executive Officers dated November 8, 2007.
10
.72
Amended and Restated Summary of remuneration, retirement
compensation and group life insurance of the Chairman of the
Board, Directors and Chairman of Committees of Nortel Networks
Limited as amended October 3, 2007 with effect from
January 1, 2008.
10
.73
Amended and Restated Summary of remuneration, retirement
compensation and group life insurance of the Chairman of the
Board, Directors and Chairman of Committees of Nortel Networks
Corporation with effect from February 20, 2008.
10
.74
Nortel Networks Corporation Directors’ Deferred Share
Compensation Plan as amended and restated on October 3,2007 effective August 30, 2007.
10
.75
Nortel Networks Limited Directors’ Deferred Share
Compensation Plan as amended and restated on October 3,2007 effective August 30, 2007.
10
.76
Joel Hackney, President, Enterprise Solutions Employment Letter
amended effective September 19, 2007.
10
.77
Nortel Networks Supplementary Executive Retirement Plan, as
amended by Resolutions by the Pension Investment Committee dated
December 19, 2007 and December 20, 2007 with effect
from January 1, 2008.
10
.78
The Nortel 2005 Stock Incentive Plan as amended and restated on
January 18, 2008.
10
.79
David Drinkwater, Chief Legal Officer, Letter regarding special
bonus dated October 4, 2007.
10
.80
Pay-Off Letter dated July 5, 2006 under the Credit
Agreement dated February 14, 2006 among Nortel Networks
Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., J.P. Morgan Securities
Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Citicorp USA, Inc.,
Royal Bank of Canada and Export Development Canada, the Lenders
party thereto.
10
.81
Consent of Defendants Nortel Networks Corporation and Nortel
Networks Limited, dated September 28, 2007, in the matter
captioned Securities and Exchange Commission v. Nortel
Networks Corporation and Nortel Networks Limited United
States District Court for the Southern District of New York,
Civil Docket for Case
No. 1:07-CV-08851-LAP.
Rule 13a — 14(a)/15d — 14(a)
Certification of the President and Chief Executive Officer.
31
.2
Rule 13a — 14(a)/15d — 14(a)
Certification of the Executive Vice-President and Chief
Financial Officer.
32
.
Certification of the President and Chief Executive Officer and
Executive Vice-President and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Incorporated by Reference. Certain portions of this Exhibit have
been omitted based upon a request for confidential treatment.
These portions have been filed separately with the United States
Securities and Exchange Commission.
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Toronto, Ontario,
Canada on the
27th
day of February, 2008.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons
on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on
the
27th
day of February, 2008.